DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server And System 75 85 Terminals Adjuncts Reference Manual ECS Sys Issue 8
Lucent Technologies Server 7101A Definity ECS Sys 75 - 85 Terminals And Adjuncts Reference Issue 8
User Manual: Definity ECS Sys 75 - 85 Terminals And Adjuncts Reference Issue 8
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 666
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
DEFINITY® Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Comcode 107955320 Issue 8 December 1996 Copyright 1997, Lucent Technologies All Rights Reserved Printed in U.S.A. Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this book was complete and accurate at the time of printing. However, information is subject to change. Your Responsibility for Your System’s Security Toll fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system by an unauthorized party, for example, persons other than your company’s employees, agents, subcontractors, or persons working on your company’s behalf. Note that there may be a risk of toll fraud associated with your telecommunications system and, if toll fraud occurs, it can result in substantial additional charges for your telecommunications services. You and your system manager are responsible for the security of your system, such as programming and configuring your equipment to prevent unauthorized use. The system manager is also responsible for reading all installation, instruction, and system administration documents provided with this product in order to fully understand the features that can introduce risk of toll fraud and the steps that can be taken to reduce that risk. Lucent Technologies does not warrant that this product is immune from or will prevent unauthorized use of common-carrier telecommunication services or facilities accessed through or connected to it. Lucent Technologies will not be responsible for any charges that result from such unauthorized use. Lucent Technologies Fraud Intervention If you suspect that you are being victimized by toll fraud and you need technical support or assistance, call Technical Service Center Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at 1 800 643-2353. Federal Communications Commission Statement Part 15: Class A Statement. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. Part 68: Network Registration Number. This equipment is registered with the FCC in accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules. It is identified by FCC registration number AS593M-13283-MF-E. Part 68: Answer-Supervision Signaling. Allowing this equipment to be operated in a manner that does not provide proper answer-supervision signaling is in violation of Part 68 Rules. This equipment returns answer-supervision signals to the public switched network when: • Answered by the called station • Answered by the attendant • Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the CPE user This equipment returns answer-supervision signals on all DID calls forwarded back to the public switched telephone network. Permissible exceptions are: • A call is unanswered • A busy tone is received • A reorder tone is received Canadian Department of Communications (DOC) Interference Information This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions set out in the radio interference regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. Le Présent Appareil Nomérique n’émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la class A préscrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministére des Communications du Canada. Trademarks See the preface of this document. Ordering Information Call: Lucent Technologies Publications Center Voice 1 800 457-1235 International Voice 317 361-5353 Fax 1 800 457-1764 International Fax 317 361-5355 Write: Lucent Technologies Publications Center P.O. Box 4100 Crawfordsville, IN 47933 Order: Document No. 555-015-201 Comcode 107955320 Issue 8, December 1996 For additional documents, refer to the section in “About This Document” entitled “Related Resources.” You can be placed on a standing order list for this and other documents you may need. Standing order will enable you to automatically receive updated versions of individual documents or document sets, billed to account information that you provide. For more information on standing orders, or to be put on a list to receive future issues of this document, contact the Lucent Technologies Publications Center. European Union Declaration of Conformity The “CE” mark affixed to the DEFINITY® equipment described in this book indicates that the equipment conforms to the following European Union (EU) Directives: • Electromagnetic Compatibility (89/336/EEC) • Low Voltage (73/23/EEC) • Telecommunications Terminal Equipment (TTE) i-CTR3 BRI and i-CTR4 PRI For more information on standards compliance, contact your local distributor. Comments To comment on this document offer, select the Comments button on the main screen. Acknowledgment This document was prepared by Product Documentation Development, Lucent Technologies, Denver, CO. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 Contents Page iii Contents 1 2 3 Contents iii Introduction 1-1 ■ The Purpose of This Manual 1-1 ■ The Organization of This Manual 1-4 General Information 2-1 ■ Voice Terminals 2-1 ■ Adjuncts 2-11 ■ Data Modules 2-13 ■ PC Platform Products 2-16 ■ Data Terminals 2-17 ■ Technical Specifications 2-17 Exposed Port Protection 3-1 ■ Out-of-Building Campus Stations 3-1 ■ Recommended Protectors and IROB Protection 3-3 4 Availability 4-1 5 Adjunct Power 5-1 6 ■ Information on the Older Power Supplies 5-3 ■ The MSP-1 Power Supply 5-5 Administration 6-1 ■ Aliasing 6-2 ■ Button and Feature Caveats 6-11 7 Voice Terminal Features 7-1 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals 8-1 9 ■ The 7101A Voice Terminal 8-2 ■ The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals 8-7 ■ The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal 8-12 ■ The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal 8-17 ■ The 7104A Voice Terminal 8-22 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals 9-1 ■ The 7203H Voice Terminal 9-2 ■ The 7205H Voice Terminal 9-7 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 Contents Page iv 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals 10-1 ■ The 7303S Voice Terminal 10-2 ■ The 7305S Voice Terminal 10-7 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals 11-1 ■ The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals 11-2 ■ The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal 11-16 ■ The 7403D Voice Terminal 11-27 ■ The 7404D Voice Terminal 11-32 ■ The 7405D Voice Terminal 11-37 ■ The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals 11-42 ■ The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals 11-63 ■ The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals 11-88 ■ The 7434D Voice Terminal 11-102 ■ The 7444 Voice Terminal 11-108 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals 12-1 ■ The 8403 Voice Terminal 12-2 ■ The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals 12-14 ■ The 8410 Voice Terminal 12-33 ■ The 8411 Voice Terminal 12-51 ■ The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals 12-73 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals ■ The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals 13-1 13-2 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones 14-1 ■ The 500 Series Telephone 14-2 ■ The 2500 Series Telephones 14-6 ■ The 2500 DMGC Telephone 14-12 ■ The 2500 YMGK Telephone 14-16 ■ The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones 14-20 15 The 8100 Series Telephones 15-1 ■ The 8101 and 8101M Telephones 15-2 ■ The 8102 and 8102M Telephones 15-9 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 Contents Page v ■ The 8110 and 8110M Telephones 16 ISDN Voice Terminals 15-17 16-1 ■ The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal 16-2 ■ The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal 16-8 ■ The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal 16-14 ■ The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal 16-20 ■ The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal 16-29 ■ The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal 16-41 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones 17-1 ■ The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone 17-2 ■ The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone 17-12 18 Other Voice Terminals 18-1 ■ Voice Terminals Reusable from Other Systems 18-1 ■ Models 7302H, 7303H, 7305H01B, and 7305H02B 18-2 ■ Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets 18-2 19 Adjuncts 19-1 ■ Call Coverage Modules 19-2 ■ Digital Display Modules 19-5 ■ Function Key Modules 19-9 ■ The 801A Expansion Module 19-12 ■ Headset Adapters 19-16 ■ The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator 19-19 ■ The 4A, S101A, and S102A Speakerphones 19-21 ■ The S201A and S202A Speakerphones 19-24 ■ The S203A Speakerphone 19-27 ■ The 107-Type Loudspeaker 19-31 ■ The 7404D (Voice Terminal) Messaging Cartridge 19-33 ■ The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer 19-35 20 Data Modules 20-1 ■ The 7400A Data Module 20-3 ■ The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module 20-8 ■ The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module 20-15 ■ The 8400B Plus Data Module 20-21 ■ The 7500B Data Module 20-31 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 Contents Page vi ■ The ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) 20-36 ■ The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) 20-38 ■ The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) 20-42 ■ The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) 20-46 ■ The DEFINITY High Speed Link 20-50 ■ The Processor Data Module (PDM) 20-58 ■ The Trunk Data Module (TDM) 20-61 ■ The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) 20-64 ■ The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) 20-74 ■ The 3270 Data Module 20-78 ■ The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) 20-83 ■ The Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) 20-87 ■ DCIU Interface Units 20-90 ■ The 2500-Series DSU 20-91 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software 21-1 ■ PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) 21-2 ■ PC/PBX Connection 21-6 ■ E78 Plus/ISDSN Software 21-8 22 Blank Templates for Model Design 22-1 IN IN-1 Index DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 1 1 Introduction The Purpose of This Manual Introduction Issue 8 December 1996 Page 1-1 1 The Purpose of This Manual Voice terminals and adjuncts are voice and data devices that are connected to the system switch in a business communications system. This manual provides concise physical and functional descriptions of the voice terminals/telephones, adjuncts, and data modules that can be used with the DEFINITY® Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY® Enterprise Communications Server (ECS), Release 5, System 75, and System 85. The book is intended as an aid for both Lucent Technologies and customer personnel in selecting appropriate components for these systems and for the training of personnel and management of the system. This issue replaces all previous issues of this document. The reason for reissue is to add more information on the items included in previous issues of this document and to include the following new items: ■ The 8405 Voice Terminal ■ The 8411 Voice Terminal ■ The 8434DX Voice Terminal ■ The 2500 MMGM and 2500 YMGM Telephones ■ The 8101M, 8102M, and 8110M Telephones ■ The 801A Expansion Module ■ The 7400D Data Module ■ The 8400B Plus Data Module ■ References to the DEFINITY ECS, Release 5 (synonymous with a DEFINITY G3V5) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 1 Introduction The Purpose of This Manual Issue 8 December 1996 Page 1-2 In Issue 3, four new sections were added. The Exposed Port Protection section discusses the different protection required for lightning protection. The Availability section lists the availability of the products covered in this manual. The Adjunct Power section discusses the different types of adjunct power supplies available. The Administration section discusses how to administer some of the newer terminals when the software of the version switch being used does not contain the proper administration procedures for the new terminal. The equipment covered in this manual includes the following specific groups: ■ Telephones/Voice Terminals ■ Adjuncts used with the voice terminals to enhance voice operations ■ Data Modules (adjuncts that support data operations) ■ PC Platforms (PC/PBX) and Application Software Attendant consoles, applications processors (APs), printers, and data terminals used with APs are not described in this manual. Figure 1-1 shows a typical arrangement of terminals and adjuncts connected to the system switch. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 1 Introduction The Purpose of This Manual Page 1-3 Digital Switch Adjunct Data Data Data Terminal Unit Data EIA Port Digital Port Analog Voice Terminal Voice Analog Port Digital Port Voice/Data Hybrid Voice Terminal Voice Hybrid Port Digital Port Voice/Data Voice Digital Voice Terminal Display/ Keyboard Data Terminal with Voice Digital Voice Terminal Data Module Data Adjunct Data Terminal Digital Voice Terminal Voice Digital Port Adjunct PC/PBX Voice/ Data Digital Port Digital Port Data Data Module Data Digital Port Data Data Module Data To Private Line Trunk Facilities Analog Data Analog Port Data Terminal Modem RS-232 Data DCP Terminal Figure 1-1. Digital Port Data Data Module Interface Between System Switch and Typical Terminals/Adjuncts DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 1 Introduction The Organization of This Manual Issue 8 December 1996 Page 1-4 The Organization of This Manual The remainder of this manual is divided into nine main sections; tabs are provided for convenient access to each section. All equipment descriptions are supported by illustrations. GENERAL INFORMATION — Gives background data that applies to the entire range of equipment covered in this manual. EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION — Contains information on the protection required by exposed ports. This section also lists some of the Lucent Technologies protection devices and gives parameters that non-Lucent Technologies devices must meet. AVAILABILITY — Lists the ordering status of the equipment covered in this manual. ADJUNCT POWER — Lists the different terminals and adjuncts that require adjunct power supplies and the recommended adjunct power supply. Information has also been added about the MSP-1 power supply. ADMINISTRATION — When some of the newer terminals are used with some older versions of the switches, the administration of the switch does not allow for the use of the new terminals. These new terminals must be administered using the administration procedures of a similar older terminal. This is called aliasing. This section contains the aliasing information and the appropriate caveats. VOICE TERMINALS — Provides detailed coverage of the main groups of voice terminals, divided into eleven tabbed subsections. This section contains detailed information on each voice terminal that can be ordered as a component of a DEFINITY switch, System 75, or System 85. It also contains brief descriptions of voice terminals that were previously installed in earlier business communications systems. Check each description to see if these voice terminals are compatible with a DEFINITY G1, G2, or G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 1 Issue 8 December 1996 Introduction The Organization of This Manual Page 1-5 The nine tabbed subsections and the voice terminals described in each subsection are listed as follows: 7100 SERIES Model 7101A Model 7102A Model 7102 Plus Model 7103A Programmable Model 7104A 7200 SERIES Model 7203H Model 7205H 7300 SERIES Model 7303S Model 7305S 7400 SERIES Model 7401D Model 7401 Plus Model 7402 Plus Model 7403D Model 7404D Model 7405D Model 7406D Model 7406 BIS Model 7406 Plus Model 7407D Model Enhanced 7407D Model 7407 Plus Model 7410D Model 7410 Plus Model 7434D Model 7444 8400 SERIES Model 8403 Model 8405 Model 8410 Model 8411 Model 8434 Model 8434DX CALLMASTER® 602 CALLMASTER CALLMASTER II CALLMASTER III 500/2500 SERIES Model 500 Series Model 2500 Series Model 2500 DMGC Model 2500 YMGK Model 2500 MMGL/2500 MMGM Model 2500 YMGL/2500 YMGM 8100 SERIES Model 8101/8102M Model 8102/8102M Model 8110/8110M ISDN VOICE TERMINALS Model 7505 ISDN Model 7506 ISDN Model 7507 ISDN Model 8503T ISDN Model 8510T ISDN Model 8520T ISDN CORDLESS/WIRELESS TELEPHONES MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone OTHER Voice terminals reusable from other systems: Models 7203H, 7303H, 7305H01B, and 7305H02B Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 1 Introduction The Organization of This Manual Issue 8 December 1996 Page 1-6 ADJUNCTS — Contains information on the devices that can be used with voice terminals to supplement services and features. This section contains information on the controls, buttons, lights, and functions of a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 voice terminals and telephone adjuncts. Adjuncts that are identical in appearance and function, but have different codes, are covered under the same heading. Adjuncts that are basically data modules are covered in the ‘‘Data Modules’’ on page 2-13 section in this manual. The adjuncts covered in this section are: Call Coverage Modules Digital Display Module Function Key Module 801A Expansion Module Headset Adapters Message Waiting Indicator Speakerphones Loudspeaker Messaging Cartridge Automatic Dialer DATA MODULES — Contains information on the devices that provide data communications interface. This section contains information on the data modules and other related data equipment used with a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. These devices provide data interface functions which include modems, protocol converters, and data units. The data modules covered in this section are: –7400A Data Module –7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module –7400D Data Module –7500B Data Module –8400B Plus Data Module –ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) –Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) –Z702AL1 Data Service Unit –703A Data Service Unit –DEFINITY High Speed Link (HSL) –Processor Data Module (PDM) –Trunk Data Module (TDM) –Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) –Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) –3270 Data Module –Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) –Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) –DCIU Interface Units –2500-SERIES Data Service Unit –Modems (Data Sets) –Local Distribution Service Unit (LDSU) –Isolating Data Interface (DI) –Protocol Converters PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software — Contains information on the different PC/PBX Platforms, the PC/PBX Connection, and E78 Plus®/ISDN. Blank Templates for Model Design — Includes blank templates of voice terminal faceplates on which the Software Associate can designate the numbers, feature codes, or features to be administered on each voice terminal button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 2 2 General Information Voice Terminals General Information Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-1 2 This section provides general information on all of the equipment described in this manual. Information is provided on voice terminals, adjuncts, data modules, and data terminals. Detailed information on these types of equipment can be found behind the tab for each particular type of equipment. Voice Terminals The advanced, multi-appearance voice terminals combine the capabilities of both a telephone and a terminal and have a variety of controlling and monitoring functions. While providing basic telephone service (placing and answering calls), voice terminals can also be used to activate the advanced features of the system. This part explains higher level topics that apply to voice terminals as a group and contains descriptions of facilities and characteristics that are common to all or most terminals. Table 2-1 presents a summary of all voice terminals used with a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The complete line of voice terminals are two basic types, single-line voice terminals and multi-appearance voice terminals. The operational differences between these types are in the way they access features and the way they receive calls. Single-Line Voice Terminals The term ‘‘single-line” means that only one incoming call can be ringing at an idle terminal. Once an incoming call has been answered, however, a single-line voice terminal can handle both the active call and another call on hold or waiting. When a single-line terminal user is busy on a call, an incoming call does not ring but DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-2 alerts the user via a “call waiting tone” (in the handset or speakerphone) that a call is waiting to be answered. While a single-line terminal is occupied with two calls, any other calls placed to the terminal get a busy tone. All single-line voice terminals are analog in operation; that is, transmission of all signals between the terminal and its port, at the system digital switch, is in analog form over a tip and ring pair of wires. The port circuit provides analog/digital signal conversion. Power for these terminals is supplied from the switch on the single voice pair. Single-line terminals have many applications but are more limited in their access to system features than multi-appearance terminals. Multi-Appearance Voice Terminals A multi-appearance voice terminal gives its user much more flexibility in handling calls than a single-line voice terminal. A multi-appearance voice terminal, represented by a unique primary extension number, has multiple call appearances (buttons with lights) where incoming calls to the number can be answered and outgoing calls can be originated. Incoming calls can ring simultaneously at all appearances except for those translated as originate-only. As long as at least one appearance is idle, callers will not receive busy tone. When all call appearances, except call appearances translated as originate-only, are busy, callers will hear busy tone unless the incoming call is a priority call or the Restrict Last Appearance feature is deactivated. The terminal user must decide the order to answer multiple incoming calls. The two sub-types of multi-appearance voice terminals are digital and hybrid. Digital terminals generate and receive voice and control signals in digital form. Connection between terminals and the system switch is over 2-pair digital links; no conversion is necessary at the digital line port. Hybrid terminals, as the name implies, combine analog and digital. They are connected to the system switch by three pairs of links; on MET-like hybrid sets, one pair is for analog voice, and the other two pairs are for digital control signals, and on ATL-like hybrid sets, one pair is for digital control signals, and the other two pairs are for analog voice. DC power for all multi-appearance terminals (except for the 7404D and 7407D01B, which are AC powered) is conducted from the switch over the digital pairs. Digital multi-appearance voice terminals have several important advantages over hybrids: ■ Digital voice terminals can support and control data terminals. ■ The Digital Communications Protocol (DCP) or ISDN-BRI interface between a digital voice terminal and the system switch supports simultaneous voice and data calls over the terminal’s standard mounting cord. ■ Digital terminals have a wider selection of adjuncts. ■ Call information displays are available with some digital voice terminals. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals 2 Table 2-1. Page 2-3 Voice Terminals Usable with DEFINITY, System 75, and System 85 Type Model Single-Line Analog 2500 Series 2500 DMGC 2500 YMGK/2500 YMGL/2500 YMGM 2500 MMGL/2500 MMGM 7101A 7102A, 7102 Plus 7103A Fixed Feature and 7103A Programmable 7104A (usable only with DEFINITY G1 and System 75) 8101, 8101M, 8102, 8102M, 8110, and 8110M Multi-Appearance Hybrid 7203H (usable only with DEFINITY G2 and System 85) 7205H (usable only with DEFINITY G2 and System 85) 7303S 7305S Single-Appearance Digital 7401D and 7401 Plus (have two virtual 1 appearances, but no call appearance buttons) Multi-Appearance Digital 7402 Plus 7403D, 7404D, 7405D 7406D, 7406BIS, 7406 Plus 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, 7407 Plus 7410D, 7410 Plus 7434D 7444 8403, 8405, 8410, 8411, 8434, and 8434DX 602A, 602D CALLMASTER CALLMASTER II with Recorder Interface CALLMASTER III without Recorder Interface ISDN Terminals 7505, 7506, 7507 (usable only with DEFINITY) 8503T, 8510T, 8520T (usable only with DEFINITY G2 and G3) Cordless and Wireless MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone REUSABLE FROM EARLIER SYSTEMS Single-Line Analog 500 (can also be ordered new) 2500 Series (can also be ordered new) Multi-Appearance Hybrid (MERLIN) 7305H 7305H01B 7305H02B Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets 10 Button with or without Built-In Speakerphone 20 Button 30 Button 7203M (12 button) 1. The word “virtual” refers to the fact that there are no call appearance buttons associated with either appearance. Refer to the description of the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminal for more information. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Voice Terminals Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-4 Facilities Common to All Voice Terminals Every DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85 voice terminal has the following equipment: ■ A pushbutton pad for touch-tone dialing (except for the Model 500, which has a rotary dial). ■ A handset with a coiled modular cord. ■ A 7-foot modular mounting cord (except for the Model 2554 wall set). Buttons All multi-appearance voice terminals and most single-line terminals have buttons for handling calls and activating various functions that enhance basic calling. Fixed Feature Buttons Buttons that are factory labeled and require no administration are referred to as fixed feature buttons. The following buttons, in several combinations, are found on most voice terminals. They are dedicated to standard calling functions and are located adjacent to or above the pushbutton dial pad for calling convenience. NOTE: Fixed feature buttons that are limited to a small number of terminals are explained in the detailed descriptions of those terminals. ■ Recall Button (on older sets)—provides a timed flash that is more accurate than a manual switchhook flash and prevents accidental dropping of calls. The following list of uses for this button is only valid for single-line terminals: — Put an active call on hold and obtain recall dial tone for making another call. — Disconnect from a second call and return to a call on hold, when pressed twice. — Place an active call on hold and answer a waiting call using Dial Access Code, then toggle between the two calls (using the Recall button and Dial Access Code). — Place an active call on hold; receive recall dial tone, and dial the Feature Access Code to answer a waiting call. Toggle between the two calls by performing the same action. — Add a party, previously put on hold, to a conference with a third party. — Drop the party previously added. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-5 ■ Disconnect Button (on older sets)—allows the terminal user, after completing one call, to permanently disconnect from the call and get dial tone for placing a new call without going on- and off-hook. On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, depending on the administration, this button can be used to reconnect to the call on hold on multiple appearance voice terminals. ■ Hold Button—is used to temporarily disconnect from one call, without dropping it, so that another call can be answered or originated. The user can return to the call on hold. ■ Drop Button—is used to permanently disconnect the last party added to a conference call. On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, this button also gives dial tone on the same call appearance if dialing or on a 2-party call. NOTE: On some voice terminals, this button is also used to perform a test of the voice terminal’s lights, ringer, and display (if the terminal has one). ■ Conference Button—enables the terminal user to set up a conference call by adding new calls to an existing 2-party connection. The user can add as many as five calls to a conference. (On System 85 and DEFINITY G2 the user can only build a 3-party conference call using this button; 6-party conference calls can be built by the attendant.) NOTE: On some voice terminals, this button is also used to select a personalized ring from 8 available ringing patterns. ■ Transfer Button—enables the terminal user to shift an active call to another voice terminal. ■ Select Ring Button (on older sets)—enables the terminal user to select a personalized ringing pattern. ■ Speaker Button—turns on either a listen-only speaker or a 2-way speakerphone which allows the user to speak and listen to the far-end party. NOTE: On some voice terminals, this button also allows the user to initiate an acoustic test of the surrounding environment (the Reset Speakerphone feature) through a series of tones. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself for optimal performance. ■ Mute Button—turns off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone or the handset so the other person on the call cannot hear you. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-6 Administrable Buttons Buttons that are not fixed feature buttons are administered (or assigned) by the System Manager or the terminal user for many functions. Buttons that may be administered include call appearance/feature buttons and feature-only buttons. Every multi-appearance voice terminal has a minimum of three buttons while others have as many as 34 buttons that can be administered as call appearances, that is, positions for answering incoming calls and originating outgoing calls (see Figure 2-1). In DEFINITY G1, G3, and System 75, software defaults the first three of these buttons for appearances of the terminal’s primary (or home) extension number; the System Manager has the option of administering Button #3 differently. In DEFINITY G2 and System 85, no buttons are defaulted for the primary extension number; the System Manager must administer all the required positions. Buttons not used for the primary extension number can be assigned as appearances of other extensions or for activating optional features. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons Usually Administered as Call Appearances of Terminal’s Primary Extension Number Administrable as Call Appearances or Features 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 Administrable as Call Appearances or Features NOTE: Example shows button field of 7410 Plus voice terminal. Other terminals may have different arrangements, but Buttons 1, 2, and 3 are always present. Figure 2-1. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons Associated with each call appearance/feature button is a pair of lights that provide information on the availability and status of the appearance. These lights are described in the next part of this manual (titled ‘‘Lights”). Any button that can be administered and is not used for a call appearance can be assigned to an optional feature. Included in this category are buttons with two DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-7 lights (call appearance/feature buttons) and buttons with one or no lights, intended specifically for features. Some features require light feedback to inform the terminal user when the feature is active; others are simple, one-time operations for which light feedback would be meaningless. Good feature administration matches features to appropriate buttons whenever possible. Lights Indicator lights provide silent visual reminders to the voice terminal user regarding lines, features, and messages taken at other locations. The lights on voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 are light-emitting diodes (LEDs) or neon lights. On all multi-appearance voice terminals, each call appearance/feature button has two indicator lights: a red light and a green status light. When a call appearance/feature button is used for a feature, only the status light is operational; the red light remains off at all times. Feature-only buttons have either a single green status light or no light at all. The various arrangements of red and green lights are shown inFigure 2-2. Green Status Light Green Status Light Red Light Red Light Green Status Light Two Styles of Light Arrangement for Call Appearance/Feature Buttons Figure 2-2. Button Lights Green Status Light Two Styles of Light Arrangement for Feature-Only Buttons DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-8 Red Light The red light normally has two states: lighted steadily or dark (off). NOTE: On the ISDN-BRI 7505, 7506, and 7507 sets, the red light flashes when the set is using phantom power. One red light is always on at a multi-appearance voice terminal when the handset is on hook. It identifies the call appearance the user will be automatically connected to if the handset is lifted. When the handset is lifted, the red light identifies the call appearance that is active. The red light is off when the handset is lifted but not connected to a call appearance. For example, when one call has been put on hold but another call appearance button has not been pressed. When certain features such as Preselection, Idle Line Originating preference, or No Line Originating Preference are administered, the red light is also off while on hook. Green Status Light The green status light can indicate any one of the following six conditions: ■ Off—the call appearance is idle or the assigned feature is not activated. ■ Lighted steadily—the call appearance is busy or the assigned feature is active. ■ Flashing (slow on-off for equal periods, one cycle per second)—an unanswered incoming call on that call appearance. ■ Fluttering (fast on-off for equal periods, 10 cycles per second)—a call placed on hold on that call appearance by the voice terminal user. ■ Broken Fluttering (fast on-off modulated at the slow rate)—feature denial to the calling voice terminal or an unknown or invalid action. ■ Winking (long on-short off at about three cycles per second)—a call placed on hold from another voice terminal or an action pending. Message Light The Message light, when on, indicates that a message is waiting for the voice terminal’s user (for example, Leave Word Calling or voice mail messages). When the user retrieves the message, the light is automatically turned off. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Voice Terminals Page 2-9 Tones The tones that a voice terminal user hears can be divided into two categories: ■ Ringing Tones—those that are generated in the base of the voice terminal and can be heard in the surrounding area; they indicate incoming calls. ■ Handset Tones—those that are transmitted through the handset and heard only by the user or through the speakerphone when it is turned on. External Ringing Tones Ringing tones are the only tones heard outside the voice terminal when it is receiving a call. This signal cycles in 1-, 2-, or 3-ring patterns. On System 75 and DEFINITY G1 and G3, only one cycle of ringing is heard if the multi-appearance voice terminal is busy with another call. On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, the cycling repeats (except on the ISDN 7500-series sets). ■ One ring—a call from another voice terminal in the system ■ Two rings—a call from the attendant or outside caller ■ Three rings—priority calls, for example, Automatic Callback, Priority Calling, or Ringback from a queued call ■ One short unmodulated tone—an intercom call ■ Ring-Ping (half ring)—a call redirected away from the voice terminal because Send All Calls or Call Forwarding is active; also called coverage tone. ■ On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, any of these external tones, plus a repeated unmodulated tone, may be administered to indicate an intercom call. Handset Tones The following tones are heard through the handset: ■ Answer Tone—a high-pitched continuous tone indicating that a data endpoint has answered. ■ Busy Tone—a low-pitched tone repeated 60 times a minute; indicates that the number dialed is in use. ■ Call Waiting Tone (Single-Line Voice Terminals)—one, two, or three beeps (short bursts of high-pitched tone), not repeated; indicates to the user at a busy single-line terminal that an incoming call is waiting to be answered. The number of beeps indicates the source of the waiting call: — One beep—a call from another voice terminal in the system — Two fast beeps—a call from the attendant or an outside caller — Three fast beeps—a priority call DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Voice Terminals Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-10 ■ Confirmation Tone—(three short bursts of tone) indicates that a feature activation or cancellation has been accepted, or that an outgoing call from a single-line voice terminal has been placed in a ringback queue. ■ Coverage Tone—(one long burst of tone) indicates to the calling party that a call to an extension number will be answered at another extension number by a covering user. ■ Dial Tone—(a continuous steady tone) indicates that dialing or feature activation can begin. ■ Intercept Tone—(an alternating high and low tone) indicates either a dialing error or a denial of the service requested. ■ Recall Dial Tone—(three short bursts of dial tone followed by steady dial tone) indicates that the feature requested has been accepted and dialing can start. ■ Recorded Telephone Dictation Ready Tone—(a high-pitched continuous tone) indicates that a dictation machine has been connected to the voice terminal. ■ Reorder Tone—(a fast-busy tone repeated 120 times a minute) indicates that all outgoing trunks are busy or feature resource is not available. Try again. ■ Ringback Tone—(a low-pitched tone repeated 15 times a minute) indicates to the calling party that the number dialed has been reached successfully and is ringing. ■ Ringback Tone, Call Waiting—(a ringback tone with a short lower-pitched signal at the end) indicates to the calling party that the extension called is busy, but that the called party has been given the call waiting signal. ■ Time-Out Tone—[an alternating high and low tone (same as intercept tone)] indicates a failure to dial within a preset interval (usually 10 seconds) after lifting the handset or after dialing the previous digit. ■ Warning Tone (Bridging)—(a low-pitched tone heard by all parties in a Busy Verification attempt that bridges on to an active call) initially applied in a 2-second (System 75 and G1) or 4-second (System 85 and G2) burst, then in half-second bursts every 15 seconds. Desk/Wall Mounting Arrangements All the voice terminals covered in this manual, except the Model 2554, are intended for free-standing desktop use. However, wall-mounting is feasible for many terminals and appropriate kits are available. The detailed description of each voice terminal contains wall-mounting information and limitations. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Adjuncts Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-11 Adjuncts Adjuncts are optional devices that extend the existing capabilities of voice terminals or provide new services. Some adjuncts are physically attached to their voice terminals, and others are free-standing, connected by way of mounting cords. The adjuncts have styling and colors that are compatible with the associated voice terminals. Figure 2-2 provides a cross-reference between adjuncts and the voice terminals with which they are used. The following limitations apply to the use of multiple adjuncts: ■ A speakerphone and a headset adapter cannot be connected to the same voice terminal simultaneously because they plug into the same jack on the terminal. ■ A C401A Call Coverage Module and a D401A Digital Display Module cannot be mounted on the same 7405D or 7434D Voice Terminal simultaneously because they attach to the same part of the terminal. None of the adjuncts have facilities for wall mounting, and wall-mounting kits are not available. However, the modules (call coverage, function key, and digital display) are attached to their voice terminals, which can then be mounted on a wall. Free-standing adjuncts (speakerphones and headset adapters) associated with wall-mounted terminals can be placed on a nearby shelf or table. Table 2-2. Adjunct/Voice Terminal Compatibility Adjunct Terminals Function Call Coverage Module, C201A 7205H Adds 20 call appearance/ feature buttons. Call Coverage Module, C401A 7405D 7434D Call Coverage Module, C401B 7405D 7434D Digital Display Module, D401A 7405D 7434D Digital Display Module, D401B 7405D 7434D Function Key Module, F201A 7205H Function Key Module, F401A 7405D Displays call-related and personal service information. Adds 24 feature buttons. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Adjuncts Table 2-2. Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-12 Adjunct/Voice Terminal Compatibility — Continued Adjunct Terminals Function Headset Adapter, 500A 7102 Plus Provides for connection and control of standard headset. 7103A 7203H 7205H 7401 Plus 7402 Plus 7403D 7405D 7406D 7406BIS 7406 Plus Enhanced 7407D 7407 Plus 7410D 7410 Plus 7434D 7444 8403, 8405, 8410, 8411, 8434/8434DX CALLMASTER 8102 7505,06,07 ISDN 8503T ISDN 8510T ISDN 8520T ISDN 515 BCT Headset Adapter, 502A 7303S 7305S Message Waiting Indicator, Z34A 2500 Provides for connection and control of standard headset. Indicates that a message has been left for the terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Data Modules Table 2-2. Page 2-13 Adjunct/Voice Terminal Compatibility — Continued Adjunct Terminals Function Messaging Cartridge 7404D Provides display of call-related and personal service information on data terminal screen. PC/PBX Plug-in Cartridge 7404D Provides interface with PCs. Speakerphone, S101A Same as 500A Provides hands-free calling. Speakerphone, S201A Headset Adapter Speakerphone, S102A Same as 502A Provides hands-free calling. Speakerphone, S202A Headset Adapter Provides improved voice quality by adapting to room acoustics. Speakerphone, 4A 2500 Provides hands-free calling. Speakerphone, 203A Analog or stand-alone 2500 Provides hands-free answering. Provides hands-free calling when not used as stand-alone. Provides amplification for the received voice signal. MET Provides the capability to record and automatically dial 31 numbers. Loudspeaker, 107 Automatic Dialer, 2870A1 Several power supplies and connection schemes are available for providing auxiliary adjunct power when it is required. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual for more information on these power sources. Data Modules Data modules provide an interface between the system’s digital switch and Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) or Data Communications Equipment (DCE). DTE is defined as a data source or a data link or a combination of both; typical examples are data terminals and host computers. DCE is equipment that provides the functions for establishing, maintaining, and terminating a data call; a modem is an example of DCE. An interface device between the switch and DTE or DCE is necessary because the set of data transmission rules and formats—the data protocol—at the switch is different from the protocol at the DTE or DCE. The digital ports of the switch present a DCP or ISDN-BRI interface to all devices connected to them. DCP supports simultaneous voice and data communications by multiplexing the two sets of signals into one digital stream. Digital voice terminals and some data terminals can be connected directly to the switch. But, if a data endpoint has a different protocol (EIA RS-232C or RS-232D is the most common) than the switch, a data module must be inserted to provide compatibility. The data module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Data Modules Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-14 provides the two-way data signal conversion and processing required between different protocols. Figure 2-3 shows a simplified diagram of the components of a typical data link. RS-232C/D Data Data V.35 Endpoint Module RS-449 Figure 2-3. DCP DEFINITY G1, G2, G3 System 75 or System 85 Digital Switch DCP Data Module Data RS-232C/D Endpoint V.35 RS-449 Data Link Components The connection between a data module and a data endpoint must always have a DCE or DTE interface. If the endpoint is a DCE, the data module must present a DTE interface to it. If the endpoint is a DTE, then the data module must present a DCE interface. In general, modules are classified as DCE- or DTE-type according to the kind of data endpoint to which they are connected. Data modules are available to match a wide variety of data needs: ■ Asynchronous operation at data rates from 0.3-19.2 kbps and even, odd, mark/space, zero/one or no parity options. ■ Synchronous operation at data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64 kbps. ■ Half- or full-duplex operation and internal or external timing options at the appropriate data rates. The following data equipment is available with a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85: ■ 7400A Data Module — In DTE mode, works with asynchronous DCE in the modem pool at data rates of 0.3-19.2 kbps, full-duplex. Supports both Hayes-compatible and D-lead modems. In DCE mode, the 7400A has Hayes®, Keyboard Dial or Answer-Only interface. Also works with asynchronous DTE where rack mounting is needed. Takes the place of MTDM or MPDM in asynchronous applications. ■ 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Modules — Works with asynchronous DTE at data rates of 0.3-19.2 kbps, full-duplex. Can be used with most 7400-series DCP voice terminals for simultaneous voice/data or DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Data Modules Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-15 stand-alone. Emulates a Hayes-compatible modem, therefore, can be used with standard PC communications packages. Takes the place of previous DCP asynchronous data stands. ■ 7400D Data Module — Works as a DCE device between a DTE and the PBX. A DTE configuration (that is, modem pooling) is not supported, and the DCE configuration is limited to an Answer-Only-type interface option. Dates rates range from 0.3 to 19.2 kbps. ■ 8400B Plus — Works as a data service link between a DTE device, a 2-wire voice terminal such as the 8400-Series voice terminals, and a DEFINITY G3V2 or later. At the desk, the 8400B Plus data module provides asynchronous communication speeds ranging from 0.3 to 19.2 kbps. ■ Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) — Works with synchronous DTE at data rates of 0.3-64 kbps. Also works at full- or half-duplex with internal or external timing at the appropriate data rates. Supports V.35, RS-232, and RS-449 interfaces and RS-366 Automatic Calling Unit interface at the previously mentioned rates. Video codes are an example of 56 or 64 kbps endpoints where calls are set up via the RS-366 interface. The MPDM also supports asynchronous applications, but the 7400B Plus supersedes it for applications requiring Hayes emulation and the 7400A supersedes it for remaining asynchronous applications. ■ Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) — Works with a synchronous DCE in modem pool applications at data rates of 0.3-19.2 kbps. Also works at full- or half-duplex with internal or external timing at the appropriate synchronous data rates. The 7400A supersedes it for asynchronous applications. ■ 7500B Data Module — Works with asynchronous or synchronous DCE or DTE on BRI switch interface (DEFINITY G2 or 5ESS® switch only). Supports RS-232 and V.35 interfaces and RS-366 Automatic Calling Unit interface (for the RS-232 interface only). ■ ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) — Works with asynchronous DTE as a data stand for 7500-series BRI phones (DEFINITY G2 and 5ESS switch only). Supports Hayes command set for compatibility with PC communications packages. ■ DEFINITY High Speed Link — Works with synchronous V.35 DTE at data rates of 56 kbps half or full duplex or 64 Kbps full duplex. Supports Permanent (private line type) calls and switched calls. Switched calls can be set up using either the RS-366 or RS-232 (Hayes ATD command) interface; via DTR or Hotline dialing; or manually using the front panel call control feature. Replaces the ACCUNET MPDM for video, LAN, CC/FEP and other high speed applications. ■ Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) — Works with asynchronous DTE at data rates of 0.3-19.2 kbps. Used where the user has an analog voice phone and needs basic capabilities for asynchronous terminals as DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information PC Platform Products Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-16 opposed to PCs. Connects to SN 238 (System 85 and DEFINITY G2 traditional modules) or TN726 (System 75 and DEFINITY G1 and G2 universal modules). ■ Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) — Works with asynchronous DTE at data rates of 0.3-19.2 kbps in host applications. The MADU is rack-mounted and supports busy-out. It connects to the same switch ports as the ADU. ■ 2500-Series Data Service Unit (DSU), Isolating Data Interface (IDI), and Local Distribution Service Unit (LDSU) — DCIU interface units for DEFINITY G2 and System 85. PC Platform Products PC/PBX Platform — PC expansion cards and software for XT/AT bus and MicroChannelTM bus PCs in the DCP environment. Supports common, open data interface with PC/ISDN platform. Supported software includes PC/PBX Connection (for advanced phone management, access to synchronous and asynchronous hosts, and high-speed PC-to-PC communication) and E78 Plus. Works with any 7400-series phone. PC/ISDN Platform — PC expansion card and software for XT/AT bus PCs in the BRI environment (DEFINITY G2 and 5ESS). Supports common, open data application interface with PC/PBX Platform. Supported software includes E78 Plus and high-speed PC-to-PC file transfer applications. E78 Plus/ISDN — Software written to the open data applications interface which provides full 3270 terminal emulation and fast file transfer in IBM environments. 3270 Data Module — The 3270C Data module connects to an IBM® 3274 or 3174 Cluster Controller and converts DCP data from the PC platform products to the IBM Coax A format to access IBM mainframes for 3270 terminal emulation and fast file transfer. The above PC platform products allow PC users to: — Dial calls from the PC and use customized phone features from the keyboard, including a personalized phone directory, log of calls received and made, note-taking on calls, and phone message retrieval. — Connect to a variety of asynchronous hosts and to IBM mainframes, allowing file transfer to and from the mainframe using standard IBM file transfer protocols and the standard DCA IRMA board user interface. — Transfer files from PC to PC at rates up to 1.2 kbps over a 64 kbps facility using a PC package from Hilgraeve, Inc. — Switch back and forth from the above capabilities to DOS programs at the touch of a key, when the PC/PBX application is run in the background. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Data Terminals Page 2-17 Data Terminals A data terminal is a workstation at which data is entered and retrieved; it communicates through lines, trunks, switches, and data modules with data endpoints such as computers and other data terminals. Some data terminals contain built-in voice capabilities similar to digital voice terminals. For detailed information on buttons, lights, and tones, refer to the general information about voice terminals at beginning of this section. The following data terminals are available with System 75, System 85, and DEFINITY G1 and G2: ■ AT&T Personal Terminal 510A (no longer manufactured)(DA) ■ AT&T Personal Terminal 510D (no longer manufactured)(DA) ■ Model 513 Business Communications Terminal (BCT) (no longer manufactured)(DA) ■ Model 515 BCT (no longer manufactured)(DA) ■ Model 610 BCT ■ Model 615 MT The 513 BCT, 610 BCT, and 615 MT, in addition to being optional units of peripheral equipment, are used in DEFINITY G1 and System 75 as System Access Terminals (SATs). The SAT is dedicated to system administration and maintenance and is located in or nearby the equipment room with the DEFINITY G1 or System 75. This manual does not cover the 513, 610, or 615 as an SAT but only as peripheral data terminals used for sending and receiving data calls. Technical Specifications Technical specifications are provided for the call progress tones, external ringing tones, and indicator light signals that are used with a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 General Information Technical Specifications 2 Page 2-18 Call Progress Tones The following call progress tones are generated by the system: Table 2-3. Call Progress Tones Tone Frequency Pattern (In ms) Ringback Tone 440 Hz + 480 Hz 1000 on, 3000 off; repeated Bridging Warning Tone1 440 Hz 500 on, 15000 off; repeated Busy Tone 480 Hz + 620 Hz 500 on, 500 off; repeated Internal 750 Hz + 20 Hz 100 on; not repeated External or Handled by Attendant 750 Hz + 20 Hz 100 on, 100 off, 100 on; not repeated Priority Call 750 Hz + 20 Hz 100 on, 100 off, 100 on,100 off, 100 on; not repeated Coverage Tone 440 Hz 600 on, followed by silence; not repeated Confirmation Tone 350 Hz + 440 Hz 100 on, 100 off, 100 on,100 off, 100 on followed by silence; not repeated Dial Tone 350 Hz + 440 Hz Continuous Intercept Tone 480 Hz & 620 Hz 250 on (480 Hz), 250 on (620 Hz); repeated Reorder Tone 480 Hz + 620 Hz 250 on, 250 off; repeated Call Waiting Ringback Tone 440 Hz + 480 Hz; 1000 on (440 Hz + 480 Hz), 440 Hz 200 on (440 Hz), 2800 off; repeated Call Waiting Tones: 1. This tone is used with the Busy Verification and Executive Override features and Service Observing when the warning tone is enabled. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Technical Specifications Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-19 External Ringing Tones The following external ringing tone patterns are generated by the system: Table 2-4. External Ringing Tone Patterns Ringing Tone Pattern (In ms) 1 1200 on, 4000 off; repeated 2 400 on, 200 off, 600 on, 4000 off; repeated 3 200 on, 100 off, 200 on, 100 off, 600 on, 4000 off; repeated For most currently available voice terminals, the user can select a Personalized Ringing pattern (out of eight possible ringing patterns). The tone patterns are the same as those previously described. The three tones are 530 Hz [low (L)], 750 Hz [medium (M)], and 1060 Hz [high (H)]. The tone sequences are as follows: (Each of these sequences is prefaced by a medium level tone.) Table 2-5. The Eight Personalized Ringing Patterns Ring Pattern Tone Sequence 1 MMM 2 HHH 3 LLL 4 LHH 5 HHL 6 HLL 7 HLH 8 LHL DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 2 General Information Technical Specifications Issue 8 December 1996 Page 2-20 Indicator Lights Signals The following light signals are generated by the system for the attendant console and multi-appearance voice terminals: Table 2-6. Indicator Lights Signals Lamp Signal Pattern (In ms) Dark (Off) Off Lighted (On) On Flashing 500 on, 500 off; repeated Fluttering 50 on, 50 off; repeated Broken Flutter 5 cycles of 50 on, 50 off, followed by 500 off; repeated Wink 350 on, 50 off; repeated DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 3 3 Exposed Port Protection Out-of-Building Campus Stations Exposed Port Protection Issue 8 December 1996 Page 3-1 3 All port packs and terminals require unique protection and grounding arrangements as defined in the checklists (System 75 Electrical Protection, Grounding, and Exposure Checklist, 555-200-120 and System 85 Electrical Protection, Grounding, and Exposure Checklist, 555-103-120). These arrangements provide an adequate barrier to the potentially damaging voltages and currents inherent in lightning and power surges present in exposed applications. Moreover, the National Electrical Code requires that an approved protector be provided on all exposed circuits. Ports and terminals that utilize facilities that are subject to disturbances from lightning, ground potential rises (GPR), or possible contact or induction from electrical power sources or circuits in excess of 300 volts (RMS) to ground are classified as exposed. Any ports or terminals served by such exposed facilities are classified as exposed and require protection at both the port and terminal ends. The checklists contain flowcharts that are beneficial in determining exposure status and tables to determine the type of protector required. Out-of-Building Campus Stations An out-of-building campus station is a telephone or voice terminal that is not physically located in the same building as the equipment room, but is located on the same property. Both analog telephones and digital voice terminals can be used as out-of-building stations. Carbon block, or equivalent, protection is required at both building entrances for analog out-of-building stations. Sneak current protection is also required. Protection can be provided by a 4-type protector or a 3-type protector plus a separate sneak current protector. The 4-type protector is equipped with a heat coil for sneak current protection. The 4-type primary protector is the preferred device. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 3 Exposed Port Protection Out-of-Building Campus Stations Issue 8 December 1996 Page 3-2 Protection is required at both entrances for digital out-of-building voice terminals. There are two different types of protectors that can be used to protect digital voice terminals and digital line circuit packs in an out-of-building environment: the 4C3S-75 Enhanced Protector and the ITW Linx Enhanced Protector. NOTE: The 4C3S-75 Enhanced Protector may only be used on Vintage 14 or newer TN754 Circuit Packs. The 4C3S-75 can be used on all vintages of the TN754B Circuit Pack. The ITW Linx Enhanced Protector may be used on all Vintages of the TN754 and TN754B Circuit Packs. The 4C3S-75 Enhanced Protector is equipped with a heat coil for sneak current protection and the ITW Linx Enhanced Protector is equipped with replaceable fuses for sneak current protection. The maximum range for out-of-building voice terminals is 3,400 feet when using 24 AWG wire and 2,200 feet when using 26 AWG wire. The range can be extended to 5,000 feet (24 AWG) or 4,000 feet (24 AWG) with the use of a Data Link Protector (DLP). The DLP is an isolating transformer used to remove phantom power on the switch side and reintroduce it on the terminal side. When a DLP is used, the voice terminal must be locally powered by an external power supply or through the AC power cord provided with some of the 7400 series voice terminals. The DLP is installed on the equipment side of the protection in both buildings. In high lightning areas, the DLP may also be installed to provide the maximum degree of protection and reliability. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 3 Exposed Port Protection Recommended Protectors and IROB Protection Page 3-3 Recommended Protectors and IROB Protection Table 3-1 shows the recommended protectors for the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Table 3-2 shows the in-range, out-of-building (IROB) protection for DEFINITY line circuits and terminals. ! CAUTION: The following circuit pack and terminal arrangements are not allowed to be installed in an exposed environment: 1. 7300 Series connected to the TN762B or ANN17 Circuit Pack 2. MET terminals connected to the TN735 Circuit Pack 3. Analog terminals connected to the TN746 Circuit Pack Table 3-1. Recommended Protectors Primary Primary (with Heat Coil) Enhanced Primary Secondary 3B1A (carbon) 4B1C (carbon) 4C3S-75 (solid state) 79A Fuse 3B1E-W (wide-gap gas tube) 4B1E-W (wide-gap gas tube) ITW Linx (gas tube avalanche suppress) SCP-1 3C1S (solid state) 4C1S (solid state) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 3 Exposed Port Protection Recommended Protectors and IROB Protection Table 3-2. Issue 8 December 1996 Page 3-4 IROB Protection Circuit Packs Terminal Required Protector* SN224 7203, EP 7205, MET SN228B, 2500 Series, SN229 2500DMGC, P1 7100 Series P1 TN742, 500 Series, TN746B, 2500 Series, TN769 7100 Series SN270 7400 Series EP TN754 7400 Series (ITW)2 TN754, V14 7400 Series EP3 TN556 T. Term EP and P4 * Key to Abbreviations: P = Primary; EP = Enhanced Primary Notes: 1. Primary protection with heat coils for sneak protection are coded with the number 4 as the first numeric. DEFINITY ports require sneak current protection for IROB terminal installations. 2. The TN754, V1 through V13 may be installed with either the DLP and primary protector or the ITW Linx Enhanced Primary protector. These vintages may not be installed with the 4C3S-75 Enhanced Primary protector. 3. The 4C3S-75 Enhanced Protector may only be used on Vintage 14 or newer TN754 Circuit Packs. The ITW Linx Enhanced Protector may be used on all Vintages of the TN754 Circuit Pack. 4. The TN556 Circuit Pack requires Enhanced Primary protection at the port and Primary (3- or 4-type) protection at the terminal. For more information on exposed port protection, refer to: ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3 Wiring, 555-204-111 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 Wiring, 555-104-630 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 4 Issue 8 December 1996 Availability Page 4-1 4 Availability 4 This section provides the availability of the products described in this manual. The availability of these products is constantly changing as new products and different versions of existing products are introduced. The status of some of the products in this list may have changed since this manual was issued. Check the Sales Manual for the final determination of the equipment status. The following convention is used in Table 4-1: ■ DA — Discontinued Availability ■ GA — General Availability ■ LA — Limited Availability DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 4 Issue 8 December 1996 Availability Page 4-2 Table 4-1. Availability Equipment Ordering Status 7101A Voice Terminal DA 7102A01A Voice Terminal LA 7102A01B (7102 Plus) Voice Terminal LA 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal DA 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal DA 7104A Voice Terminal DA 7203H Voice Terminal DA 7205H Voice Terminal DA 7302H Voice Terminal DA 7303H Voice Terminal DA 7303S Voice Terminal DA 7305H01B Voice Terminal DA 7305H02B Voice Terminal DA 7305S Voice Terminal DA 7401D01A Voice Terminal DA 7401D02A (7401 Plus) Voice Terminal DA 7402 Plus Voice Terminal DA 7403D Voice Terminal DA 7404D Voice Terminal DA 7405D Voice Terminal DA 7406D01A and 7406D02A Voice Terminal DA 7406D03A and 7406D04A Voice Terminal DA 7406D06A (7406BIS) Voice Terminal DA 7406D05A (7406BIS) Voice Terminal w/display DA 7406D08A (7406 Plus) Voice Terminal DA 7406D07A (7406 Plus) Voice Terminal w/display GA 7407D01B Voice Terminal DA 7407D02C (Enhanced 7407D) Voice Terminal DA Continued on next page DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 4 Issue 8 December 1996 Availability Page 4-3 Table 4-1. Availability — Continued Equipment Ordering Status 7407D02D (7407 Plus) Voice Terminal GA 7410D01A Voice Terminal DA 7410D02A (7410 Plus) Voice Terminal GA 7434D Voice Terminal (packaged with display) DA 7434D Voice Terminal (packaged with call cov. module) GA 7444 Voice Terminal GA 8403 Voice Terminal GA 8405 Voice Terminal GA 8410 Voice Terminal GA 8411 Voice Terminal GA 8434DX Voice Terminal GA CALLMASTER (602A1 and 603D1) LA CALLMASTER II GA CALLMASTER III GA MDC Cordless 9000 GA MDW Wireless 9000 GA MET Sets LA 500 Telephone GA 2500 Series Telephone DA 2500 DMGC Telephone DA 2500 YMGK Telephone GA 2500 MMGL Telephone DA 2500 YMGL Telephone DA 2500 MMGM Telephone GA 2500 YMGM Telephone GA 8101 Telephone GA 8101M Telephone GA 8102 Telephone DA Continued on next page DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 4 Issue 8 December 1996 Availability Page 4-4 Table 4-1. Availability — Continued Equipment Ordering Status 8102M Telephone GA 8110 Telephone DA 8110M Telephone GA 7505 ISDN Voice Terminal DA 7506 ISDN Voice Terminal DA 7507 ISDN Voice Terminal DA 8503T ISDN Voice Terminal GA 8510T ISDN Voice/Data Terminal GA 8520T ISDN Voice/Data Terminal GA Message Waiting Indicator GA F401A Function Key Module DA F201A Function Key Module DA 801A Expansion Module GA 500A Headset Adapter GA 502A Headset Adapter GA D401A Digital Display Module GA D401B Digital Display Module GA C401A Call Coverage Module DA C401B Call Coverage Module GA C201A Call Coverage Module DA 4A Speakerphone DA S101A Speakerphone DA S102A Speakerphone DA S201A Speakerphone GA S202A Speakerphone GA S203A Speakerphone GA Message Cartridge DA 2870A1 Automatic Dialer GA Continued on next page DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 4 Issue 8 December 1996 Availability Page 4-5 Table 4-1. Availability — Continued Equipment Ordering Status 107 Loudspeaker DA 7500B Data Module LA 2500 Data Service Unit GA 105A Isolating Data Interface GA 48250 Local Distribution Service Unit GA Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit GA Asynchronous Data Module GA 3270A Data Module DA 3270C Data Module GA 3270T Data Module DA Trunk Data Module DA Processor Data Module DA Modular Trunk Data Module GA Modular Processor Data Module GA 703A Data Service Unit DA Z702AL1 Data Service Unit DA DEFINITY High Speed Link GA Digital Terminal Data Module DA 7400A Data Module GA 7400B Data Module DA 7400B Plus Data Module GA 8400B Plus Data Module GA PC/PBX Platform GA PC/ISDN Platform GA PC/PBX Connection DA E78 Plus/ISDN DA PC/ISDN Interface Software Developer’s Guide GA Continued on next page DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 5 Issue 8 December 1996 Adjunct Power Page 5-1 5 Adjunct Power 5 Power for several of the adjuncts must be provided locally at the voice terminal or from a satellite closet through the terminal wiring. The following power supplies are currently recommended: ■ The MSP-1 (WP92464L1) Power Supply — replaces the KS-22911 L1/2, 329A, and 353A DC power supplies and the 2012D AC transformer. The MSP-1 can be used to supply local power to ISDN-T 65xx, 75xx, and 85xx series voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, Generic 3, a DEFINITY ECS, and the DCP 7444 and 8434/8434DX voice terminals which need auxiliary power for their vacuum fluorescent displays. The MSP-1 can also supply auxiliary power to adjunct equipment such as the S201A and CS201A speakerphones or a 500A Headset Adapter attached to any currently manufactured analog, DCP, or ISDN-T voice terminal equipped with an Adjunct jack. For more information on the MSP-1 power supply, see the short section with connection diagrams later in this section. ■ The ISDN 1145B1 Bulk Power Unit, 1146B Power Distribution Unit, and the 2.5/5.0 A.H. back-up batteries provide an uninterruptible power source for ISDN telephones and terminals, NT1s, terminal adjuncts, and other customer premises equipment. During AC power interruptions, batteries are automatically switched on to provide continuous power to the load. The distribution of power to the terminal equipment is provided by the 1146B distribution unit. The 1146B provides 32 standard 110 connections to the load with overcurrent protection and alarm lights. The 1145B1/1146B power arrangement is compact (measuring only 6.5 inches deep), lightweight, plastic enclosed, and designed for easy wall- or rack-mounting. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Issue 8 December 1996 Adjunct Power Page 5-2 During normal operation, the power supply/charger provides DC power to the load via the distribution unit while maintaining the battery in a fully charged condition. The power system continuously monitors systems conditions with the status displayed on the front panel of the power supply and distribution unit. The following power supplies and transformers are NO LONGER recommended. They have been replaced by the MSP-1 power supply and the 1145B1 bulk power unit described above. ■ 2012D AC transformer — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power a single 18 volt headset adapter or speakerphone. ■ KS-22911, L2 DC power supply — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power a headset adapter or speakerphone plus one additional adjunct. This unit has a 48 volt power output of 10 watts. ■ KS-21239, L4, L5 AC transformer — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power a single 24 volt speakerphone-dialer. ■ PS3081096 AC transformer — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power the 24 V S201A or S203A speakerphones. ■ 329A DC power supply — can be used locally or in a satellite closet and is capable of supplying power to any number of adjuncts that may be added to a digital voice terminal. This unit has a power output of 25 watts. ■ 346A modular bulk DC power supply — can be used in a satellite closet only and is capable of supplying power to any number of adjuncts that may be added to a digital voice terminal. This unit provides switch-selectable options for four outputs at 10 watts or two outputs at 20 watts. ■ 85B1-49 power unit — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power the 4A speakerphone. ■ 95B1 power unit — can be used locally or in a satellite closet to power a 2870A1 automatic dialer. ■ 353 DC Power Supply — can be used locally only. It is designed to supply power to ISDN-BRI stations and their adjuncts. It has a power output of 12 watts. ■ 945 Bulk DC Power Supply — can be used in a satellite closet only. It is designed to power ISDN-BRI stations and their adjuncts. It can optionally be equipped with a battery to provide terminal operation for a limited time in case of an AC power failure. Up to 26 ISDN-BRI terminals can be supported by the 945 power supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Issue 8 December 1996 Adjunct Power Information on the Older Power Supplies Page 5-3 Information on the Older Power Supplies The following diagram (Figure 5-1) shows the connections with the older power supplies. NOTE: The MSP-1 replaces the KS-22911 L1/2, 329A, and 353A DC power supplies and the 2012D AC transformer. Wall Local Power Supply: 2012D or 329A or KS-22911,L2 or KS-21239,L4/L5 or 353 or DS3081096 PS 400B2 Terminal Information Outlet PS To Vertical Trough KS-22911, 945, 329A, or 346A Power Supplies PS PS Terminal AC Power Strip Satellite Location Figure 5-1. Local and Satellite Power Sources for Voice Terminals Adjuncts DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Adjunct Power Information on the Older Power Supplies Issue 8 December 1996 Page 5-4 One of these power supplies must be used for each voice terminal equipped with one or more adjuncts. Each of these power supplies (except the 95B1) has a maximum cable distance of 250 feet (76 m) between the power supply and the adjunct(s). The maximum cable distance for the 95B1 is 150 feet (45m). Voice terminal adjuncts and modules are not operational during interruptions of commercial AC power unless their power supplies are also powered through standby power of other essential AC power service. The 329A and 346A power supplies clustered in a satellite closet are normally mounted on AC power strips. Power to these strips is provided from a dedicated 120 volt AC, 60-Hz, 20-ampere circuit breaker and feeder either directly or through a 543A telephone power unit. The 543A unit provides an inductive filter to limit inrush current on the feeder. It comes equipped with an AC power cord which plugs into the dedicated feeder and provides four receptacles for AC power strips. The 945 bulk power system is usually rack mounted and is intended to be located in an equipment room or satellite closet. It is optionally made up of the following components: ■ 945-1 bulk power supply unit. ■ 945-2 battery reserve unit. ■ 945-3 system enclosure, equipped with one or two 945-1 and/or a 945-2. ■ 945-4 single enclosure for 945-1 unit. Several power supplies and connection schemes are available for providing auxiliary adjunct power when it is required. Regardless of its source, auxiliary power is introduced into a pair of spare leads in the individual voice terminal’s line, at some wiring interface. The auxiliary power is fed into the terminal on the mounting line cord. From the terminal, power is distributed to the adjunct(s). An auxiliary power source is usually mounted in a satellite closet or adjacent to the voice terminal’s wall jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Issue 8 December 1996 Adjunct Power The MSP-1 Power Supply Page 5-5 The MSP-1 Power Supply The MSP-1 (WP92464L1) Power Supply can be used to supply local power to ISDN-T 65xx, 75xx, and 85xx series voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY Communications System G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, and to the DCP 7444 and 8434/8434DX voice terminals which need auxiliary power for their vacuum fluorescent displays. The MSP-1 can also supply auxiliary power to adjunct equipment such as the S201A and CS201A speakerphones or a 500A Headset Adapter attached to any currently manufactured analog, DCP, or ISDN-T voice terminal equipped with an Adjunct jack. ! CAUTION: The MSP-1 Power Supply can be used only with telecommunications equipment, indoors, in a controlled environment. NOTE: One power supply will support one telephone with or without an adjunct. The maximum loop range between the telephone and the power supply is 250 feet. This power supply replaces the KS-22911-L1/2, 329A, and 353A DC Power Supplies and the 2012D AC Transformer. The MSP-1 power supply has a single output of -48 volt DC, 0.4 amperes, and can operate from either a 120 VAC 60 Hz power source (105 to 129 VAC) or a 220/230/240 50 Hz power source (198 to 264 VAC). Input voltage selection is automatic; that is, the power supply adjusts itself for the type of input voltage. The output capacity is 19.2 watts. Contents of the MSP-1 Package (and Comcodes) The MSP-1 package includes the following items: (Comcodes are provided for additional orders) ■ One MSP-1 power supply (Comcode: 406743419). ■ One 6-foot, 7-inch input power cord (Comcode: 403271117). ■ One 7-foot D8W cord (Comcode: 103786786). ■ Double-sided adhesive fastener strips for mounting the power supply on a flat vertical surface (Comcode: 406824789). ■ Printed instructions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Adjunct Power The MSP-1 Power Supply Issue 8 December 1996 Page 5-6 Connecting the Power Supply The power output is provided through 3 modular jacks on the power supply. These jacks are labeled, from left to right: Phone Other -7 +8 -2 +5 Line The - and + numbers under ‘‘PHONE” and ‘‘OTHER” refer to the pins on which power is present and the polarity of that power. The PHONE and LINE jacks are 8-pin female non-keyed 657-type jacks that can accept D4, D6, and D8 modular plug cables. The OTHER jack is a 6-pin female non-keyed 657-type jack. The following local powering arrangements, shown in Figure 5-2 and Figure 5-3, can be used with the MSP-1 power supply. ■ Figure 5-2 shows the local powering arrangement for: ISDN voice terminals; the DCP 7444 and 8434DX voice terminals’ VF displays; and adjuncts connected to all telephones except the 8102. ■ Figure 5-3 shows the local powering arrangement for adjuncts connected to the 8102 telephone. NOTE: The type of cord(s) needed to make these connections are designated in each drawing. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Adjunct Power The MSP-1 Power Supply Issue 8 December 1996 Page 5-7 MSP-1 Power Supply PHONE OTHER -7 +8 -2 +5 D8W cord LINE D4BU cord (for analog telephones) or D8W cord (for DCP and ISDN-T voice terminals) Wall jack Adjunct jack Line jack Bottom view of voice terminal/telephone (7444 shown here) Figure 5-2. Local Powering Arrangement for: ISDN-T Voice Terminals; the DCP 7444 and 8434/8434DX Voice Terminals (for their VF Displays); and Adjuncts Connected to All Telephones Except the 8102 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 5 Issue 8 December 1996 Adjunct Power The MSP-1 Power Supply Page 5-8 PHONE OTHER -7 +8 -2 +5 D4BU cord LINE MSP-1 Power Supply Adjunct jack (on the rear of telephone) Power jack Line jack D4BU cord or 2–wire cord Wall Jack Bottom view of the 8102 telephone Figure 5-3. Local Powering Arrangement for Adjuncts Connected to the 8102 Analog Telephone DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Page 6-1 6 Administration 6 This section contains some of the information necessary to administer the different voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, a DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS), and to a System 75, or System 85. It also provides the caveats required when administering some of the newer voice terminals to the older systems. Other administration information for the DEFINITY G1 and G3 or System 75 is provided in the DEFINITY G1 and G3 and System 75 Implementation and Administration manuals. The administration information for DEFINITY G2 and System 85 is provided in the System 85 and DEFINITY G2 Translation Service Manual. NOTE: The sections of this manual which describe the newer voice terminals provide detailed information on administering that voice terminal. In most cases, diagrams of the button numbering schemes are also provided. For example, if you want to administer an 8410 voice terminal, see the section on the 8410 Voice Terminal under the tab labeled “8400 Series.” DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Administration Aliasing Issue 8 December 1996 Page 6-2 Aliasing When some of the newer voice terminals are used with some older versions of the switches, the administration procedures of the switch does not allow for the use of the new terminals. These new terminals must be administered using the administration procedures of a similar older terminal. This is called “aliasing” a set. When aliasing is used to administer a voice terminal, often the “old” screen used in administering buttons and features displays more buttons than can actually be assigned to the new terminal. These differences are provided in this section also. The following tables list the aliases used in administering the terminals. If the terminal you are administering is not listed in the tables, then it is administered as itself in all versions of the switch. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-1. Page 6-3 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Voice Terminal Administration System Voice Terminal S75 R1V1 S75 R1V2 8101/8102/8110 G1 and G3 2500 7102A 7104A S75 R1V3 7101A S 7101A or 25001 7203H X 7205H X “MERLIN”2 SMALL 7303S “MERLIN” MEDIUM 7305S “MERLIN” LARGE 7305S 7401D 7403D S 7401 Plus 7403D 7401D 7402 Plus 7403D 7410D 7406 7405D DD S 7406BIS 7405D S 7406 Plus 7405D 7406D or 7406BIS 7407D 7405D DD S Enhanced 7407D 7405D DD 7407D 7407 Plus 7405D DD 7407D 7410 7410 Plus 7434 7403D 7403D 7410D 7405D 1. If equipped with a message waiting adjunct, administer as a 7101A; otherwise, administer as 2500. 2. MERLIN Communications System. S = Administered as Self X = Not Allowed DD = Digital Display Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Page 6-4 Table 6-1. DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Voice Terminal Administration — Continued System Voice Terminal 7444 S75 R1V1 S75 R1V2 7405D DD G1 and G3 7405D or 7407D1 7434D or 7407D1 74052 8403 1. S75 R1V3 8405B/8405B Plus 7403 74103 8405D/8405D Plus 7403 74103 8410B 7403 74104 8410D 7403 74104 8411B 7403 74105 8411D 7403 74105 CAVEATS for administration of the 7444 voice terminal: If the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7407D, the following caveats apply: ■ Only 10 call appearance buttons can be administered with two lights, a red and a green light. ■ If the voice terminal is administered as a 7407D, the S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the OFF position. When the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7434 voice terminal, the following caveats apply: ■ The S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the ON position. ■ Only one line of the display will show switch-related information. When a 7444 is administered as a 7434, DEFINITY G1 allows a maximum of 10 appearances of the primary line while DEFINITY G2 allows a maximum of 12 appearances. Each switch handles appearances of other lines (that is, lines used in Bridging, Call Pickup, etc.) in a different manner. Information about administering these appearances can be found in switch documentation and help screens. 2. If the 8403 is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (and later), the 8403 can be administered as itself. 3. If the 8405B or 8405B Plus is connected to a DEFINITY G3i or G3r, it can be administered as a 7410 Plus. If the 8405B or 8405B Plus is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later), the set can be administered as an 8410B. If the 8405D or 8405D Plus is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later), the set can be administered as an 8410D. If the 8410B is connected to a DEFINITY G3i or G3r, it can be administered as a 7410 Plus. If the 8410B or 8410D is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later), the set can be administered as itself. If the 8411B is connected to a DEFINITY G3i or G3r, it can be administered as a 7410 Plus. If the 8411B is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later), the set can be administered as an 8410B. If the 8411D is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later), the set can be administered as an 8410D. 4. 5. DD = Digital Display Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-1. Page 6-5 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Voice Terminal Administration — Continued System Voice Terminal 8434/8434DX (for extra S75 R1V1 S75 R1V3 G1 and G3 7405+D+F 1 X 8434/8434DX (for additional coverage) 1. S75 R1V2 features)1 602 CALLMASTER X X CALLMASTER II and III X X 7434+D S 602 CALLMASTER 7505 ISDN X S 7506 ISDN X S 7507 ISDN X S 8503T X S 8510T X S2 8520T X S Hybrid3 MDC 9000 7303S MDW 9000 7303S Hybrid3 CAVEATS for administration of the 8434 voice terminal: The 8434 and 8434DX may be aliased as a 7405+D+F to support all system features. However, in this case, while all the call appearance/feature buttons AND the softkey features will be functional, there can be a maximum of only 10 call appearances. On the 7405, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. On some systems, the 8434 and 8434DX can be aliased as a 7434+D or a 7444 to support coverage. In this case, there can be up to 34 call appearances (including bridged call appearances), but the 15 softkey features will NOT be functional because the Feature Key Module is not allowed with the 7434 or 7444. On the 7434, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. If the set is administered as a 7444, it can be optioned for a 2-line display. 2. 3. An 8434 or 8434DX connected to a DEFINITY G3V2 can be administered as a 7444; an 8434 or 8434DX connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later) can be administered as itself. An 8510T voice terminal connected to a DEFINITY G1 or G3 can be administered as itself, but an 8510 data terminal must be administered as a 7507. A MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone or a MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 (or later) can be administered as itself. S = Administered as Self X = Not Allowed +D = with Display Module +F = with Feature Key Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-2. Page 6-6 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Terminal and Module Administration System PCs and Digital Modules PC/PBX Platform S75 R1V1 S75 R1V2 S75 R1V3 7405D DD and DM PC MPDM S MTDM S 7400A DM 7400B and 7400B Plus DM PDM or TDM (modem pool only) S PDM (data only) or DM (voice and data) S High Speed Link PDM 3270A DCP PDM 3270C DCP PDM 3270T DCP PDM PC/ISDN Platform S = Administered as Self X = Not Allowed PC = Personal Computer DD = Digital Display Module DM = Data Module TDM = Trunk Data Module PDM = Processor Data Module G1 and G3 X X X X Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Administration Aliasing Table 6-3. Page 6-7 DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Voice Terminal Administration System Voice Terminal S85 R2V1 S85 R2V2 S85 R2V3 500 A 2500 A 2500 YMGK A 7101A A 7102A A 7102 Plus A 7103A A 7104A A 10 MET 7203H 20 MET 7205H 30 MET 7205H “MERLIN” SMALL X “MERLIN” MEDIUM 7303S “MERLIN” LARGE 7305S S85 R2V4 G2 7401D 7403D S 7401 Plus 7403D 7401D 7402 Plus 7403D 7410D 7404 7403D DM S 7406D 7405D DD S 7406BIS 7405D DD S 7406 Plus 7405D DD 7406D or 7406BIS 7407D 7405 DD S Enhanced 7407D 7405D DD 7407D 7407 Plus 7405D DD 7407D X = Not Allowed A = Administered as Analog On-premises or Off-premises S = Administered as Self DD = Digital Display Module DM = Data Module (DTDM or ADS) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-3. Page 6-8 DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Voice Terminal Administration — Continued System Voice Terminal S85 R2V1 S85 R2V2 S85 R2V3 G2 7410D 7403D S 7410 Plus 7403D 7410D 7434D 7405D S 7444 7405D DD 7405D DD or 7407D* 8403 7434D or 7407D1 7405 8405B/8405B Plus 7403 8405D/8405D Plus 8410B 7410D 7405+D 7403 8410D 7410D 7405+D 8411B 7403 8411D 1. S85 R2V4 7410D 7405+D CAVEATS for administration of the 7444 voice terminal: If the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7407D, the following caveats apply: ■ Only 10 call appearance buttons can be administered with two lights, a red and a green light. ■ If the voice terminal is administered as a 7407D, the S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the OFF position. When the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7434 voice terminal, the following caveats apply: ■ The S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the ON position. ■ Only one line of the display will show switch-related information. When a 7444 is administered as a 7434, DEFINITY G1 allows a maximum of 10 appearances of the primary line while DEFINITY G2 allows a maximum of 12 appearances. Each switch handles appearances of other lines (that is, lines used in Bridging, Call Pickup, etc.) in a different manner. Information about administering these appearances can be found in switch documentation and help screens. S = Administered as Self DD = Digital Display Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-3. Continued Page 6-9 DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Voice Terminal Administration — System Voice Terminal S85 R2V1 S85 R2V2 S85 R2V3 8434/8434DX (for extra features)1 G2 7405+D+F 8434/8434DX (for additional coverage)* 1. S85 R2V4 X 7434+D 602 CALLMASTER X S CALLMASTER II and III X 602 CALLMASTER 7505 ISDN X S 7506 ISDN X S 7507 ISDN X S 8503T X 7505 8510T X 7507 8520T X 7507 MDC 9000 7303S Hybrid MDW 9000 7303S Hybrid CAVEATS for administration of the 8434 voice terminal: The 8434 may be aliased as a 7405+D+F to support all system features. However, in this case, while all the call appearance/feature buttons AND the softkey features will be functional, there can be a maximum of only 10 call appearances. On the 7405, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. On some systems, the 8434 can be aliased as a 7434+D or a 7444 to support coverage. In this case, there can be up to 34 call appearances (including bridged call appearances), but the 15 softkey features will NOT be functional because the Feature Key Module is not allowed with the 7434 or 7444. On the 7434, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. If the set is administered as a 7444, it can be optioned for a 2-line display. X = Not Allowed A = Administered as Analog On-premises or Off-premises S = Administered as Self DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Aliasing Table 6-4. Page 6-10 DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Terminal and Module Administration System Display Terminals and Digital Modules PC/PBX Platform BCT 513 S85 R2V1 S85 R2V2 7405D DD and DM S85 R2V3 PT 510D X PDM MTDM TDM 7400B and 7400B Plus DM 7500B DM PC PDM or TDM (modem pool only) S PDM (data only) or DM (voice and data) S X S High Speed Link PDM 3270A DCP PDM 3270C DCP PDM 3270T DCP PDM PC/ISDN Platform G2 EIA PORT MPDM 7400A DM S85 R2V4 X S = Administered as Self X = Not Allowed PC = Personal Computer DD = Digital Data Module DM = Data Module PDM = Processor Data Module TDM = Trunk Data Module GTA = Generalized Terminal Administration (see System 85 and DEFINITY G2 Button and Feature Caveats section) GTA DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Issue 8 December 1996 Administration Button and Feature Caveats Page 6-11 Button and Feature Caveats System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS Table 6-5. Button and Feature Caveats for DEFINITY G1 and G3 and System 75 Terminal Aliased As 7401D Do NOT Assign Features to Button(s) 7403D R1V1—R1V3 10 — 7406D01A— 7406D04A 7405D (See Note 1) R1V1 6—10, 19—24 — 7405D (See Note 1) R1V1 7406D05A, 6—10, 19—24 2, 3 (See Note 2) 7406D06A Self R1V2—R1V3, G1 — 2, 3 (See Note 2) 8405 (call appearance/ feature buttons) 8410 DEFINITY G3V3 or later 6—10 — 602 CALLMASTER R1V3 (See Note 3) 7—10 22 and 28 CALLMASTER II and III 1. Switch Release Buttons that Do NOT Exist1 Do not assign features to these buttons. Note 1: 7406D02A, 7406D04A, and 7406D06A aliased as 7405D; 7406D02A, 7406D04A, and 7406D06A with 7400B Plus aliased as 7405D with DM; 7406D01A, 7406D03A, and 7406D05A aliased as 7405D with DD; 7406D01A, 7406D03A, and 7406D05A with 7400B Plus aliased as 7405D with DM and DD; 7406D01A and 7406D02A with Z703A DSU aliased as 7405D with DM and DD. Note 2: Reserved for Speaker and Mute. Note 3: Not supported in earlier releases. Note 4: These buttons are used for the Log in and Release features. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Administration Button and Feature Caveats Page 6-12 System 85 and DEFINITY G2 Table 6-6. Button and Feature Caveats for DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Terminal Aliased As 7401D R2V1—R2V3 12 — 7405D (See Note 1) R2V1—R2V3 8—12, 31—36 — 7405D (See Note 1) R2V1—R2V3 8—12, 31—36 14, 15 (See Note 2) Self R2V4—G2 — 14, 15 (See Note 2) 602 CALLMASTER R2V2—R2V4 (See Note 3) 9—12 24 and 30 (See Note 4) 7406D05A, 7406D06A 1. Do NOT Assign Features to Button(s) 7403D 7406D01A— 7406D04A CALLMASTER II and III Switch Release Buttons that Do NOT Exist1 Do not assign features to these buttons. Note 1: 7406D02A, 7406D04A, and 7406D06A aliased as 7405D; 7406D02A, 7406D04A, and 7406D06A with 7400B Plus aliased as 7405D with DM; 7406D01A, 7406D03A, and 7406D05A aliased as 7405D with DD; 7406D01A, 7406D03A, and 7406D05A with 7400B Plus aliased as 7405D with DM and DD; 7406D01A and 7406D02A with Z703A DSU aliased as 7405D with DM and DD. Note 2: Reserved for Speaker and Mute. Note 3: Not supported in R2V1. Note 4: These buttons are used for the Log In and Release features. PC/ISDN Platform (DEFINITY G2). To administer the PC/ISDN Platform, the Generalized Terminal Administration (GTA) capability of DEFINITY G2 must be used. Below is an overview of how to administer it. See the PC/ISDN Installation and Reference Manual for detailed instructions. PC/ISDN Administration on DEFINITY G2. Ordinary BRI terminals used with DEFINITY G2 require initialization. They also support Maintenance Information Messages (MIMs). Because PC/ISDN supports neither MIMs nor terminal initialization, the system administrator must have created a terminal type for each type of terminal being used with PC/ISDN. If the terminal is to have an associated display, the display type must be changed to 6 for personal computer. Each terminal thus created is simply a copy of the terminal type for the terminal at hand with the ISDN-MIM feature set to None and the display type set to 6. For example, if the terminal to be administered is an AT&T model 7507, the system DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 6 Administration Button and Feature Caveats Issue 8 December 1996 Page 6-13 administrator might copy the 7507 terminal (type 57) to a new terminal type (that is, type 157) and modify it to exclude support of the ISDN-MIM feature. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-1 7 Voice Terminal Features 7 The voice terminals connected to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS), System 75, and System 85 provide a wide range of features. The following tables provide information on the major features of a particular type of telephone or voice terminal. ■ Tables 7-1, 7-2, and 7-3 show the features that are available with single-line voice terminals and the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals. ■ Tables 7-4 and 7-5 shows the features that are available with multiple-appearance hybrid voice terminals. ■ Tables 7-6, 7-7, and 7-8 shows the features that are available with multiple-appearance digital voice terminals. ■ Table 7-9 shows the features available with the ISDN voice terminals. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-2 Table 7-1. Single-Line and 7401 Voice Terminal Features (500 Telephone, 2500 Series Telephones, and the 7101A) Voice Terminals Physical Features Analog 500 2500/ 2554 2500 DMGC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2500 YMGK 2500 MMGL 2500 YMGL 7101A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Digital Touch-Tone Dial Rotary Dial ✓ Message Light Dial Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display Feature-only Buttons Recall Button ✓ Mute Button ✓ Flash Button ✓ Redial Button ✓ Hold Button ✓ ✓ Disconnect Button Built-in “Listen-Only” Speaker Personalized Ringing User Programming Button ✓ Tone Ringing Feature/Call Activity Light Optional Enhancements: Message Waiting Adjunct Headset Adapter External Speakerphone ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-3 Table 7-2. Single-Line and 7401 Voice Terminal Features (7102A through the 7104A) Voice Terminals Physical Features 7102A 7102 Plus 7103A Fixed 7103A Prog. 7104A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Touch-Tone Dial ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Message Light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Dial Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Analog Digital ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display Feature-only Buttons 8 10 16 ✓ ✓ ✓ Hold Button Recall Button ✓ ✓ Flash Button ✓ Built-in ‘‘Listen-Only” Speaker Disconnect Button ✓ ✓ Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ Last Number Dialed (or Redial) Button ✓ User Programming Button ✓ ✓ ✓ Pause Button Auto Answer Button Built-in Speakerphone Tone Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Feature/Call Activity Light Optional Enhancements: Headset Adapter External Speakerphone Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-4 Table 7-3. Single-Line and 7401 Voice Terminal Features (7401 Voice Terminals and the 8100 Series Telephones) Voice Terminals Physical Features 7401D 7401 Plus (See (See Note 1) Note 1) 8101/ 8101M Analog 8102/ 8102M 8110/ 8110M ✓ ✓ ✓ Digital ✓ ✓ Touch-Tone Dial ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Message Light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Dial Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Flash Button ✓ ✓ ✓ Redial Button ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ User Programming Button ✓ ✓ Pause Button ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display Feature-only Buttons Hold Button Recall Button Built-in “Listen-Only” Speaker Disconnect Button Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ Auto Answer Button ✓ Built-in Speakerphone ✓ Tone Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Adjunct Equipment Jack ✓ ✓ Optional Equipment ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter External Speakerphone Note 1: This model has two ‘‘virtual” appearances, but no call appearance buttons. ✓ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-5 Table 7-4. Multi-Appearance Hybrid Voice Terminal Features (The 7200 Series and the 7300 Series Voice Terminals) Voice Terminals Physical Features Call Appearance Feature Buttons with In-Use and Status Lights 7203H 7205H 7303S 7305S 10 10 10 10 Feature-only Buttons 24 24 Dial and Buttons Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Disconnect Button ✓ ✓ Recall Button ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Self-Test Switch Message Light ✓ ✓ Built-in ‘‘Listen Only” Speaker Built-in Digital Display Built-in Speakerphone Built-in Calculator Personalized Ringing Built-in Data Module and Data Call in Progress Light AC Powered DC Powered ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Optional Enhancements: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter External Speakerphone Digital Terminal Data Module Data Module Base Call Coverage Module ✓ Function Key Module ✓ Digital Display Module Messaging Cartridge DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-6 Table 7-5. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 7402 Plus through the 7406 Plus) Voice Terminals Physical Features Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 7402 Plus 6 7403D 7404D 7405D 10 6 10 24 Feature-Only Buttons Shiftable Feature Buttons 7406D 7406BIS 7406 Plus 5 5 5 ✓ 1 8 8 9 Dial and Buttons Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Disconnect Button ✓ Self-Test Capability ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Message Light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Speakerphone ✓ ✓ (See Note 2) (See Note 2) ✓ Reset Speakerphone Capability ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See Note 3) (See Note 3) (See Note 3) ✓ ✓ ✓ Mute Button Built-in Digital Display Personalized Ringing Built-in Data Module and Data Call in Progress Light ✓ ✓ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-7 Table 7-5. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 7402 Plus through the 7406 Plus) — Continued Voice Terminals Physical Features 7402 Plus 7403D 7404D 7405D 7406D 7406BIS 7406 Plus ✓ AC Powered DC Powered (supplied by PBX) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Optional Enhancements: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter External Speakerphone Digital Terminal Data Module ✓ Data Module Base Call Coverage Module ✓ Function Key Module ✓ Digital Display Module ✓ ✓ Messaging Cartridge 7400B+ Data Module ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Note 2: The 7402 Plus and 7406D01A — 7406D04A voice terminals have a ‘‘listen-only” speaker. Note 3: The following 7406 sets have built-in displays: 7406D01A, 7406D03A, 7406D05A, and 7406D07A. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-8 Table 7-6. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 7407 through the 7444 Voice Terminal) Voice Terminals Physical Features 7407D Enhanced 7407D 7407 Plus 7410 7410 Plus Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 10 10 10 10 Feature-only Buttons 11 24 24 Dual-Function Feature Buttons 11 Display Control Buttons 7 7 7 Dial and Buttons Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ Self-Test Capability ✓ Message Light Built-in Speakerphone 7434 7444 10 34 34 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See Note 4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Reset Speakerphone Capability Mute Button Built-in Digital Display ✓ ✓ ✓ Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-9 Table 7-6. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 7407 through the 7444 Voice Terminal) — Continued Voice Terminals Physical Features AC Powered 7407D Enhanced 7407D 7407 Plus 7410 7410 Plus 7434 7444 ✓ DC Powered (supplied by PBX) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Optional Enhancements: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter External Speakerphone Digital Terminal Data Module Data Module Base ✓ ✓ Call Coverage Module Function Key Module ✓ Digital Display Module 7400B+ Data Module ✓ ✓ Note 4: The 7410D02A voice terminal has a ‘‘listen-only” speaker. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-10 Table 7-7. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 8400 Series Voice Terminals) Voice Terminals 8403 8405 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 3 5 10 10 34 Dial and Button Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display Softkeys 8410 8411 8434/ 8434DX Physical Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See (See (See (See Note 5) Note 5) Note 5) Note 5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See (See (See (See Note 5) Note 5) Note 5) Note 5) Self-Test Capability ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Message Light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ One-Way Speaker ✓ ✓ (See (See Note 6) Note 6) Built-in Speakerphone Softkeys ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See (See (See (See Note 7) Note 7) Note 7) Note 7) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See (See (See (See Note 7) Note 7) Note 7) Note 7) Mute Button ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-11 Table 7-7. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The 8400 Series Voice Terminals) — Continued Voice Terminals Physical Features 8403 8405 8410 8411 Analog Adjunct Jack ✓ EIA-232-D Jack for PassageWay Connection ✓ 8434/ 8434DX AC Powered DC Powered (supplied by PBX) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (See Note 8) (See Note 8) Optional Enhancements: Headset Adapter ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ External Speakerphone ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Digital Terminal Data Module Data Module Base: Call Coverage Module Function Key Module Digital Display Module 7400B+ Data Module Note 5: The 8405D, 8405D Plus, 8410D, 8411D, 8434, and 8434DX voice terminals have a display and softkeys. Note 6: The 8403, 8405B, and 8405D voice terminals have a 1-way ‘‘listen-only” speaker. Note 7: Only the 8405B Plus, 8405D Plus, 8410, 8411, 8434, and 8434DX voice terminals have a built-in speakerphone and thus access to the Reset Speakerphone feature. The 2-way speakerphone can also be optioned as a one-way speakerphone or turned off. Note 8: The 8411, 8434, and 8434DX voice terminals require an auxiliary power supply. An MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-12 . Table 7-8. Multi-Appearance Digital Voice Terminal Features (The CALLMASTER Voice Terminals) Voice Terminals Physical Features 602 CM CM II and III Call Appearance/Feature Buttons 10 6 Feature-only Buttons 7 15 Dial and Buttons Access to Features ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ Self-Test Capability ✓ ✓ Message Light ✓ ✓ Mute Button ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display ✓ ✓ Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter ✓ ✓ External Speakerphone ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Speakerphone Reset Speakerphone Capability AC Powered DC Powered (supplied by PBX) Optional Enhancements: Digital Terminal Data Module Data Module Base: Call Coverage Module Function Key Module Digital Display Module 7400B+ Data Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 7 Issue 8 December 1996 Voice Terminal Features Page 7-13 Table 7-9. Multi-Appearance ISDN Voice Terminal Features (The 7500 Series and 8500 Series Voice Terminals) Voice Terminals Physical Features Call Appearance/Feature Buttons with Lights Shiftable Feature Buttons 7505 7506 7507 9 9 30 or or or 10 10 31 (See Note 9) (See Note 9) (See Note 9) 4 4 Feature-Only Buttons 8503T 8510T 8520T 3 10 20 9 Dial and Buttons Access to Features ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop Buttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Memory Dialing Message Light ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Redial Button ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Self-Test Capability ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Speakerphone ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Mute Button ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Built-in Digital Display ✓ Softkeys and Display Control Buttons Personalized Ringing ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Optional Enhancements: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Headset Adapter Asynchronous Data Module Note 9: If the 7505 or 7506 sets have data, there are only 9 (or 30) call appearance/feature buttons. If the 7507 terminal has data, there are 30 (rather than 31) call appearance/feature buttons. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals Page 8-1 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The following section describes these 7100 Series voice terminals: ■ 7101A voice terminal ■ 7102A and 7102 Plus voice terminals ■ 7103A Fixed Feature voice terminal ■ 7103A Programmable voice terminal ■ 7104A voice terminal 8 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7101A Voice Terminal Page 8-2 The 7101A Voice Terminal 1 GHI Handset Volume Control DEF 2 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PRS TUV 7 8 * Recall Button ABC 6 9 Oper Recall O Dial Pad WXY # Disconnect Button Disconnect Hi Lo Msg Message Light Figure 8-1. The 7101A Voice Terminal The 7101A voice terminal is a single-line analog model that requires one tip and ring pair for operation. It is equipped with a Message Waiting light and a handy Recall button for activating the system’s special features. It cannot be physically bridged to the same analog line port due to the message waiting and loop current circuitry. NOTE: The 7101A has been discontinued. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7101A Voice Terminal Page 8-3 Applications The 7101A terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard and/or reception areas, or office desks where multiple line appearances or one touch access to special features is not required. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 3-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Two Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Other Physical Features Handset The 7101A is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7101A is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7101A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-4 Jacks The 7101A housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left front edge of the housing. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7101A terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7101A has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7101A comes equipped with a non-adjustable desk stand. An optional wall mounting kit may be ordered. Color Options The 7101A is available in black only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7101A Voice Terminal Page 8-5 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7101A from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 8-1. Distance Limitations for the 7101A Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN7461 — — TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) — — SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 TN769 TN746 * 1. The 7101A cannot be used with the TN746 Port Circuit Pack. Power Requirements The 7101A is powered by the tip and ring leads. It does not require any external power supply. Power Failure Operation The 7101A cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7101A is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7101A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-6 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7101A Equipment PECs The 7101A Voice Terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7101A Voice Terminal (black) — 3170-00M ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts None. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7101A Voice Terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and System 75 7101A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-709 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7101A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 999-700-047 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Page 8-7 The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Access Codes Card Ringer Volume Control (on left side) Handset ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 1 PRS 7 * 6 TUV 8 9 Oper # O Message Dial Pad WXY Recall Recall Button Message Light Figure 8-2. The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals The 7102A voice terminal is available in two versions, the 7102A01A and the 710201B, called the 7102 Plus. The front of the two sets is exactly the same in appearance. The only difference is that the 7102A01B is equipped with an adjunct jack. This jack allows speakerphone/headset capability. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-8 The 7102A and the 7102 Plus voice terminals are single-line analog models that require one tip and ring pair for operation. It allows access to system features via the Recall Button and dial codes. The 7102A and 7102 Plus voice terminal faceplate contains a Feature Access Code Card that can be customized to reflect the most frequently accessed features. NOTE: Both of the 7102 voice terminals have been discontinued. Applications The 7102A and 7102 Plus voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The 7102 voice terminals are especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard and/or reception areas, or office desks where multiple line appearances or one-touch access to special features is not required. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7102A and the 7102 Plus are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features One Fixed Feature Button ■ The RECALL Button Message Light The red Message light flashes when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-9 Other Physical Features Handset The 7102 voice terminals are equipped with an R-type handset. Dial Pad The 7102 voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7102A01A housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the center front edge of the housing. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The 7102 Plus housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the center front edge of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The modular speakerphone/headset jack is located on bottom of the set. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7102 voice terminals: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7102 voice terminals have electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7102 voice terminals come equipped with both a non-adjustable desk stand and a wall mounting bracket. Color Options The 7102 voice terminals are available in two colors: black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Page 8-10 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7102A or 7102 Plus voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 8-2. Distance Limitations for the 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 28,400 (8,662) 17,900 (5,460) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 28,400 (8,662) 17,900 (5,460) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN746 3,000 (915) 2,000 (610) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN769 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN746 3,000 (915) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 Power Requirements The 7102 voice terminals are powered by the tip and ring leads. These voice terminals do not require any external power supply. Power Failure Operation The 7102A and the 7102 Plus voice terminals can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions but will not support any adjuncts. If the 7102A or 7102 Plus voice terminal is being used as an emergency station for a DEFINITY G1 or G3 or System 75 that is equipped with a Z1A Emergency Transfer Unit, a ground start switch (551A and 77A bracket) is required. Installation instructions can be found in the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3 Wiring Guide, 555-204-111. FCC Registration The 7102 voice terminals are FCC registered (AS-593M-17706-TE-T). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7102A and 7102 Plus Voice Terminals Page 8-11 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7102 Equipment PECs The 7102A and the 7102 Plus voice terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ 7102A voice terminal (black and misty cream) — 3185-MWR (not orderable) ■ 7102 Plus Voice Terminal (black and misty cream) — 3188-MWS (not orderable) ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The 7102A01A cannot be equipped with any adjuncts. The 7102A01B can be equipped with one of the following adjuncts: ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ 500A Headset Adapter with a standard headset Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7102A voice terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7102 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-728 ■ System 75 7102 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-728 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7102 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-715 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Page 8-12 The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Handset 8 Feature Buttons 1 DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 3 4 5 PRS TUV WXY OPER # 7 Message 6 8 * Volume Control (on left side) O Recall Message Light Figure 8-3. ABC Dial Pad 9 Disconnect Disconnect Button Recall Button The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal The 7103A Fixed Feature voice terminal is a single-line analog model which has been discontinued. The feature buttons on this terminal must be programmed by the system manager. It requires one tip and ring pair for operation. It cannot be physically bridged to the same analog line port due to the message waiting and loop current circuitry. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-13 Applications The 7103A voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for groups of office workers who make frequent calls to the same destinations or use the same features. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Two Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button Eight Feature Buttons The system manager designates and programs all buttons, except fixed feature buttons, for the common needs of all voice terminal users. Within any one system, all 7103A Fixed Feature voice terminals have identical features at the same button positions. Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Other Physical Features Handset The 7103A voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-14 Dial pad The 7103A voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7103A voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The LINE and OTHER jacks are on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7103A voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7103A voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7103A voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An adjustable desk stand or a wall mounting bracket can be optionally ordered. Color Options The 7103A voice terminal is available in black only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Page 8-15 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7103A voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 8-3. Distance Limitations for the 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN7461 — — TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) — — SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 TN769 TN746 * 1. The 7103A cannot be used with the TN746 Port Circuit Pack. Power Requirements The 7103A voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. If the 7103A voice terminal is equipped with any adjunct, auxiliary power will be required for the adjunct. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7103A voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7103A voice terminal is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal Page 8-16 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7103A (Fixed Feature) Equipment PECs The 7103A voice terminal and optional components was ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7103A Fixed Feature Voice Terminal — (not orderable) ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ 500A Headset Adapter with a standard headset Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7103A voice terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and System 75 7103A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-710 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7103A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 999-700-048 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Page 8-17 The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Handset 10 Feature Buttons Last Number/Wait Program ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY OPER # 1 2 4 Volume Control (on left side) O Recall Message Light Figure 8-4. 6 8 * Message 3 5 7 Last Number/ Wait Button Program Button Dial Pad 9 Disconnect Disconnect Button Recall Button The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal The 7103 Programmable voice terminal is a single-line analog model no longer manufactured. However, some remanufactured terminals may still be ordered. The 10 feature buttons can be programmed by the user for one-touch feature access or for one-touch Speed Dialing. It requires one tip and ring pair for operation. It cannot be physically bridged to the same analog line port due to the message waiting and loop current circuitry. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-18 Applications The 7103A voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for groups of office workers who make frequent calls to the same destinations or use the same features. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Four Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button ■ LAST NUMBER/WAIT button — This is a dual function button. In its normal (Last Number) mode, this button is used to automatically redial the last number dialed; in the Wait mode, it is used to enter a delay in a number being stored on a feature button. ■ PROGRAM button — This button is used to enter mode for programming feature buttons for feature access or for Repertory Dialing. With the Repertory Dialing feature, the terminal user can store in-house or external numbers. Operation of this button also puts the Last Number/Wait button into the Wait mode. Ten User-Programmable Feature Buttons The 10 programmable buttons allow each user to enter often-used telephone numbers or choose the most desirable features provided by the system. Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-19 Other Physical Features Handset The 7103A voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7103A voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7103A voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The LINE and OTHER jacks are on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7103A voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7103A voice terminal has electronic tone personalized ringing. The personalized ringing is controlled by two ring switches on the bottom of the voice terminal. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7103A voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An adjustable desk stand or a wall mounting bracket can be optionally ordered. Color Options The 7103A voice terminal is available in black only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Page 8-20 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7103A voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 8-4. Distance Limitations for the 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN7461 — — TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) — — SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 TN769 TN746 * 1. The 7103A cannot be used with the TN746 Port Circuit Pack. Power Requirements The 7103A voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. If the 7103A voice terminal is equipped with any adjunct, auxiliary power will be required for the adjunct. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7103A voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7103A voice terminal is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-21 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7103A (Programmable) Equipment PECs The 7103A voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7103A Programmable Voice Terminal — 3171-14F ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S102A Speakerphone ■ 500A Headset Adapter with a standard headset Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7103A voice terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and System 75 7103A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-717 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7103A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 999-700-464 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Page 8-22 The 7104A Voice Terminal Display Handset 9 One-Touch Dial Buttons Recall ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV 1 4 7 Disconnect * 2 5 8 OPER O Feature Control Buttons Recall Button 3 6 Dial Pad WXY 9 # Speaker Speaker Button Disconnect Button Speaker Volume Control Instruction Card Figure 8-5. The 7104A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Page 8-23 Display Message Waiting Light Handset 9 One-Touch Dial Buttons Feature Control Buttons Recall ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY OPER # 1 4 7 Disconnect * 2 5 8 O Message Waiting Adjunct 3 Recall Button 6 Dial Pad 9 Speaker Speaker Button Disconnect Button Speaker Volume Control Figure 8-6. The 7104A Voice Terminal with Attached Message Waiting Adjunct The 7104A voice terminal is a single-line analog model no longer manufactured. However, some remanufactured terminals may still be ordered. The 7104A voice terminal is equipped with a display that is used to display stored numbers. It requires one tip and ring pair for operation. It cannot be physically bridged to the same analog line port due to the message waiting and loop current circuitry. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-24 Applications The 7104A voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, and System 75. This voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, office support personnel, and others. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 8 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Two Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button Eight Special Fixed Feature Buttons ■ SHIFT button — used for toggling between the two modes of the following four dual function feature buttons and the eight dual function one-touch dialing buttons. ■ SET CLOCK/TIMER button — used for setting time and for timing a call. ■ AM/DLYD RING button — used in time-setting procedure and to delay ringing on incoming calls. ■ PM/ABRV RING button — used in time-setting procedure and to provide abbreviated ringing on incoming calls. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-25 ■ SAVE/SEND button — used to save a dialed number, then call it again. ■ PROGRAM button — used in recording numbers for one-touch dialing. ■ DISPLAY button — used to display stored numbers. ■ SPACE, PAUSE, and STOP buttons — used in recording numbers for one-touch dialing. Eight dual function buttons These buttons are divided into gray and blue halves and can be programmed for one-touch dialing of sixteen frequently called numbers and/or system features. Loudspeaker The 7104A voice terminal has a built in loudspeaker for group listening and on-hook dialing. The loudspeaker can be turned on and off with the SPEAKER button. Display A 14-Character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) provides the following displays. Each display is local to the individual terminal. Abbreviated Ring mode in effect Date Delayed Ring mode in effect Display mode in effect Low Battery Number called Number programmed Program mode in effect Shift mode in effect Speaker on Time Pull out tray The 7104A voice terminal is equipped with a pull out tray with an instruction card for voice terminal operation. Other Physical Features Handset The 7104A voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7104A voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7104A voice terminal housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Page 8-26 Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7104A voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7104A voice terminal has electronic tone personalized ringing. The personalized ringing is controlled by a ring switch under the rear end cap of the voice terminal. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7104A voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. Color Options The 7104A voice terminal is available in three colors: black, misty cream, and chocolate brown. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7104A voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 8-5. Distance Limitations for the 7104A Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and SYSTEM 75 TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN769 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN746 3,000 (915) 2,000 (610) Power Requirements The 7104A voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. Battery power is used for some circuits during the on-hook state when loop current is not available. The battery power is provided by four 1.5 volt AA batteries. The batteries are contained in a battery pack that is accessed through the rear end cap. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 8 The 7100 Series Voice Terminals The 7104A Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 8-27 Power Failure Operation The 7104A voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7104A voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7104A Equipment PECs The 7104A voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7104A Voice Terminal (black, misty cream, and chocolate brown) — 3150-010 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The optional Z34A Message waiting Adjunct can be used with this voice terminal to provide a visual message waiting indication. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7104A voice terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and System 75 7104A Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-015-720 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 9 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals Page 9-1 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals This section describes the following 7200 Series voice terminals: ■ 7203H voice terminal ■ 7205H voice terminal 9 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7203H Voice Terminal Page 9-2 The 7203H Voice Terminal Handset Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Conference Button Conference Transfer Transfer Button Drop Hold Hold Button Drop Button 1 DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 3 4 5 PRS TUV WXY OPER # 7 Volume Control (on left side) 6 8 * Message O Recall Message Light Figure 9-1. ABC Dial Pad 9 Disconnect Disconnect Button Recall Button The 7203H Voice Terminal The 7203H voice terminal is a multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal which provides up to 10 incoming lines. Buttons not used for line appearances may be used for one-touch feature access or for Speed Dialing. It requires three pair wiring for operation. One wire pair is used for analog voice, while the other two pairs are used for digital control and signaling. NOTE: The 7203H voice terminal was discontinued in March 1988. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7203H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-3 Applications The 7203H voice terminal can be used with System 85 and the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2. However, on a DEFINITY G2, this voice terminal can only be used on a traditional module and the SN224 circuit pack. The 7203H voice terminal is suitable for managers, executive secretaries, office support personnel, and others who do not need data capabilities. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7203H voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a pair of red and green status indicator lights. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7203H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-4 Other Physical Features Handset The 7203H voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7203H voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7203H voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The modular speakerphone/handset jack is located on the bottom if the set. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7203H voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7203H voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7203H voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An optional wall mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7203H voice terminal was available in various colors; however, maintenance replacements are available in black only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7203H Voice Terminal Page 9-5 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7203H voice terminal from the DEFINITY G2 and System 85 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 9-1. Distance Limitations for the 7203H Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG DEFINITY G2 and System 85 SN224 3,000 (914) 2,300 (700) Power Requirements The 7203H voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. If the 7203H is equipped with any adjunct, auxiliary power will be required for the adjunct. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7203H voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7203H voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7203H Equipment PECs The 7203H voice terminal and optional components were ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7203H Voice Terminal — 3182-16H/CLR ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7203H Voice Terminal Page 9-6 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ 500A Headset Adapter and a standard headset Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7203H voice terminal: ■ System 85 7203H Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-102-709 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7205H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-7 The 7205H Voice Terminal 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 24 Feature Buttons Handset Transfer Button Conference Button Drop Button Hold Button Conference Drop Hold 1 GHI 4 PRS 7 Volume Control (on left side) * Message Recall Message Light Recall Button Figure 9-2. Transfer ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 5 TUV 8 Oper O 3 6 WXY 9 # Disconnect Disconnect Button Dial Pad The 7205H Voice Terminal The 7205H is a multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal which provides six buttons for fixed features, 10 buttons for line appearances or one-touch feature activation, and 24 feature-only buttons. It requires 3-pair wiring for operation. One wire pair is used for analog voice, while the other two pairs are used for digital control and signaling. NOTE: The 7205H voice terminal was discontinued in March 1988. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7205H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-8 Applications The 7205H voice terminal can be used with System 85 and the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2. However, on a DEFINITY G2, this voice terminal can only be used on a traditional module and the SN224 circuit pack. This voice terminal is suitable for managers, executive secretaries, office support personnel, and others who do not need data capabilities. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 10-1/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7205H voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a pair of red and green indicator lights. Feature-Only Buttons The 7205H voice terminal has 24 feature-only buttons. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7205H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-9 Other Physical Features Handset The 7205H voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7205H voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7205H voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The modular speakerphone/handset jack is located on the bottom of the set. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7205H voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7205H voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7205H voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An optional wall mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7205H voice terminal was available in various colors; however, maintenance replacements will be black only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7205H Voice Terminal Issue 8 December 1996 Page 9-10 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7205H voice terminal from the System 85 and the DEFINITY G2 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 9-2. Distance Limitations for the 7205H Voice Terminal System DEFINITY G2 and System 85 Port Board SN224 Number of Adjuncts Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) 24 AWG 26 AWG 0 3,000 (915) 2,300 (700) 1 1,750 (533) 1,100 (335) 2 1,000 (305) 750 (288) Power Requirements The 7205H voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. If the 7205H is equipped with the S101A speakerphone or the 500A headset adapter, auxiliary power will be required for the adjunct. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual. The C201A call coverage module attaches to the top of the voice terminal, and the F201A function key module attaches to the right side. These optional modules use the same phantom power from the switch (through the digital pairs) that also powers the 7205H voice terminal. This impacts the distance allowed from the switch. Power Failure Operation The 7205H voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7205H voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 9 Issue 8 December 1996 The 7200 Series Voice Terminals The 7205H Voice Terminal Page 9-11 7205H Equipment PECs The 7205H voice terminal and optional components was ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7205H Voice Terminal — 3183-40H/CLR ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone or 500A Headset Adapter and a standard headset ■ C201A Call Coverage Module ■ F201A Function Key Module ■ S201A Speakerphone Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7205H voice terminal: ■ System 85 7205H Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-102-709 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals Page 10-1 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals 10 This section describes the following 7300 Series voice terminals: ■ 7303S voice terminal ■ 7305S voice terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7303S Voice Terminal Page 10-2 The 7303S Voice Terminal Handset Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Self-Test Switch (on left side of base) Conference Button Conference Transfer Transfer Button Drop Hold Hold Button Drop Button 1 GHI ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 3 4 5 PRS TUV WXY OPER # 7 Volume Control (on left side) * Message Recall Message Light 8 O 6 Dial Pad 9 Speaker Speaker Button Speaker Light Recall Button Figure 10-1. The 7303S Voice Terminal The 7303S is a multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal which provides access to 10 line appearances or selected programmable features. The 7303S voice terminal is also equipped with six fixed feature buttons. It requires 3-pair wiring for operation. One wire pair is used for analog voice, while the other two pairs are used for digital control and signaling. NOTE: The 7303S voice terminal was discontinued in July 1990. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7303S Voice Terminal Page 10-3 Applications The 7303S voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1,Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75 and System 85 (R2 only). This voice terminal is suitable for managers, executive secretaries, office support personnel, and others who do not need data capabilities. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ SPEAKER button ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7303S voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a pair of red and green indicator lights. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7303S Voice Terminal Page 10-4 Self Test The 7303S voice terminal is equipped with a self-test for its buttons and tone ringer. The self-test switch is located on the left side of the base. Loudspeaker The 7303S voice terminal has a built-in listen only loudspeaker. The volume control for the speaker is the same control used for the tone ringer volume. It is located on the left side of the housing. Other Physical Features Handset The 7303S voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7303S voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7303S voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The modular speakerphone/handset jack is located on the bottom of the set. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7303S voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7303S voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7303S voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An optional wall mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7303S Voice Terminal was available in various colors; however, maintenance replacements are black or misty cream only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7303S Voice Terminal Page 10-5 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7303S voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 10-1. Distance Limitations for the 7303S Voice Terminal System Port Board System 85 ANN17B DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Number of Adjuncts Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) 24 AWG 26 AWG 0 1,700 (519) 1,000 (305) 1 1,000 (305) 650 (198) 0 1,700 (519) 1,000 (305) 1 1,000 (305) 650 (198) TN762B – 1,000 (305) 750 (229) TN762 – 1,000 (305) 750 (229) ANN17B Note: Range may be extended to 2,000 feet (610m) for 24- or 26-AWG wire by adding local -48 volt DC power in the satellite closet. Power supplies such as the 346A or 329A may be connected to the fourth pair from the terminals to obtain the increased range. These power supplies must be within 250 feet of the terminals. Power Requirements The 7303S voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads.If the 7303S is equipped with an adjunct, it is powered by the same power source. This impacts the maximum nominal cabling distance. The range may be extended by adding a -48 volt DC power source in the satellite closet. Power Failure Operation The 7303S voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7303S voice terminal is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7303S Voice Terminal Page 10-6 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7303S Equipment PECs The 7303S voice terminal and optional components were ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7303S Voice Terminal — 3176-16S/CLR ■ Handset cord (12 feet — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S102A Speakerphone ■ S202A Speakerphone ■ 502A Headset Adapter and a standard headset Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7303S voice terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 2, System 85 7303S Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-103-707 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1, System 75 7303S Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-706 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7305S Voice Terminal Page 10-7 The 7305S Voice Terminal 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 24 Feature Buttons Self-Test Switch (on left side of base) Transfer Button Conference Button Conference Drop Drop Button Hold Button Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 1 Handset PRS 7 Volume Control (on left side) Transfer * Message 2 TUV 8 Oper Recall Message Light Recall Button O 3 6 WXY 9 # Speaker Speaker Button Speaker Light Dial Pad Figure 10-2. The 7305S Voice Terminal The 7305S voice terminal is a multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal which provides access to 10 line appearances. The 10 line appearance buttons can also be used as programmable feature buttons. The 7305S voice terminal is also equipped with 24 programmable feature buttons and six fixed feature buttons. It requires 3-pair wiring for operation. One wire pair is used for analog voice, while the other two pairs are used for digital control and signaling. NOTE: The 7305S voice terminal was discontinued in July 1990. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7305S Voice Terminal Page 10-8 Applications The 7305S voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85 (R2V2 or higher). This voice terminal is suitable for managers, executive secretaries, office support personnel, sales support people, and others who do not need data capabilities. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 10-1/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Buttons ■ RECALL button ■ SPEAKER button ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7305S voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is pair of red and green indicator lights. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7305S Voice Terminal Page 10-9 Feature-Only Buttons The 7305S voice terminal has 24 feature-only buttons. Adjacent to each button is a green (status) indicator light. Self-Test The 7305S voice terminal is equipped with a self-test for its buttons and tone ringer. The self-test switch is located on the left side of the base. Loudspeaker The 7305S voice terminal has a built-in listen only loudspeaker. The volume control for the speaker is the same control used for the tone ringer volume. It is located on the left side of the housing. Other Physical Features Handset The 7305S voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7305S voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7305S voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE jack is on the bottom center of the housing. The modular speakerphone/handset jack is located on the bottom of the set. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7305S voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7305S voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7305S voice terminal comes equipped with a adjustable desk stand. An optional wall-mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7305S voice terminal was available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7305S Voice Terminal Page 10-10 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7303S from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications System (ECS), System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 10-2. Distance Limitations for the 7305S Voice Terminal System Port Board System 85 ANN17B DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 85 Number of Adjuncts Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters)(See Note) 24 AWG 26 AWG 0 1,000 (305) 650 (198) 1 700 (213) 450 (137) 0 1,000 (305) 650 (198) 1 700 (213) 450 (137) TN762B – 1,000 (305) 750 (229) TN762 – 1,000 (305) 750 (229) ANN17B NOTE: Range may be extended to 2,000 feet (610m) for 24- or 26-AWG wire by adding local -48 volt DC power in the satellite closet. Power supplies such as the 346A or 329A may be connected to the fourth pair from the terminals to obtain the increased range. These power supplies must be within 250 feet of the terminals. Power Requirements The 7305S voice terminal is powered by the tip and ring leads. If the 7305S voice terminal is equipped with the S202A or S102A speakerphone or the 500A headset adapter, auxiliary power will be required for the adjunct. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7305S voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7305S voice terminal is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 10 The 7300 Series Voice Terminals The 7305S Voice Terminal Page 10-11 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7305S Equipment PECs The 7305S voice terminal and optional components were ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7305S Voice Terminal (black) — 3177-40SA/CLR ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S102A Speakerphone ■ 502A Headset Adapter and a standard headset ■ S202A Speakerphone Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7305S voice terminal: ■ System 85 7305S Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-103-707 ■ System 75 7305S Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-706 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals Page 11-1 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals 11 The following 7400 Series voice terminals are described in this section: ■ 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals ■ 7402 Plus voice terminal ■ 7403D voice terminal ■ 7404D voice terminal ■ 7405D voice terminal ■ 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals ■ 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals ■ 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals ■ 7434D voice terminal ■ 7444 voice terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-2 The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal for 7401 Plus only) 7401 Plus Ringer Volume Control (on the 7401D, control is on left side; on the 7401 Plus, control is on back of voice terminal) Handset Feature Directory F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F* 1 GHI 4 PQRS 7 * ABC Feature Directory DEF 2 3 JKL MNO 5 TUV 8 Oper O Message 6 Dial Pad WXYZ 9 # Feature Feature Button Feature/Call Activity Light Message Light Figure 11-1. The 7401 Plus (7401D02A) Voice Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-3 The 7401D (7401D01A) and the 7401 Plus (7401D02A, the newest 7401 set) are both single appearance digital voice terminals which have no call appearance buttons or lights, but have two virtual call appearances (refer to the section below titled ‘‘Special Operational Characteristics’’). The user answers a call by going off-hook. The second appearance is primarily used with the Conference and Transfer features. However, it can be used to originate an outgoing call or receive a second incoming call. Depending on how the 7401D or the 7401 Plus voice terminal is administered, the second call appearance may be restricted to incoming priority calls and outgoing calls only. NOTE: The 7401D01A is no longer being manufactured. The 7401D02A (7401 Plus) was discontinued January, 1995. Applications The 7401D (7401D01A) and the 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These voice terminals are especially suitable for general office workers with low call volumes, manufacturing, warehousing, guard and/or reception areas, or office desks. The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals can also provide simultaneous voice and data communications with the 7400B Data Module. PC platform products can also be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these basic voice terminals. Special Operational Characteristics The 7401D (7401D01A) and 7401 Plus (7401D02A) do not have traditional call appearance buttons with indicators. To the user, these voice terminals appear to be single call appearance sets. However, there are two virtual call appearances with virtual in-use and virtual status indicators. That is, to the PBX, the 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals appear to be a two call appearance set. These call appearances are necessary to provide the Conference, Transfer, and Hold features. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-4 The Automatic Line Management (ALM) feature of the 7401D or 7401 Plus voice terminal automatically selects one of the two virtual call appearances when the user goes off-hook either by the user’s lifting the handset (on the 7401D or the 7401 Plus voice terminal) or turning on the optional speakerphone adjunct (on the 7401 Plus voice terminal). ALM follows a hierarchical algorithm. From the user’s point of view, the hierarchical order of actions which could take place is: 1. If either of the status lights of the virtual call appearances is flashing when the user takes the telephone off-hook, the voice terminal will always pick-up the “ringing” call. If both virtual call appearances are in the flashing state, the voice terminal will select the call that was ringing for the longer period of time. 2. If neither of the status lights is flashing, but one is winking or fluttering when the telephone goes off-hook, the voice terminal will automatically “un-hold” the held call. If both virtual call appearances are in the held state, the voice terminal will select the call that was on hold for the longer period of time. 3. If neither of the status lights is flashing, winking, or fluttering, but one is steady when the voice terminal goes off-hook, the voice terminal will automatically bridge on to the busy appearance. If both virtual call appearances are in the steady state, the voice terminal will choose the first virtual call appearance. (A call appearance can be in the busy state due to another party answering the call. This can occur in conjunction with such features as coverage, bridging or pickup.) 4. Otherwise, no special action is taken; the voice terminal will pick up an idle virtual call appearance as determined by the PBX. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals are approximate. Width = 6-3/8 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-5 Features The Feature Button The FEATURE button allows the dial pad to serve as 12 feature buttons without indicators: ■ Four standard fixed feature buttons: Conference, Transfer, Drop, Hold ■ The Select Ring feature ■ Seven administrable feature buttons used with the FEATURE button Feature/Call Activity Light The green Feature/Call Activity light goes on steadily when the user presses the FEATURE button. This light flutters when there is an incoming call, when a call is put on hold, or when a call has been answered by another bridged extension. It flutters intermittently when Select Ring is used. Feature Directory The 7401D (7401D01A) voice terminal has a reversible feature directory card. One side lists fixed features and leaves spaces for features assigned by the System Manager; the other side lists fixed and recommended features. The 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal has a one-sided feature directory card. The directory lists fixed features and has spaces for features assigned by the System Manager. Message Light The Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. On the 7401D voice terminal, the Message light is green; on the 7401 Plus voice terminal, the Message light is red. Other Physical Features Handset The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals are equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7401D and the 7401 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. On the 7401 Plus voice terminal, the letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-6 Jacks The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals’ housing has a Handset cord jack. (On the 7401D voice terminal, this jack is located just under the center front edge of the housing; on the 7401 Plus the Handset cord jack is located on the back of the housing near the front/center.) Both voice terminals have a Line jack located on the back of the housing. The 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal also has a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack to which the user can connect adjunct equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7401D (7401D01A) and the 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals have electronic tone ringing. With the Select Ring feature, the user can choose any one of eight different ringing patterns. The 7401D (7401D01A) voice terminal has a volume control on the left side of the housing. The 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal has a volume control for the tone ringer on the back of the voice terminal, along the left edge. Mounting Options The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals come equipped with both a nonadjustable desk stand and a wall mounting bracket. Color Options The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals are available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-7 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7401D or a 7401 Plus voice terminal from the DEFINITY ECS G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 11-1. Distance Limitations for the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section in this manual. Power Requirements The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. Additional external power is required when the 7401 Plus voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. Refer to the Adjunct Power section of this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-8 Switch Administration Aliasing The 7401 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-2. Administering the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals The voice terminal must be administered as: If this type of voice terminal: Is connected to this system: 7401D 7401 Plus System 75, R1V1, V2, V3 System 85, R2V1, V2, V3 a 7403D voice terminal 7401D DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS itself System 85, R2V4 or above DEFINITY G2 7401 Plus DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS System 85, R2V4 or above DEFINITY G2 a 7401D voice terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-9 Button Numbering The 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal can be administered in the same manner as the 7401D (7401D01A) voice terminal. Both types of voice terminals have 12 possible voice features; however, only seven of these features can be administered on the voice terminal (F1 through F7 on the Feature Directory). The remaining five features are fixed (F8, F9, F0, F#, and F* on the Feature Directory): F8 Conference F9 Transfer F0 Drop F# Hold F* Select Ring The following button diagrams of the 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 11-2 and Figure 11-3 show button numbering for both the 7401D and the 7401 Plus voice terminals. NOTE: Although these figures show the 7401 Plus set, the administration of the two types of voice terminals is the same. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-10 Feature Directory Buttons 1 and 2 are line appearances. Buttons 3-9 are F1-F7. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 Conference F9 Transfer F0 Drop F# Hold F* Select Ring ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Oper # 1 * Message Figure 11-2. O Feature Button Number for Administering the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-11 Feature Directory Buttons 1 and 2 are the Hold Button and the Message Light. Buttons 3 and 4 are line appearances. Buttons 5-11 are F1 through F7. F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F0 F# F* Conference Transfer Drop Hold Select Ring ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Oper # 1 * Message Figure 11-3. O Feature Button Numbering for Administering the 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-12 FCC Registration These voice terminals are FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but do not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval These voice terminals have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible These voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7401D Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7401D (7401D01A) voice terminals and components can be ordered with these Price Element Codes (PECs) and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7401D Voice Terminal PEC: 3184-CDT (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105353056; Misty Cream=105269153 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105157291; Misty Cream=105158885 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 105304646 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Faceplate and tab Comcode: Black=846209161; Misty Cream=846209179 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals ■ Button designation cards (Package of 50) PEC: 31841 (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=846051225; Misty Cream=846051183 ■ Desk stand/Wall mount assembly Comcode: 846028546 Page 11-13 7401 Plus Equipment with PECs and Comcodes The following 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7401 Plus Voice Terminal PEC: 3184-PLS (Black=COL18; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106224454; Misty Cream=106224462 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Faceplate (Package of 50) PEC: 31846 Comcode: Black=846551141 Misty Cream=846551406 ■ Button designation card PEC: 31844 (Package of 50 cards) Single Sheets, Comcode: 846521656 Pack of 50, Comcode: 846521664 Tractor Feed, 200 Sheets, Comcode: 846551672 Tractor Feed, 500 Sheets, Comcode: 846551680 ■ Desk stand/Wall mount assembly Comcode: 846028546 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-14 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with the 7401D (7401D01A) voice terminal: ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC: 3152-002) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC: 3152-003) ■ 7400B Data Module The following adjuncts can be used with the 7401 Plus (7401D02A) voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC: 3152-002) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC: 3152-003) ■ R2H Standard Handset (PEC: 3152-006) ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7401D and 7401 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-15 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 7401D Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-106 ■ System 75 7401D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-727 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 7401D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-727 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7401D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-712 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7401 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-740 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7401 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-740 The following document is shipped with every 7401 Plus voice terminal: ■ 7401 Plus and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Installation Instructions DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-16 The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal 2 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) Handset 4 Feature-Only Buttons Message Light Conference/Ring Button Drop/Test Button Select Button Conference Ring Transfer Transfer Button Drop Hold Hold Button Test 1 GHI 4 PQRS 7 * Speaker Button Figure 11-4. Select Message The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Speaker ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 5 TUV 8 Oper O 3 6 Dial Pad WXYZ 9 # Volume Volume Control Button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-17 The 7402 Plus is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal with two line appearances, four variable feature buttons, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, TRANSFER, and HOLD), a SELECT button, a Message light, a SPEAKER button for accessing a listen-only speaker, a Ringer Volume control, and a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the voice terminal for connecting adjunct equipment. By pressing the SELECT button and then the CONFERENCE/RING button, the user can choose among eight possible programmable ringing patterns. A Self-Test feature can also be activated to test the lights and tone ringer on the voice terminal. NOTE: The 7402 Plus was discontinued in January, 1995. Applications The 7402 Plus voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and other office support personnel who require access to multiple lines for call handling, call coverage, bridging, conferencing, and sophisticated voice communications. The 7402 Plus voice terminal can also provide simultaneous voice and data communications with the 7400B Data Module. PC platform products can also be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these basic voice terminals. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7402 Plus voice terminal are approximate. Width = 6-3/8 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-18 Features Four Standard Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance and Feature Buttons The 7402 Plus voice terminal has two call appearance buttons, each with a red and green status light. The 7402 Plus also has four variable feature buttons. Each of these feature buttons has a green status light next to it. SELECT button The 7402 Plus voice terminal has a SELECT button which can be used in two ways: ■ When used with the CONFERENCE/RING button, the user can select a personalized ring from eight ringing patterns. ■ When used with the DROP/TEST button, the user can initiate a self-test of the lights and ringer on the voice terminal. SPEAKER button The 7402 Plus voice terminal has a SPEAKER button which allows the user to place calls while on-hook, to monitor calls on which the user has been put on hold, or retrieve messages without lifting the handset. However, the Speaker feature is for listening only. In order to speak to the other party, the user must use the handset (the speaker must be off). VOLUME control button When the speaker is active on the 7402 Plus voice terminal speaker, the VOLUME control button affects the loudness of the Speaker (listen-only) feature. At all other times (when the speaker is not being used), the VOLUME control button affects the volume of the tone ringer. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-19 Other Physical Features Handset The 7402 Plus voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7402 Plus voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 7402 Plus voice terminal’s housing contains three jacks. The Handset cord jack is on the back of the housing near the front. The Line jack and the Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on both voice terminals are on the back of the voice terminal. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7402 Plus voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot D8W 8-conductor modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord; 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7402 Plus voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. With the Personalized Ringing feature, the user can choose any one of eight different ringing patterns. The volume on the 7402 Plus voice terminal can be controlled with the VOLUME “arrow” button on the front of the voice terminal. Mounting Options The 7402 Plus voice terminal comes equipped with a desk stand or can be wall-mounted. Color Options The 7402 Plus voice terminal is available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-20 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7402 Plus voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, G3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 11-3. Distance Limitations for the 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Power Requirements The 7402 Plus voice terminal receives power from the system and does not require any external power supply. Additional external power is required when the 7402 Plus voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-21 Switch Administration Aliasing The 7402 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-4. Administering the 7402 Plus Voice Terminal If you are administering the 7402 Plus with this system: The voiced terminal, must be administered as a: System 75, R1V1, V2 7403D voice terminal System 75, R1V3 7410D DEFINITY Generic 1, 2, or 3, or a DEFINITY ECS 7410D Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 7402 Plus voice terminal, Figure 11-5 and Figure 11-6, will help you administer this voice terminal when it is connected to a System 75 or a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. In these figures, the button numbers on the six administrable call appearance and feature buttons correspond to button assignments on Page 2 of the voice terminal administration screen form. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-22 1 6 2 7 3 8 Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker Figure 11-5. 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume Button Numbering for Administering the 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-23 3 8 4 9 5 10 Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker Figure 11-6. 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume Button Numbering for Administering the 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 7402 Plus voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-24 FCC Registration The 7402 Plus voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval This voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and has also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7402 Plus Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7402 Plus voice terminal and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7402 Plus Voice Terminal PEC: 3189-PLS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105425185; Misty Cream=105425144 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line Cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Button designation card PEC: 31866A (Package of 25 tractor feed cards) PEC: 31890A (Package of 100 tractor feed cards) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal ■ Single sheets Comcode: 846523892 Pack of 50 Comcode: 846523900 Tractor feed, 200 Sheets Comcode: 846551448 Tractor feed, 500 Sheets Comcode: 846551455 ■ Faceplate Comcode: Black=846523876; Misty Cream=846523884 (Package of 50) PEC: 31867 (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=847043304, Misty Cream=847043312 ■ Desk stand/Wall mount assembly Comcode: 846028546 Page 11-25 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC: 3152-002) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC: 3152-003) ■ IR2H Standard Handset (PEC: 3152-019) ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Page 11-26 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7402 Plus voice terminal: (use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7402 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-760 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7402 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-724 The following document is shipped with every 7402 Plus voice terminal: ■ 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-140 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7403D Voice Terminal Page 11-27 The 7403D Voice Terminal Handset Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Conference Button Conference Transfer Transfer Button Drop Hold Hold Button Drop Button 1 DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 3 4 5 PRS TUV 7 Volume Control (on left side) 6 8 O Recall Message Light WXY Dial Pad 9 OPER * Message Figure 11-7. ABC # Disconnect Disconnect Button Recall Button The 7403D Voice Terminal The 7403D is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal which has 10 buttons available for line appearances, one-touch feature access, or Speed Dialing.The 7403D is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal which has 10 buttons available for line appearances, one-touch feature access, or Speed Dialing. In addition, the 7403D voice terminal may be equipped with a Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) which attaches to the right side and allows the connection of a EIA RS-232C data terminal. NOTE: The 7403D voice terminal has been discontinued. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7403D Voice Terminal Page 11-28 Applications The 7403D voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and office support personnel. When equipped with a DTDM or 7400B, it is also suitable for users who have data terminals. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7403D voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Button ■ RECALL button ■ DISCONNECT button ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7403D voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a red light and a green status indicator light. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7403D Voice Terminal Page 11-29 Self-Test The 7403D voice terminal is equipped with a self-test for its buttons and tone ringer. The self-test switch is located on the left side of the base. Other Physical Features Handset The 7403D voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7403D voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7403D voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE and OTHER jacks are on the bottom center of the housing. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7403D voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord; 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7403D voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7403D voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. An optional wall mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7403D voice terminal was available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7403D Voice Terminal Page 11-30 Distance Limitations The maximum distance the 7403D voice terminal can be located from the system cabinet is shown in the following table. Table 11-5. Distance Limitations for the 7403D Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION. Power Requirements The 7403D voice terminal receives power from the system and does require any external power supply. Additional power is required when the 7403D voice terminal is equipped with a DTDM. Refer to the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7403D voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7403D voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7403D Voice Terminal Page 11-31 7403D Equipment PECs The 7403D voice terminal and optional components was ordered with the following PECs: NOTE: The 7403D voice terminal has been discontinued, and thus it cannot be ordered. ■ Basic 7403D Voice Terminal — 3174-16D/CLR ■ Basic 7403D Voice Terminal with DTDM — 3174-16D/CLR + 31745 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts One of the following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone (PEC 3152-007A) ■ 500A Headset Adapter and a standard headset (PEC 3152-001A) ■ Z701A Digital Terminal Data Module ■ 7400B Data Module ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC 3152-002A) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC 3152-003A) Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7403D voice terminal: ■ System 85 7403D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-103-709 ■ System 75 7403D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-704 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7404D Voice Terminal Page 11-32 The 7404D Voice Terminal Message Light Self-Test Switch (on left side of base) Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Handset Data Call in Progress Light Conference Button Conference Transfer Transfer Button Drop Hold Hold Button Drop Button ABC DEF Built-in Data Module GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV 1 4 Volume Control (on left side) Figure 11-8. 7 * 2 5 8 OPER O 3 6 WXY Dial Pad 9 # The 7404D Voice Terminal The 7404D is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal which provides simultaneous voice/asynchronous data transmission. All the transmission is done over the same two pairs of wire. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7404D Voice Terminal Page 11-33 The 7404D voice terminal can be equipped with one of two different optional cartridges. The Z300B cartridge provides a display of voice call related and personal service information on an attached data terminal. The Z300C cartridge provides an interface between an NCR PC (or compatible) with the PC/PBX Connection application program and the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 or System 85. NOTE: The 7404D voice terminal was discontinued in February, 1989. Applications The 7404D voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 2, Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Typical applications of the 7404D voice terminal are users who have data terminals or a PC that requires a small selection of lines and features. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7404D voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Four Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7404D Voice Terminal Page 11-34 Data Light The Data light goes on when a data call is in progress. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7404D voice terminal has six call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a pair of red and green indicator lights. Self-Test The 7404D voice terminal is equipped with a self-test for its buttons and tone ringer. The self-test switch is located on the left side of the base. Other Physical Features Handset The 7404D voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7404D voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7404D voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE jack is on the rear housing. There is a EIA RS-232C receptacle on the rear of the voice terminal that is used to connect an associated data terminal. Cords Three cords are supplied with the 7404D voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord, 7-foot modular line cord and an AC power cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord; 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7404D voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with patterns that are set at administration. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7404D voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable data stand. Color Options The 7404D voice terminal was available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7404D Voice Terminal Page 11-35 Distance Limitations The maximum distances the 7404D voice terminal can be located from the system cabinet is shown in the following table. Table 11-6. Distance Limitations for the 7404D Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION. Power Requirements The 7404D voice terminal requires a three prong 115-volt AC outlet not under the control of a wall switch for power. A built in power supply converts the 115 volts to the DC power required. A 3-wire AC power cord is provided with the voice terminal. No external power adjuncts are required. Power Failure Operation The 7404D voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7404D voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7404D Voice Terminal Page 11-36 7404D Equipment PECs The 7404D voice terminal and optional components was ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7404D Voice Terminal — 3181-VDS ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 ■ Messaging Cartridge (Z300B) — 31810 ■ PC/PBX Feature Cartridge (Z300C) — 31815 Adjuncts The 7404D voice terminal cannot be equipped with an external adjunct. The data base contains a slot where optional cartridges can be installed to provide different features. These cartridges are identified in the introduction paragraph of this section. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7404D voice terminal: ■ System 85 7404D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-103-708 ■ System 75 7404D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-705 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7405D Voice Terminal Page 11-37 The 7405D Voice Terminal 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 24 Feature Buttons Handset Transfer Button Conference Button Drop Button Hold Button Conference Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 1 PRS 7 Volume Control (on left side) * Message Recall Message Light Recall Button Figure 11-9. Transfer 2 TUV 8 Oper O 3 6 WXY 9 # Disconnect Disconnect Button Dial Pad The 7405D Voice Terminal The 7405D voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal which allows features to be added as the user needs them. The Digital Display can be added to provide access to the Message Center. A Digital Terminal Data Module or 7400B can be added to enable the user of a 7405D voice terminal to transmit or receive data with an associated data terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7405D Voice Terminal Page 11-38 The basic voice terminal provides 10 call appearance/feature buttons with lights that can be assigned to call appearances or system features. It has 24 programmable feature buttons and six fixed feature buttons. The 7405D can also have a function key module which adds 24 feature buttons and a call coverage module (when no display module is used) which adds 20 call appearance/feature buttons. NOTE: The 7405D voice terminal was discontinued in February, 1990. Applications The 7405D voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Typical applications of the 7405D voice terminal are secretaries, executives, managers and answering positions that require a large selection of lines, features, or data transmissions. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7405D voice terminal are approximate. Width = 10-1/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Six Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button ■ DISCONNECT button ■ RECALL button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7405D Voice Terminal Page 11-39 Message Light The green Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7405D voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Adjacent to each button is a pair of red and green indicator lights. Feature-only Buttons The 7405D voice terminal has 24 feature-only buttons. Adjacent to each button is a green status light. Self-Test The 7405D voice terminal is equipped with a self-test for its buttons and tone ringer. The self-test switch is located on the left side of the base. Other Physical Features Handset The 7405D voice terminal is equipped with a R-type handset. Dial pad The 7405D voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7405D voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The LINE and OTHER jacks are on the rear housing. Cords Three cords are supplied with the 7405D voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord; 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7405D voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7405D voice terminal comes equipped with an adjustable desk stand. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7405D Voice Terminal Page 11-40 Color Options The 7405D voice terminal was available in black and misty cream. Since it has become discontinued, it is only available in black. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distance the 7405D voice terminal can be located from the switch cabinet is shown in the following table. Table 11-7. Distance Limitations for the 7405D Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION. Power Requirements The 7405D voice terminal receives power from the system and does not require any external power supply. Additional power is required when the 7405D voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts. Refer to the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7405D voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7405D voice terminal is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7405D Voice Terminal Page 11-41 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7405D Equipment PECs The 7405D voice terminal and optional components was ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7405D Voice Terminal — 3175-40D/CLR ■ Handset cord (12 feet) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone or 500A Headset Adapter and a standard headset ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ C401A or C401B Call Coverage Module or D401A or D401B Digital Display Module (but not both simultaneously) ■ F401A Function Key Module ■ Z701A Digital Terminal Data Module ■ 7400B Data Module Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7405D voice terminal: ■ System 85 7405D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-103-709 ■ System 75 7405D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-704 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-42 The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals 3 Feature Buttons Display Viewing Adjustment Display Handset 5 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Message Light Conference Button Select Ring Message Shift Conference Transfer Drop Hold Drop Button 1 Speaker Ringer Volume Control (on left side of voice terminal) GHI ABC 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PRS TUV 7 * DEF 2 8 Oper O 6 WXY 9 # Speaker 7406D Dial Pad Hold Button Transfer Button Shift Button Speaker Button 7 Two-Level Feature Buttons Select Ring Feature Button Figure 11-10. The 7406D (7406D01A or 7406D03A) Voice Terminal with Display Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-43 Feature Button Mute Button Speaker Button Display Viewing Adjustment Display Handset Speaker 5 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Mute Select Ring Message Light Conference Button Drop Button Message Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 1 Ringer Volume Control (under voice terminal) Shift 7 * 6 WXYZ 8 9 Oper # O Volume 7406 BIS Speaker Volume Control Button Dial Pad Hold Button Transfer Button Shift Button 7 Two-Level Feature Buttons Select Ring Feature Button Figure 11-11. The 7406BIS (7406D05A) Voice Terminal with Display Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-44 3 Two-Level Feature Buttons (with lights) Mute Button Speaker/Reset Spkr Button Display Handset Speaker 5 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Message Light Conference/ Ring Button Drop/Test Button Reset Spkr Mute Message Select Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test 1 GHI ABC 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 * DEF 2 8 Oper O 6 WXYZ 9 # Volume 7406 Plus Dial Pad Hold Button Transfer Button Select Button Figure 11-12. Volume Control Button 6 Two-Level Feature Buttons The 7406 Plus (7406D07A) Voice Terminal with Display DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-45 The 7406D (four versions), 7406BIS (two versions), and 7406 Plus (two versions) multi-appearance digital voice terminals are described in the following table and in the following information. Table 11-8. The Types of 7406 Voice Terminals Version 2 x 24 Character Display Data Capability with the Following Built-In Speakerphone 7406D01A Yes Z703AL1 / 7400B No 7406D02A No1 Z703AL1 / 7400B No 7406D03A Yes 7400B No 7406D04A No 7400B No 7406D05A Yes 7400B Yes 7406D06A No 7400B Yes 7406D07A Yes 7400B Yes 7406D08A No 7400B Yes 1. Display features can be used on a data terminal if equipped with Z703AL1 DSU. The 7406D (which includes the 7406D01A, 7406D02A, 7406D03A, and 7406D04A versions)— has five call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, seven shiftable (2-level) programmable feature buttons with no lights, four programmable feature buttons with a green light, four fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, TRANSFER, DROP, and HOLD), a SHIFT button with a green light, a SPEAKER button, and a green Message light. The 7406BIS (which includes the 7406D05A and 7406D06A versions)— has five call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, seven shiftable (2-level) programmable buttons with no lights, two programmable feature buttons with a green light, four fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, TRANSFER, DROP, and HOLD), a SHIFT button with a green light, a SPEAKER button with a green light, a MUTE button with a red light, a SPEAKER VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button, and a red Message light. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-46 The 7406 Plus (which includes the 7406D07A and 7406D08A versions)— are the newest 7406 sets. The 7406 Plus voice terminal has five call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, three shiftable (2-level) programmable feature buttons with a green light, six shiftable (2-level) programmable feature buttons without lights, four fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, TRANSFER, DROP, and HOLD), a SELECT button with a green light, a SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button with a green light, a MUTE button with a red light, a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button, and a red Message light. NOTE: The 7406D01A through 7406D06A are no longer being manufactured. The 7406D07A and 7406D08A were discontinued in1995. Applications The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These 7406 digital voice terminals are the least expensive digital voice terminals with a display that Lucent Technologies offers. Typical applications of the 7406D, the 7406BIS, and the 7406 Plus voice terminal are users who have a need for calling party display capabilities or with data terminals requiring a large number of features. The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals can also provide the user with simultaneous voice and data communications: The 7406D (7406D01A – 7406D04A) are equipped with a data stand; the 7406BIS (7406D05A and 7406D06A) and the 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A) can be connected to a 7400B Data Module. With the 7406BIS and 7406 Plus voice terminals, PC platform products can be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these voice terminals. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions listed here for the 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals are approximate. Width = 8-1/2 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-47 Feature Buttons The 7406D, 7406 BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals have the following buttons and features: Four Standard Fixed Feature Buttons The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus have the following four standard fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE or CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP or DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message light The 7406D, 7406BIS, and the 7406 Plus have a Message light. The Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user has retrieved the message. SHIFT button (on 7406D and 7406BIS) The 7406D and 7406BIS (7406D01A—7406D06A) voice terminals have a SHIFT button which allows programming and use of a second feature or phone number for the seven double-level buttons. When the user presses the SHIFT button (and the light next to the button is on), the top-level feature on the shiftable (2-level) button can be used. (When the SHIFT button light is off, the feature assigned to the lower half of the shiftable button can be used.) SELECT RING button (on 7406D and 7406BIS) The 7406D and 7406BIS (7406D01A—7406D06A) voice terminals have a SELECT RING button which is used for selecting a personalized ringing pattern. (There are eight different patterns to choose from.) SELECT button (on 7406 Plus only) The 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A) voice terminals have a SELECT button which can be used in four different ways: ■ Used with a 2-level feature button to access the top-labeled feature. ■ Used with the DROP/TEST button to initiate a self-test of your voice terminal. ■ Used with the CONFERENCE/RING button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns. ■ Used with the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-48 Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals have five call appearance/feature buttons. One-level Feature-only and Two-level Feature-only Buttons The 7406D (7406D01A—7406D04A) voice terminals have three buttons that can be used for one feature each, with a green light, and seven double-level feature buttons without lights. There is also a Select Ring/Feature button with the Select Ring option on the top level; another feature can be administered on the bottom level. The 7406BIS (7406D05A and 7406D06A) voice terminals have one single-level feature button with a green light and seven double-level feature buttons without lights. There is also a Select Ring/Feature button with the Select Ring option on the top level; another feature can be administered on the bottom level. The 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A) voice terminals have three double-level feature buttons, each with a green light. These voice terminals also have six double-level feature buttons without lights. Speakerphone (on 7406BIS and 7406 Plus) The 7406BIS and 7406 Plus (7406D05A—7406D08A) voice terminals are equipped with a built-in speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on (on the 7406BIS voice terminal, use the SPEAKER button; on the 7406 Plus voice terminal, use the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button), can be muted (use the MUTE button), and the volume can be raised and lowered (use the Volume ‘‘arrow” button). The Speakerphone feature on the 7406 Plus also allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the SELECT button and then the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button (if the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user must reset the speakerphone in any one of three instances: whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the green light next to the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button is fluttering, and, when, in the unlikely event, the speakerphone is making a squealing sound. On the 7406D voice terminals, the volume control for the speaker is a sliding control also used for the tone ringer volume. On the 7406BIS voice terminal, the volume control button is labeled SPEAKER VOLUME and double arrows, one for raising the volume level and one for lowering the volume; on the 7406 Plus voice terminal, the volume control button is labeled with the word VOLUME and the double arrows for raising and lowering the volume. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-49 Loudspeaker/Spokesman/Speaker Feature The 7406D (7406D01A—7406D04A) voice terminals are equipped with a built-in, listen-only loudspeaker/Spokesman® capability. Use the SPEAKER button for turning on and off the loudspeaker. The 7406BIS and the 7406 Plus (7406D05A—7406D08A) voice terminals come with a built-in speakerphone that can be optioned for Spokesman operation. (Since changing the internal jumper setting requires removing the back of the voice terminal, converting the voice terminal Speakerphone feature to the Speaker feature should be done only by qualified service personnel.) These voice terminals are shipped with the Speakerphone setting in place. The Spokesman capability allows a user to engage in a one-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end; the user is not able to transmit his voice over the Spokesman. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset. With the 7406D and 7406BIS voice terminals, the handset and Spokesman capability can be used simultaneously. With the 7406 Plus voice terminal, the handset and speaker cannot be used at the same time. MUTE button (on 7406BIS and 7406 Plus) The 7406BIS and the 7406 Plus (7406D05A—7406D08A) voice terminals are equipped with a MUTE button. This button is a fixed feature button with a red status light. The MUTE button turns off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone or the handset so that a person can converse with another person in the room without the other party listening in. VOLUME button (on 7406BIS and 7406 Plus) The 7406BIS (7406D05A and 7406D06A) voice terminal has a SPEAKER VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button on the bottom right side of the faceplate which controls the volume of the built-in speakerphone. The left side of the VOLUME button lowers the volume; the right side of the button raises the volume. The 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A) voice terminal also has a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button on the bottom right side of the faceplate. However, this button has a double function. When the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speakerphone; at all other times, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. If the 7406BIS or 7406 Plus voice terminal has a display (the 740605A and 7406D07A voice terminals only), the display will show a ‘‘bar array” that indicates the volume setting. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-50 Self-Test Two of the 7406D voice terminals (the 7406D03A and 7406D04A) and the 7406BIS voice terminals (7406D05A and 7406D06A) are equipped with a self-test. On these voice terminals, the Self-Test feature is performed by pressing the SHIFT button and then the DROP button. With the 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A) voice terminals, the user presses the SELECT button and then the DROP/TEST button to initiate a self-test for the voice terminal. During the self-test, all the lights go on, the ringer sounds, and, if the voice terminal has a display, the display characters are lit. The self-test ends when the user releases the DROP or DROP/TEST button. Other Physical Features Handset The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals are equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. On the 7406 Plus voice terminal, the letters ‘‘Q” and ‘‘Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the ‘‘5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals’ housing contains three jacks. The Handset cord jack is just under the left side of the housing. The Line jack and the Speakerphone/headset adapter jack are on the back of the voice terminal. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7406D, 7406BIS and 7406 Plus voice terminals: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord; 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7406D, 7406BIS, and the 7406 Plus voice terminals have electronic tone ringing. With the Personalized Ringing feature, the user can select any one of eight different ringing patterns. On the 7406D and 7406BIS (7406D01A—7406D06A) voice terminals, the volume control is on the left side of the housing. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-51 On the 7406 Plus (7406D07A and 7406D08A), tone ringer volume is controlled by the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. When the speakerphone is active, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speakerphone; at all other times, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. Mounting Options Two of the 7406D voice terminals (7406D01A and 7406D02A) come equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand, an optional data stand, or can be wall-mounted (without data capabilities). Two of the 7406D voice terminals (7406D03A, 7406D04A), the 7406BIS (7406D05A, 7406D06A), and the 7406 Plus (7406D07A, and 7406D08A) voice terminals come with a nonadjustable desk stand only. An optional wall mount kit is available. Color Options The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals are available in black and misty cream. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7406D or a 7406 Plus voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, G3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 11-9. Distance Limitations for the 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-52 Power Requirements The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. Additional power is required when these voice terminals are equipped with any adjuncts or the Z703AL1 data stand. Refer to the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Switch Administration Aliasing The 7406 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-10. Administering the 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals If you are administering this system: For this type of voice terminal: The voice terminal must be administered as: System 75, R1V1 System 85, R2V1, V2, V3 7406D 7406BIS 7406 Plus a 7405D voice terminal (See CAVEATS below) System 75, R1V2 or above DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS 7406D itself 7406BIS System 85, R2V4 or above DEFINITY G2 System 75, R1V2 or above DEFINITY G1 and G3, the DEFINITY ECS System 85, R2V4 or above DEFINITY G2 7406 Plus a 7406D voice terminal or 7406BIS voice terminal CAVEATS: For System 75, R1V1 and System 85, R1V2, V3, and V4, the following caveats apply: — 7406D02A, 7406D04A, 7406D06A, 7406D08A aliased as 7405D; — 7406D02A, 7406D04A, 7406D06A, 7406D08A w/7400B Data Module aliased as 7405 w/ Data Module; — 7406D01A, 7406D03A, 7406D05A, 7406D07A aliased as 7405D w/Digital Display Module; — 7406D01A, 7406D03A, 7406D05A, 7406D07A w/7400B Data Module aliased as 7405D w/Data Module and Digital Display Module; DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-53 — 7406D01A and 7406D02A w/Z703A DSU aliased as 7405D w/Data Module and Digital Display Module. Button Numbering The 7406D and 7406 Plus voice terminal button diagrams on the following pages will help you administer the 7406D, 7406BIS, and the 7406 Plus voice terminals on a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and on a System 85 and a DEFINITY G2. In Figures 11-13 through 11-16: ■ The numbers on the five administrable call appearance and feature buttons correspond to button assignments on Page 2 of the voice terminal administration screen forms. ■ The numbers on the administrable feature-only buttons correspond to feature button assignments on Page 3 of the voice terminal administration screen form. Figure 11-13 and Figure 11-14 refer to the button numbering for the 7406D and 7406BIS voice terminals; Figure 11-15 and Figure 11-16 refer to the 7406 Plus voice terminal. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507, for your specific system. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-54 Administrable Call Appearance/Feature Buttons 1 4 2 2 5 3 3 Select Ring 1 4 Message Shift 12 5 Conference Transfer Drop Hold 13 6 14 7 ABC DEF 3 15 8 GHI JKL MNO 16 9 PRS TUV WXY 17 10 1 4 7 * 2 5 8 Oper O 6 9 # On the 7406BIS (7406D05A and 7406D06A) Voice Terminals, Button #2 is the Speaker Button. Button #3 is the Mute Button. 18 11 Speaker The Button shown as “Speaker” is the Speaker Volume Button on the 7406BIS. Administrable Feature-Only Buttons Figure 11-13. Button Numbering for Administering the 7406D and 7406BIS Voice Terminals Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-55 Administrable Call Appearance/Feature Buttons 3 6 14 4 7 15 5 Select Ring 13 16 Message Shift Conference Transfer Drop Hold 24 17 25 18 26 19 ABC DEF 3 27 20 GHI JKL MNO 28 21 PRS TUV WXY 29 22 1 4 7 * 2 5 8 Oper O On the 7406BIS (7406D05A and 7406D06A) Voice Terminals, Button #14 is the Speaker Button. Button #15 is the Mute Button. 6 9 # 30 23 Speaker The Button shown as “Speaker” is the Speaker Volume Button on the 7406BIS. Administrable Feature-Only Buttons NOTE: The Hold Button is button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-14. Button Numbering for Administering the 7406D and 7406BIS Voice Terminals Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-56 Administrable Call Appearance/Feature Buttons Speaker 1 4 2 5 Mute 3 2 1 4 3 Message Reset Spkr 12 5 13 6 14 7 Select Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF 3 15 8 GHI JKL MNO 16 9 PQRS TUV WXYZ 17 10 1 4 7 * 2 5 8 Oper O 6 9 # 18 11 Volume Administrable Feature-Only Buttons Figure 11-15. Button Numbering for Administering the 7406 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-57 Administrable Call Appearance/Feature Buttons Speaker 3 6 4 7 Mute 5 14 13 16 15 Message Reset Spkr 24 17 25 18 26 19 Select Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF 3 27 20 GHI JKL MNO 28 21 PQRS TUV WXYZ 29 22 1 4 7 * 2 5 8 Oper O 6 9 # 30 23 Volume Administrable Feature-Only Buttons NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-16. Button Numbering for Administering the 7406 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-58 Power Failure Operation The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration These voice terminals are FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but do not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval These voice terminals have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatibility The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7406D/7406BIS Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7406D01A—7406D06A voice terminals and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7406D01A Voice Terminal with display (and with data stand) PEC: 3182-LCD (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black= 103976536; Misty Cream=103976601 ■ Basic 7406D02A Voice Terminal without display (with data stand) PEC: 3183-BDT (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105206585; Misty Cream=105206593 ■ Basic 7406D03A Voice Terminal with display (without data stand) PEC: 3182-LDM (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105675417; Misty Cream=105675425 ■ Basic 7406D04A Voice Terminal without display (without data stand) PEC: 3183-LDM (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105675433; Misty Cream=105675441 ■ Basic 7406D05A Voice Terminal with display with built-in speakerphone PEC: 3182-BIS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105703441; Misty Cream=105703458 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-59 ■ Basic 7406D06A Voice Terminal without display with built-in speakerphone PEC: 3183-BIS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105703466; Misty Cream=105703474 ■ Handset PEC: 3152-006 (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 ■ Graphic panel (for the 7406D01A, 7406D02A, 7406D03A, and 7406D04A) Comcode: Black=846344331; Misty Cream=846344349 ■ Graphic panel (for the 7406D05A and 7406D06A) Comcode: Black=846365203; Misty Cream=846365211 ■ Button designation strip PEC: 31823 (Package of 25) (Black=CLR09; Misty Cream=CLR22) Comcode: Black=845783687; Misty Cream=845783760 ■ Display bezel (for display-equipped sets) Comcode: Black=846100501; Misty Cream=846781970 ■ Blank bezel (for sets without display) Comcode: Black=846100519; Misty Cream=845752218 ■ Wall mount kits (for mounting the 7406D without display) Comcode: 31821 (for mounting the 7406D with display) Comcode: 31820 (for mounting the 7406BIS) Comcode: 31830 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-60 7406 Plus Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7406 Plus voice terminal and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7406D07A Voice Terminal with display with built-in speakerphone PEC: 3182-PLS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106202443; Misty Cream=106202450 ■ Basic 7406D08A Voice Terminal without display with built-in speakerphone PEC: 3183-PLS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106202468; Misty Cream=106202476 ■ Handset PEC: 3152-006 Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 ■ Graphic panel Comcode: Black=846517134; Misty Cream=846517142 ■ Button designation cards PEC: 31827 (Package of 25 cards) Single card Comcode: 846519056 25 cards Comcode: 846518124 200 cards Comcode: 846518132 500 cards Comcode: 846518140 ■ Display bezel (for display-equipped sets) Comcode: Black=846534055; Misty Cream=846534063 ■ Blank bezel (for sets without display) Comcode: Black=846534097; Misty Cream=846534105 ■ Wall mount kit Comcode: 106304298 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-61 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see ‘‘Headsets” below) ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC: 3152-002) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC: 3152-003) ■ R2H Standard Handset (PEC: 3152-006) ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in ‘‘Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus voice terminals: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 7406 Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-108 ■ System 75 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-719 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-719 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-702 ■ System 75 7406BIS Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-737 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 7406BIS User’s Guide, 555-204-737 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7406BIS User’s Guide, 555-104-721 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7406 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-741 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7406 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-741 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7406D, 7406BIS, and 7406 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-62 The following document is shipped with every 7406 Plus voice terminal: ■ 7406 Plus Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-126 The following document is included with the 7406D and 7406BIS voice terminals wall kit: ■ 7406BIS Wall Kit Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-122 The following document is included with the 7406 Plus voice terminal wall kit: ■ 7406 Plus Voice Terminal Wall Kit Installation Instructions, 555-015-133 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-63 The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Hold Button Transfer Button Display Display Viewing Adjustment Conference Button Drop Button Handset 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Conference Transfer Drop Hold 1 4 PRS 7 Ringer Volume Control under voice terminal) JKL MNO 5 6 WXY 8 Oper * O 4 2 5 3 6 Display Message 7 Speakerphone 7 Display Control Buttons Display Button Speakerphone Button The 7407D (7407D01B) Voice Terminal 3 TUV 1 Message Light Figure 11-17. DEF 2 GHI 2 Feature Buttons ABC 9 # Select Ring Microphone Microphone Button Calculator/ Select Ring Button 11 DualFunction Buttons Dial Pad Speakerphone Volume Control 11 Feature Buttons DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-64 Speakerphone Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) Hold Button Transfer Button Display Display Viewing Adjustment Conference Button Drop Button Handset 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Conference Transfer Drop Hold 1 GHI 2 Feature Buttons 4 PRS 7 7 Display Control Buttons 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 Volume Volume Control Button Message Light ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 5 6 TUV WXY 8 Oper * O Message Speaker 3 9 # Select Ring Mute Mute Button Select Ring Button Dial Pad Speaker Button Figure 11-18. The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) Voice Terminal 22 Feature Buttons Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-65 Conference/Ring Button 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Handset Display Transfer Button Hold Button Drop/Test Button Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 1 PQRS 7 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 Volume Volume Control Button 7 Display Feature Buttons 6 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 Oper * # O Select Message Speaker Mute Reset Spkr Mute Button Select Button Dial Pad 2 Feature Buttons Message Light Figure 11-19. Speaker/Reset Spkr Button The 7407 Plus (7407D02D) Voice Terminal 22 Feature Buttons Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-66 The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are multi-appearance digital voice terminals which provide digital voice, display, and data capabilities (the latter with the 7400B Plus Data Module). There are three versions of the 7407D voice terminal. A brief description of each of these versions is listed below: ■ The 7407D (the 7407D01B)—offers 10 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), three fixed feature buttons with an associated light (CALCULATOR/SELECT RING, SPEAKERPHONE, and MICROPHONE), nine programmable feature buttons with lights (the two uppermost buttons can be used for voice or display features, the lower seven for display features), 11 dual-function buttons, 22 programmable feature-only buttons without lights, a Message light, a DISPLAY button that turns the display on and off, personalized ringing, a built-in speakerphone, a 2-line by 40-character liquid crystal display, and a built-in calculator. This voice terminal also provides the user the flexibility of adding a data stand to provide data communications. Data access can also be provided by the addition of the PC/PBX Connection Card to any AT&T compatible PC or by use of a 7400B Plus Data Module. This set is AC powered. ■ The Enhanced 7407D (the 7407D02C)—offers 10 call appearance buttons, each with a red in-use light and green status light, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), three fixed feature buttons with an associated light (SELECT RING, SPEAKER, and MUTE), 22 programmable feature-only buttons without lights, nine programmable feature buttons with one light each (the uppermost two buttons can be used for voice or display features, the lower seven for display features), a Message light, personalized ringing, a built-in speakerphone, a connection for an adjunct speakerphone or headset, a speakerphone with spokesman and Mute option, and a 2-line by 40-character “super-twist” liquid crystal display. Data access can be provided by the addition of the PC/PBX Connection Card to any AT&T compatible PC or by use of a 7400B Plus Data Module. This set is powered from the switch. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals ■ Page 11-67 The 7407 Plus (the 7407D02D)—offers 10 call appearance buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), three fixed feature buttons with one light each (SELECT, SPEAKER/RESET SPKR, and MUTE), nine feature buttons with one light each (the uppermost two buttons can be used for voice or display features, the lower seven buttons for display features), 22 flexible feature buttons with no lights, a Message light, personalized ringing, a built-in speakerphone with a reset and listen-only option, and a built-in 2-line by 40-character “super-twist” liquid crystal display. Data access can be provided by the addition of the PC/PBX Connection Card to any AT&T compatible PC or by use of a 7400B Plus Data Module. This voice terminal is powered from the switch. NOTE: None of the 7407 voice terminals are being manufactured. Applications The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Typical applications of the 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and the 7407 Plus voice terminal are managers, executives, or secretaries who need the robust, 2-line by 40-character display capability or with data terminals requiring a large number of features and lines. Special Operational Characteristics The 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal has an R1/R2 single-option toggle switch on the back of the stand; the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C), and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals have a 3-option DIP switch that can be accessed from the back of the stand, although, on both voice terminals only two of the options can be used. The DIP switch options can be changed with a simple tool. Switch Options for the 7407D and Enhanced 7407D The following list describes the settings on the toggle switch on the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal and the DIP switch settings on the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminals: ■ Since the 7407D and the Enhanced 7407D have 2-line displays, the single-option R1/R2 toggle switch on the 7407D voice terminal and Switch 1 on the DIP switch settings on the Enhanced 7407D voice terminal must be activated according to the vintage of the supporting PBX. The 7407D voice terminal option switch is shipped in the OFF position; the Enhanced 7407D voice terminal is shipped with Switch 1 in the R2 position. These positions are the correct setting for most PBX’s. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-68 Use the following table to determine your PBX’s release and version for setting the following switches: ■ The R1/R2 switch on the 7407D01B voice terminal. ■ Switch 1 on the 7407D02C voice terminal. Table 11-11. DIP Switch Settings on the 7407D and Enhanced 7407D Voice Terminals If the voice terminal is connected to: Set R1/R2 to: Set Switch 1 to: System Release Version Switch Setting Switch Setting System 75 1 1 R1 On System 75 1 2 and above R2 Off System 85 1 All R1 On System 85 2 1 R1 On System 85 2 2 and above R2 Off DEFINITY G1 and G3 and the DEFINITY ECS R1 Off DEFINITY Generic 2 R1 Off ■ Switch 2 on the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminal controls the Spokesman option. The microphone associated with the Speakerphone can be disabled, which changes Speakerphone functionality to the Spokesman function leaving the handset active. The Enhanced 7407D voice terminal is shipped with Switch 2 in the Speakerphone position (with the microphone enabled). This corresponds to the OFF position. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-69 DIP Switch Options for the 7407 Plus For the 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal, the 3-position DIP switch should be set in the following way: ■ Initially, Switch 1 is set to the OFF position. However, according to the release and version of the System 75 or 85 to which the voice terminal is connected, you may need to change Switch 1 to the ON position. Check the following table for this information. Table 11-12. DIP Switch Settings on the 7407 Plus Voice Terminal If the voice terminal is connected to: Set Switch 1 to: System Release Version Switch Setting System 75 1 1 On System 75 1 2 and above Off System 85 1 All On System 85 2 1 On System 85 2 2 and above Off DEFINITY Generic 1 Off DEFINITY Generic 2 Off NOTE: If this switch is not set correctly, the display will not work properly. For example, the call appearance display, usually on the top line, may appear on the second line instead. ■ Switch 2 is set for the Speakerphone feature (to the OFF position). If the voice terminal is to be set for the Speaker (listen-only) feature, set Switch 2 to the ON position. NOTE: In order to allow the system to recognize this change in the setting, you must disconnect the voice terminal and then plug it in again. ■ Switch 3, on the 7407 Plus voice terminal, is not to be used at this time. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-70 Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 7407 voice terminals are approximate. Width = 12 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Four Standard Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE or CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP or DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button (on 7407D only) This button is only on the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal. It toggles the 11 dual-function buttons between calculator functions on the left side of the buttons (the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING light is on) and features administered on the right side of the buttons (the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING light is off). The button can also be used with the PR (Personalized Ring) button to select one of eight possible personalized ringing patterns. SELECT RING button (on Enhanced 7407D only) This button is on the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminal. It toggles between the Select Ring function (selecting a personalized ringing pattern from eight available patterns) and Self-Test function (tests the lights, ringer, and display). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-71 SELECT button (on the 7407 Plus only) The 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal has a SELECT button which can be used in three different ways: ■ Used with the DROP/TEST button to initiate a self-test of your voice terminal (which tests the lights, tone ringer, and display). ■ Used with the CONFERENCE/RING button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns. ■ Used with the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. Message light The Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. On the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal, the Message light is green; on the Enhanced 7407D and the 7407 Plus voice terminals, the Message light is red. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7407D, Enhanced 7407, and 7407 Plus voice terminals have 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Feature-only Buttons on the 7407D (7407D01B) The 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal has the following sets of feature buttons: ■ 11 feature buttons in the rightmost column, all without lights, which can be used for features only. ■ 11 dual-function buttons without lights, in the second column from the right are used as dual-function (calculator) buttons. — When the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is active (the green light next to the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is on), the top button, labeled “PR,” is in the Select Ring mode for programming a personalized ringing pattern; the lower 10 buttons have standard hand calculator functions (which are labeled on the left of the button). These button assignments cannot be changed. — When the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is off (the green light next to the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is off), all 11 of these dual-function buttons have optional features (which are labeled on the right of the button). These features are assigned by the System Manager. ■ nine feature buttons on the bottom left, each with a green light. The two upper buttons are for voice features. The lower seven buttons are for display control functions and/or features. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-72 Feature-only Buttons on the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminal has the following sets of feature buttons: ■ 22 feature buttons in the rightmost column, all without lights ■ nine feature buttons on the bottom left, each with a green status light. The two upper buttons are for voice features. The lower seven buttons are for display control functions and/or features. Feature-only Buttons on the 7407 Plus (7407D02D) The 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal has the following sets of feature buttons: ■ 22 feature buttons in the rightmost column, all without lights. ■ nine feature buttons on the bottom left, each with a green light. The two upper buttons are for voice features. The lower seven buttons are for display control functions and/or features. Speakerphone (Listen and Speak) Feature The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a built in speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free 2-way conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on (use the SPEAKERPHONE button on the 7407D, the SPEAKER button on the Enhanced 7407D, and the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button on the 7407 Plus), can be muted (use the MICROPHONE button on the 7407D; use the MUTE button on the Enhanced 7407D and 7407 Plus), and the speakerphone volume can be controlled, on the 7407D, with a slide switch, or on the Enhanced 7407D and 7407 Plus, with the VOLUME “arrow” button. The 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal has an S201A-type speakerphone which allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the SELECT button and then the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button (if the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user should reset the speakerphone whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the green light next to the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button is fluttering, and in the unlikely event that the speakerphone is making a squealing sound. Speaker (Listen-only) Feature The 7407 Plus voice terminal can be optioned for the Speakerphone (listen and speak) or the Speaker (listen-only) feature. The Enhanced 7407D voice terminal can be set for the Speakerphone or the Spokesman feature. (With the latter feature, the user can use the speaker and the handset simultaneously.) In order to turn on and off the speaker, use the SPEAKER button on the Enhanced 7407D, or the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button on the 7407 Plus. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-73 The Speaker (listen-only) and Spokesman capability allows a user to engage in a one-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end; the user is not able to transmit his voice over the speaker. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset. With the Enhanced 7407D voice terminal, the handset and Speaker capability can be used simultaneously. If you are using a 7407 Plus, you cannot use the handset and speaker at the same time. These voice terminals are shipped with the Speakerphone setting in place, but the necessary DIP switch setting can be changed so that the voice terminal operates with the Speaker or Spokesman feature instead. MICROPHONE button (on 7407D only) On the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal, the MICROPHONE button turns the speakerphone microphone on and off. MUTE button (on the Enhanced 7407D and 7407 Plus) On the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) the red MUTE button disables the transmitter of the speakerphone or the handset depending on which is activated at that time. VOLUME control button (on Enhanced 7407D and 7407 Plus) The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals have a VOLUME “arrow” button. This button has a double function. When there is a call active on the speaker or speakerphone, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speakerphone; at all other times, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker or the tone ringer, the display on the voice terminal shows a “bar array” that indicates the volume setting. Self-Test (on Enhanced 7407 and 7407 Plus) The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C), and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals are equipped with a self-test. On the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal, the user can test the lights, ringer, and display by pressing the Self-Test button under the left side of the set. On the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminal, the user presses the SELECT RING button and then the DROP button in order to initiate a self-test of the voice terminal. On the 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal, the user presses the SELECT button and then the DROP/TEST button to start the voice terminal self-test. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-74 During the self-test, all the lights go on, the ringer sounds, and the display character positions are lit. On the Enhanced 7407D and the 7407 Plus voice terminals, the self-test ends when the user releases the DROP or DROP/TEST button. On the 7407D voice terminal, the lights stay lit for a few seconds and then go off. Display The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a built-in, 2-line, 40-character per line, liquid crystal display. The 7407D voice terminal has a standard, “twisted,” pneumatic display; the Enhanced 7407D and 7407 Plus voice terminals have a “super-twist” display. DISPLAY button (on 7407D only) This button is found only on the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal. It turns the display on and off. Display Adjustment Control (on 7407D and Enhanced 7407D) On the 7407D (7407D01B) and Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminals there is a thumbwheel which adjusts the viewing contrast of the display. Other Physical Features Handset The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. On the 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal the letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal’s housing contains a Handset cord jack just under the left side of the housing, and a Line jack on the back of the voice terminal. There is an RS-232C connector on the optional data stand. The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and the 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals’ housing contains a Handset cord jack just under the left side of the housing and a Line jack and Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-75 Cords Three cords are supplied with the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord, 7-foot modular line cord and an AC power cord. Two cords are supplied with the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals have electronic tone ringing that can be personalized with eight possible ringing patterns selected with the Select Ring feature. On the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus voice terminals, the ringing volume of the second call appearance is automatically set to muted ringing. On the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal, the volume control is on the left side of the housing. On the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals, the volume is controlled by the VOLUME control button on the front of the voice terminal. The left side of the button lowers the volume; the right side of the button raises the volume. If a call is active on the speaker or speakerphone, the VOLUME control button adjusts the speaker or speakerphone. At all other times, the VOLUME control button controls the loudness of the tone ringer. The display screen shows a “bar array” to reflect the selected volume. Mounting Options The 7407D (7407D01B) comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand or an optional data stand. The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02CB) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals come equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. The optional data stand cannot be used with these voice terminals. Color Options The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals are available in black and misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-76 Distance Limitations The maximum distances the 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals can be located from the system cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 11-13. Distance Limitations for the 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section. Power Requirements The 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal requires a 3-prong 115-volt AC outlet for power. (This outlet cannot be under the control of a wall switch.) A built-in power supply converts the 115 volts to the DC power required. A 3-wire AC power cord is provided with the voice terminal. No external power adjuncts are required. The Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) and 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminals receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. Additional power is required when these voice terminals are equipped with any adjuncts. Refer to the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-77 Switch Administration Aliasing The 7407 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-14. Administering the 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals If you are administering this system: For this type of voice terminal: The voice terminal must be administered as: System 75, R1V1 and System 85, R2V1 7407D Enhanced 7407D 7407 Plus a 7405D with digital display module System 75, R1V2 or above, DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 85, R2V2 or above, and DEFINITY G2 7407D itself System 75, R1V2 or above, DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 85, R2V2 or above, and DEFINITY G2 Enhanced 7407D 7407 Plus a 7407D voice terminal NOTE: On the 7407D (7407D01B) voice terminal, the second column of 11 buttons from the right are dual-function buttons. On the left side of the button, there is a fixed calculator (or personalized ring) feature. (These cannot be reassigned.) These calculator/select ring features can be used when the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is active, and the button light is on. The features labeled on the right side of these 11 dual-function buttons can be administered with system features. These administered features can be used when the CALCULATOR/SELECT RING button is not active, and the button light is off. Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 7407D and the 7407 Plus voice terminals will help you administer these voice terminals on a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, and on a System 85 and a DEFINITY G2. Figures 11-20 and 11-21 refer to the 7407D; Figures 11-22 and 11-23 refer to the Enhanced 7407D voice terminal; Figures 11-24 and 11-25 refer to the 7407 Plus voice terminal. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-78 If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. Button Assignments 1 - 10 1 6 Conference Transfer 2 7 Drop Hold 3 8 4 9 5 10 1 2 Display 1 Display 4 Display 2 Display 5 Display 3 Display 6 Message Display 7 ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 3 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O 14 C/ CE 4 15 M R 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 12 23 13 24 M + + 9 X # + Display Speakerphone Feature Button Assignments 1 and 2 Figure 11-20. 3 M GHI 1 P R Calculator Select Ring Microphone 3 = Feature Button Assignments 3 - 24 Button Numbering for Administering the 7407D (7407D01B) Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-79 Button Assignments 3 - 12 8 Conference Transfer 4 9 Drop Hold 5 10 6 11 7 12 3 1 Display 1 14 Display 4 Display 2 Display 5 Display 3 Display 6 Message Display 7 15 26 C/ CE 16 27 M R 17 28 18 29 19 30 20 31 21 32 22 33 23 34 24 35 25 36 M GHI 13 P R ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 3 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O M + + 9 X # + Display Speakerphone Feature Button Assignments 13 and 14 Calculator Select Ring Microphone 3 = Feature Button Assignments 15 - 36 NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-21. Button Numbering for Administering the 7407D (7407D01B) Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-80 Button Assignments 1 - 10 6 Conference Transfer 2 7 Drop Hold 3 8 4 9 5 10 1 1 Display 1 2 Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 Volume DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 1 ABC 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O 9 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 # Message Select Ring 12 23 Speaker Mute 13 24 Feature Button Assignments 1 and 2 Figure 11-22. 3 3 Feature Button Assignments 3 - 24 Button Numbering for Administering the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-81 Button Assignments 3 - 12 8 Conference Transfer 4 9 Drop Hold 5 10 6 11 7 12 3 1 Display 1 14 Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 Volume DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 13 ABC 3 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O 9 15 26 16 27 17 28 18 29 19 30 20 31 21 32 22 33 23 34 # Message Select Ring 24 35 Speaker Mute 25 36 Feature Button Assignments 13 and 14 Feature Button Assignments 15 - 36 NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-23. Button Numbering for Administering the Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-82 Button Assignments 1 - 10 6 Conference Ring Transfer 2 7 Drop Test Hold 3 8 4 9 5 10 1 1 Display 1 2 Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 Volume DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 1 ABC 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O 9 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 # Message Select 12 23 Speaker Reset/Spkr Mute 13 24 Feature Button Assignments 1 and 2 Figure 11-24. 3 3 Feature Button Assignments 3 - 24 Button Numbering for Administering the 7407 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-83 Button Assignments 3 - 12 8 Conference Transfer 4 9 Drop Hold 5 10 6 11 7 12 3 1 Display 1 14 Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 Volume DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 13 ABC 3 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 * 8 Oper O 9 15 26 16 27 17 28 18 29 19 30 20 31 21 32 22 33 23 34 # Message Select Ring 24 35 Speaker Mute 25 36 Feature Button Assignments 13 and 14 Feature Button Assignments 15 - 36 NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-25. Button Numbering for Administering the 7407 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration These voice terminals are FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but do not have a separate FCC registration label. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-84 UL and CSA Approval These voice terminals have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459. In addition, the Enhanced 7407D and the 7407 Plus voice terminals have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible These voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7407D/Enhanced 7407D Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7407D (7407D01B) and Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) voice terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7407D01B Voice Terminal PEC: 3180-IDT (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=103983904; Misty Cream=103983938 ■ Basic 7407D02C Voice Terminal PEC: 3180-PPS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105733521; Misty Cream=105733539 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black= COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals ■ Display Bezel Comcode: Black=846151876; Misty Cream=846151884 ■ Button designation card PEC: 81004 (Package of 25) Single Comcode: 846342038 Pack of 25 Comcode: 846342046 Tractor Feed Comcode: 846342020 Page 11-85 7407 Plus Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7407 Plus (7407D02D) voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7407D02D Voice Terminal PEC: 3180-PLS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106281520; Misty Cream=106281538 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 ■ Button designation card PEC: 81004 (Package of 25) Comcode: (Single card) Black=846604791; Misty Cream=846604809 Comcode: (Pack of 25 Sheets) Black=846692333; Misty Cream=846692325 Comcode: (Tractor Feed, 200 Sheets) Black=846604817: Misty Cream=846604825 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-86 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with these voice terminals: NOTE: Any adjunct equipment connected to the 7407 sets needs auxiliary power, except for the 7400B Plus Data Module, which is AC powered. ■ S101A Speakerphone (7407D02C and 740702D) ■ S201A Speakerphone (7407D02C and 7407D02D) ■ 500A Headset Adapter (used with the 7407D02C and 7407D02D) (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ 7400B Data Module Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-87 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7407D, Enhanced 7407D, and 7407 Plus voice terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 7407D Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-112 ■ System 75 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-716 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-716 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-705 ■ System 75 Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-738 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 Enhanced 7407D (7407D02C) Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-738 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 Enhanced 7407 (7407D02C) Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-104-723 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7407 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-742 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7407 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-742 The following instructions are shipped with every 7407 Plus voice terminal: ■ 7407 Plus and 7444 Voice Terminals Installation Instructions, 555-015-129 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-88 The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals 7410D 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Handset Conference Button Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) Conference Transfer Drop Hold Transfer Button Hold Button Drop Button Ringer Volume Control (on side of voice terminal) ABC 1 GHI 4 2 3 JKL MNO 5 PRS TUV 7 8 Oper * DEF O Message 6 Dial Pad WXY 9 # Select Select Ring Button Select Ring Light Message Light Figure 11-26. The 7410D (7401D01A) Voice Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-89 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons 7410 Plus Handset Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal Line Jack (on back of voice terminal) Message Light Conference/Ring Button Drop/Test Button Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 PRS 7 * Figure 11-27. Speaker TUV 8 Oper O Select Button Transfer Button Hold Button ABC 1 Speaker Button Select Message 6 Dial Pad WXY 9 # Volume The 7410 Plus (7410D02A) Voice Terminal Volume Control Button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-90 The 7410D (7410D01A) and 7410 Plus (7410D02A, the newest 7410 set) are both multi-appearance digital voice terminals with 10 line appearances, four standard fixed feature buttons and a Select Ring button. The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals also provide a Message light, Ringer Volume control, a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the voice terminal for connecting adjunct equipment, and, with the Select Ring feature, there are eight possible programmable ringing patterns. A Self-Test feature can be activated to test the lights and tone ringer on the voice terminal. In addition, the 7410 Plus (7410D02A) provides a Speaker feature for listening-only functions. NOTE: The 7401D01A is no longer being manufactured. Applications The 7410D (7410D01A) and 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These voice terminals are especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and other office support personnel who require access to multiple lines for call handling, call coverage, bridging, conferencing, and sophisticated voice communications. The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals can also provide simultaneous voice and data communications with the 7400B Data Module. PC platform products can also be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these basic voice terminals. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals are approximate. Width = 6-3/8 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-91 Features Four Standard Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE or CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP or DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. On the 7410D voice terminal, the Message light is green; on the 7410 Plus voice terminal, the Message light is red. SELECT RING button (on 7410D) On the 7410D (7410D01A) voice terminal has a SELECT RING button, which the user can press along with the * key on the dial pad to select one of eight personalized ringing patterns. The SELECT RING button along with the DROP button is also used to perform a self-test of the lights and tone ringer on the voice terminal. The SELECT RING button has a green status light associated with it. SELECT button (on 7410 Plus) The 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal has a SELECT button which can be used in two ways: ■ When used with the CONFERENCE/RING button, the user can select a personalized ring from eight ringing patterns. ■ When used with the DROP/TEST button, the user can initiate a self-test of the lights and ringer on the voice terminal. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals have 10 call appearance/feature buttons. Each of these buttons has a red in-use light and a green status light. SPEAKER button (on 7410 Plus) The 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal has a SPEAKER button which allows the user to place calls while on-hook, to monitor calls on which the user has been put on hold, or retrieve messages without lifting the handset. However, the Speaker feature is for listening only. In order to speak to the other party, the user must use the handset (the speaker must be off). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-92 VOLUME control button (on 7410 Plus) When the speaker is active on the 7410 Plus voice terminal speaker, the VOLUME control button affects the loudness of the Speaker (listen-only) feature. At all other times (when the speaker is not being used), the VOLUME control button affects the volume of the tone ringer. Other Physical Features Handset The 7410D and the 7410 Plus voice terminals are equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. On the 7410 Plus voice terminal the letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals’ housing contains three jacks. On the 7410D voice terminal, the Handset cord jack is located on the front of the housing; on the 7410 Plus voice terminal, this jack is on the back of the housing near the front. The Line jack and the Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on both voice terminals are on the back of the voice terminal. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7410D (7410D01A) and the 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot D8W 8-conductor modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7401D and 7401 Plus voice terminals have electronic tone ringing. With the Personalized Ringing feature, the user can choose any one of eight different ringing patterns. The volume control on the 7410D (7410D01A) voice terminal is on the left side of the housing. The volume on the 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal can be controlled with the VOLUME “arrow” button on the front of the voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-93 Mounting Options The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals comes equipped with a desk stand or can be wall-mounted. Color Options The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals are available in black and misty cream. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7410D or a 7410 Plus voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the following table. Table 11-15. Distance Limitations for the 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section in this manual. Power Requirements The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. Additional external power is required when the 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals are equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-94 Switch Administration Aliasing The 7410 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-16. Administering the 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals If you are administering this system: For this type of voice terminal: The voice terminal must be administered as: System 75, R1V1, V2, V3, System 85, R2V1, V2, V3, V4 and DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS 7410D 7410 Plus a 7403D voice terminal DEFINITY G2 7410D itself DEFINITY G2 7410 Plus a 7410D voice terminal Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. In these figures, the button numbers on the 10 administrable call appearance and feature buttons (on both the 7410D and the 7410 Plus voice terminals) correspond to button assignments on Page 2 of the voice terminal administration screen form. Figures 11-28 and 11-29 show button numbering for the 7410D (7410D01A) voice terminal; Figures 11-30 and 11-31 show button numbering for the 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY 1 4 7 * Message Figure 11-28. Page 11-95 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Select Ring Button Numbering for Administering the 7410D Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-96 3 8 4 9 5 10 6 11 7 12 Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY 1 4 7 * Message 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Select Ring NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-29. Button Numbering for Administering the 7410D Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-97 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker Figure 11-30. 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume Button Numbering for Administering the 7410 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-98 3 8 4 9 5 10 6 11 7 12 Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-31. Button Numbering for Administering the 7410 Plus Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-99 Power Failure Operation The 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration These voice terminals are FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but do not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval These voice terminals have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible These voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7410D Equipment with PECs and Comcodes The 7410D (7410D01A) voice terminal and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7410D Voice Terminal PEC: 3186-15D (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=105418636; Misty Cream=105418677 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105157291; Misty Cream=105158885 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=102803327; Misty Cream=104211305 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line cord (9 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals ■ Graphic panel Comcode: Black=846118016; Misty Cream=846118024 ■ Button designation card (Package of 50) PEC: 31861 Comcode: 846131977 ■ Desk stand/Wall mount assembly Comcode: 846028546 Page 11-100 7410 Plus Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7410 Plus (7410D02A) voice terminal and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7410D02A Voice Terminal PEC: 3186-PLS (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106224470; Misty Cream=106224488 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line Cord (7 feet, silver) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Button designation card PEC: 31866 (Package of 50 cards) Single sheets Comcode: 846523892 Pack of 50 Comcode: 846523900 Tractor feed, 200 Sheets Comcode: 846551448 Tractor feed, 500 Sheets Comcode: 846551455 ■ Faceplate (Package of 50) PEC: 31864 (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=846551414, Misty Cream=846585677 ■ Desk stand/Wall mount assembly Comcode: 846028546 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7410D and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Page 11-101 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with this voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset: see “Headsets” below) ■ R6 Amplifier Handset (PEC: 3152-002) ■ R8 Noisy Location Handset (PEC: 3152-003) ■ R2H Standard Handset (PEC: 3152-019) ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7410D and 7410 Plus voice terminals: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 7410D Voice Terminal Installation Instructions, 555-015-102 ■ System 75 7410D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-732 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 7410D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-727 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7410D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-716 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7410 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-743 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7410 Plus Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-743 The following document is shipped with every 7410 Plus voice terminal: ■ 7401 Plus and 7410 Plus Voice Terminals Installation Instructions, 555-015-128 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-102 The 7434D Voice Terminal 34 Call Appearances/ Feature Buttons Handset Transfer Button Conference Button Drop Button Hold Button Conference Transfer Hold Drop 1 ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 GHI 4 PRS 7 Volume Control (on left side) * 5 TUV 8 Oper Message O 3 6 WXY 9 # Select Ring Message Light Dial Pad Select Ring Light Select Ring Button Figure 11-32. The 7434D Voice Terminal The 7434D is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal. It is an improved descendant of the 7405D, which it resembles physically and functionally. The 7434D voice terminal has more call appearance capacity (DEFINITY G2 only) than the 7405D and is lower in both cost and power consumption. It connects to a digital line port in the system cabinet. The 7434D voice terminal supports an adjunct display module or a call coverage module. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-103 Applications The 7434D voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. It is an appropriate terminal for users who handle numerous calls and who need button access to a wide variety of features. For example, the 7434D voice terminal, with its large number of administrable buttons, can use the Abbreviated Dialing feature for reaching many frequently called parties. The buttons of the 7434D voice terminal can also be assigned for bridging calls at other stations. Typical users are secretaries, managers, salespeople, buyers, answering groups, and call covering positions. The 7434D can provide simultaneous voice and data communications via the PC/PBX connection or 7400B Data Module. Physical Description Dimension NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7434D voice terminal are approximate. Width = 10-1/2 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Standard Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE button ■ TRANSFER button ■ DROP button ■ HOLD button NOTE: The DISCONNECT and RECALL buttons found on some earlier 7400 Series voice terminals have been removed from the 7434D voice terminal. A RECALL button can be assigned on an administrable button if needed. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-104 SELECT RING button — a special fixed feature button that has two functions: ■ — When used with the * dial pad key, it allows the user to select one of eight personalized ringing patterns for incoming calls. — When used with the DROP button, it allows the user to test the lights, ringer, and display module (if installed) of the voice terminal. The Select Ring test function replaces the Self-Test switch found on most other terminals. NOTE: The associated Select Ring light goes on steadily when the button is pressed to activate either function. It winks when the user is stepping through the ringing patterns. Administrable Buttons The 7434D voice terminal has 34 call appearance/feature buttons (R2V1 and R2V2 only), each equipped with a triangular red light and a square green status light. Usually, at least three of these buttons (the top three in the leftmost column) are administered as call appearances for the terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The rest of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Message light The green light goes on when a message is left for the terminal user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Other Physical Features Handset The 7434D voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7434D voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7434D voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The handset cord jack is just under the left front edge of the housing. It is identified by a picture of a handset molded into the plastic. The LINE jack and the OTHER jack (for adjunct connections) are on the bottom center of the housing. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-105 Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7434D voice terminal: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 7434D voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with patterns that can be selected via the SELECT RING button. The volume control is on the left side of the housing. Mounting Options The 7434D voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. A wall mounting kit can be ordered. Color Options The 7434D voice terminal is available in two colors: black with silver faceplate and misty cream with gray faceplate. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7434D voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 11-17. Distance Limitations for the 7434D Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-106 Power Requirements The 7434D voice terminal is phantom-powered from the system cabinet, or from a local power supply, on the digital pairs of the line wiring. Adjuncts connected to the 7434D voice terminal require auxiliary power and do not impose a drain on the voice terminal supply. Refer to the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power Failure Operation The 7434D voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7434D voice terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7434 Equipment PECs The 7434D voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 7434D Voice Terminal (black) — 3187-39D MNT03 ■ Basic 7434D Voice Terminal (black) wall mounted — 3187-39D MNT13 ■ Basic voice terminal (misty cream) — 3187-39D MNT08 ■ Basic voice terminal (misty cream) wall mounted — 3187-39D MNT18 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, misty cream) — 2725-01L COL20 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7434D Voice Terminal Page 11-107 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 7434D voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone or 500A Headset Adapter ■ S201A Speakerphone or 500A Headset Adapter ■ C401A or C401B Call Coverage Module or D401A or D401B Digital Display Module ■ 7400B Data Module NOTE: Auxiliary power is required when any adjuncts are added to the basic voice terminal. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7434D voice terminal: ■ 7434D Voice Terminal Installation Guide, 555-015-103 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7434D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-733 ■ System 75 7434D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-200-733 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7434D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-709 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-108 The 7444 Voice Terminal 22 Call Appearances/ Feature Buttons Conference/Ring Button Transfer Button 12 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Display Drop/Test Button Hold Button Handset Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC 1 GHI 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 * 6 WXYZ 8 9 Oper # O Message Volume DEF 2 Speaker Reset Spkr Select Mute Volume Control Button Message Light 7 Display Control Buttons Figure 11-33. Speaker/Reset Spkr Button The 7444 Voice Terminal Select Button Mute Button Dial Pad Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-109 The 7444 voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal, similar to the 7434 voice terminal.The 7444 voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital voice terminal, similar to the 7434 voice terminal. The 7444 offers 34 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red in-use light and a green status light, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), three fixed feature buttons with one light each (SELECT, SPEAKER/RESET SPKR, and MUTE), seven display feature buttons with one light each, a Message light, personalized ringing, a built-in speakerphone with a reset option, and a built-in 2-line by 40-character vacuum fluorescent display. Data access can be provided by the addition of the PC/PBX Connection Card to any AT&T compatible PC or by use of the 7400B Plus Data Module. This voice terminal connects to a digital line port in the system cabinet and is powered from the switch. NOTE: In order to use the display on the 7444 voice terminal, you must connect an auxiliary power supply to the voice terminal. An MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. For information about the MSP-1, see the section titled ADJUNCT POWER. Applications The 7444 voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITYECS, System 75, or System 85. It is an appropriate terminal for users who handle numerous calls and who need button access to a wide variety of features. For example, the 7444 voice terminal, with its large number of administrable buttons, can use the Abbreviated Dialing feature for reaching many frequently called parties. The buttons of the 7444 voice terminal can also be assigned for bridging calls at other stations. Typical users are secretaries, managers, salespeople, buyers, answering groups, and call covering positions. The 7444 can provide simultaneous voice and data communications via the PC/PBX connection or 7400B Plus Data Module. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-110 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 7444 voice terminal are approximate. Width = 12 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Four Standard Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button SELECT button The SELECT button can be used in three different ways: (The green light next to the SELECT button goes on steadily when the SELECT button is activated.) ■ Used with the CONFERENCE/RING button to select one of eight personalized ringing patterns for incoming calls. ■ Used with the DROP/TEST button to initiate the Self-Test feature which tests the lights, ringer, and display. ■ Used with the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. Message light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the voice terminal user. The light goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 7444D voice terminal has 34 call appearance/feature buttons, each equipped with a red in-use and a green status light. Usually, at least three of these buttons (the top three in the leftmost column) are administered as call appearances for the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-111 terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The rest of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Seven Display Feature Buttons (with a green status light) The 7444 has seven administrable display feature buttons, each with a green status light. These buttons can be used for only display features, such as Inspect. Speakerphone (Listen and Speak) Feature The 7444 voice terminal is equipped with a built-in S201A-type speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free 2-way conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on with the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button, can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be controlled with the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. The SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button also allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the SELECT button and then the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button (if the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user should reset the speakerphone whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the green light next to the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button is fluttering, and in the unlikely event that the speakerphone is making a squealing sound (in this last case, tones will not be heard during a call). Speaker (Listen-only) Feature The 7444 voice terminal can be optioned for the Speakerphone (listen and speak) or the Speaker (listen-only) feature. Use the SPEAKER/RESET SPKR button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker or speakerphone. The voice terminal is shipped with the Speakerphone setting in place, but, the necessary DIP switch setting can be changed so that the voice terminal operates with the Speaker feature instead. In this case, the S2 switch should be set to the ON position, so that the voice terminal will operate with the Speaker (listen-only) feature. The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a one-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end; the user is not able to transmit his voice over the speaker. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. MUTE button The MUTE button disables the transmitter of the speakerphone or the handset depending on which is activated at that time. A red light next to the MUTE button goes on when the Mute feature is activated. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-112 VOLUME control button The 7444 voice terminal has a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. This button has a double function. When the user is on a call, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker or speakerphone, whichever is being used; when the user is not using the speaker or speakerphone, the VOLUME control button adjusts the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker or speakerphone or for the tone ringer, the display on the voice terminal shows a ‘‘bar array” that indicates the volume setting. Self-Test By pressing the SELECT button and then the DROP/TEST button, the user can initiate a test of the lights, ringer, and display on the voice terminal. Display The 7444 voice terminal is equipped with a built-in, 2-line, 40-character per line vacuum fluorescent display. Other Physical Features Handset The 7444 voice terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7444 voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters ‘‘Q” and ‘‘Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the ‘‘5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 7444 voice terminal housing contains a Line jack and Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the voice terminal and a Handset cord jack just under the left front edge of the housing. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7444 voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-113 Ringing The 7444 voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with eight possible ringing patterns that can be selected with the SELECT button and the CONFERENCE/RING button. The loudness of the tone ringer can be controlled by the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. (The user must not be on a speakerphone call. If the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button controls the volume of the speakerphone.) Mounting Options The 7444 voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. This voice terminal cannot be wall-mounted. Color Options The 7444 voice terminal is available in black and misty cream. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 7444 voice terminal from the DEFINITY G1, G2, G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 11-18. Distance Limitations for the 7444 Voice Terminal Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) System Port Board 24 AWG 26 AWG System 85 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Note: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to the EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION section. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-114 Power Requirements The 7444 voice terminal is phantom-powered from the system cabinet on the digital pairs of the line wiring. In order to use the display on the 7444 voice terminal, you must connect an auxiliary power source to the voice terminal. An MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. Switch Administration Aliasing The 7444 voice terminals must be aliased in the following way: Table 11-19. Administering the 7444 Voice Terminal If you are administering this system: The 7444 voice terminal must be administered as: System 75, R1V1 a 7405D voice terminal (with display) (See CAVEATS below) System 75, R1V2 and R1V3 a 7405D voice terminal (with display) or a 7407D voice terminal (See CAVEATS below) System 85, R2V1 a 7405D voice terminal (with display) (See CAVEATS below) System 85, R2V2 through R2V4 a 7405D voice terminal (with display) or a 7407D voice terminal (See CAVEATS below) DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS a 7434 voice terminal (with display) or a 7407 voice terminal (See CAVEATS below) DEFINITY G2 a 7434 voice terminal (with display) or a 7407 voice terminal (See CAVEATS below) CAVEATS: If the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7407D, the following caveats apply: DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-115 ■ Only 10 call appearance buttons can be administered with two lights, a red and a green light. ■ If the voice terminal is administered as a 7407D, the S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the OFF position. When the 7444 voice terminal is administered as a 7405D or a 7434 voice terminal, the following caveats apply: ■ The S1 switch on the back of the 7444 voice terminal must be in the ON position. ■ Only one line of the display will show switch-related information. When a 7444 is administered as a 7434, the DEFINITY G1 and G3 and DEFINITY ECS allows a maximum of 10 appearances of the primary line while the DEFINITY G2 allows a maximum of 12 appearances. Each switch handles appearances of other lines (that is, lines used in Bridging, Call Pickup, etc.) in a different manner. Information about administering these appearances can be found in switch documentation and help screens. If there is a 7400B or 7400B Plus Data Module attached to the 7444 voice terminal, the voice terminal must be administered with display and with data module. Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 7444 voice terminal will help you administer it with a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or DEFINITY ECS and with a System 85 and a DEFINITY G2. Figure 11-34 refers to the 7444 voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or DEFINITY ECS; Figure 11-35 refers to the 7444 voice terminal connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-116 Button Assignments 1 - 10 1 6 Conference Ring Transfer 2 7 Drop Test Hold 3 8 4 9 5 10 1 2 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 Select 12 23 Mute 13 24 ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PRS TUV WXY 7 8 9 Oper O # Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 14 1 * Display 1 3 Volume Message Speaker Reset/Spkr Feature Button Assignments* 1 and 2 Feature Button Assignments* 3 - 24 * If aliased as a 7434, the feature button assignments are numbered 11 - 34 Figure 11-34. Button Numbering for Administering the 7444 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-117 Button Assignments 3 - 12 3 8 Conference Ring Transfer 4 9 Drop Test Hold 5 10 6 11 7 12 13 14 16 27 17 28 18 29 19 30 20 31 21 32 22 33 23 34 Select 24 35 Mute 25 36 ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Oper O # Display 5 Display 2 Display 6 Display 3 Display 7 Display 4 26 1 * Display 1 15 Volume Message Speaker Reset/Spkr Feature Button Assignments 13 and 14 Feature Button Assignments 15 - 36 NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. Figure 11-35. Button Numbering for Administering the 7444 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal Page 11-118 Power Failure Operation The 7444 voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration This voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval This voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7444 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 7444D voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 7444 Voice Terminal PEC: 3187-VFD (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=106200579; Misty Cream=106200587 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=105519086; Misty Cream=105520787 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; Misty Cream=105635437 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; Misty Cream=COL22) Comcode: Black=102401445; Misty Cream=104211339 ■ Line Cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 11 The 7400 Series Voice Terminals The 7444 Voice Terminal ■ Page 11-119 Button designation card PEC: 81005 (Package of 25) Single, Comcode: Black=846604759; Misty Cream=846604767 Pack of 25 Sheets Comcode: Black=846692341; Misty Cream=846692358 Tractor Feed, 200 Sheets Comcode: Black=846604775; Misty Cream=846604783 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 7444 voice terminal: NOTE: Auxiliary power is required when any adjuncts are added to the basic voice terminal, except for the 7400B Plus Data Module which is AC powered. An MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see ‘‘Headsets” below) ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in ‘‘Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7444 voice terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 7444 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-744 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 7444 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-744 The following instructions are shipped with every 7444 voice terminal: ■ 7407 Plus and 7444 Voice Terminals Installation Instructions, 555-015-129 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals Page 12-1 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals 12 The following 8400 Series voice terminals are described in this section: ■ 8403 voice terminal ■ 8405 voice terminal ■ 8410 voice terminal ■ 8411 voice terminal ■ 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-2 The 8403 Voice Terminal 8403 Handset Volume Control Button Feature Directory 3 Call Appearance Buttons Transfer Button Feature Button Conference Button Test Button a b ABC Feature Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Ring 1 DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Mute Button LINE Line Jack (on back of terminal) Speaker/ Headset Adapter Jack Jack (on back of terminal Hold/Ring Button Speaker Button Figure 12-1. Message Light Message Volume Drop Button Handset Jack (on left side of terminal) c Dial Pad The 8403 Voice Terminal The 8403 voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital telephone with three call appearance buttons, Conference, Transfer, Drop, and Hold buttons, a TEST button, a blue FEATURE button which allows you to access 12 system features assigned by the System Manager and to choose from among eight different ringing patterns, a MUTE button, a SPEAKER button which accesses a 1-way, listen-only speaker, a red Message light, and a Volume control button. The 8403 can be used in either a 4-wire or 2-wire environment. For more information, see the section on ‘‘Wiring Information.” DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-3 Applications The 8403 voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice terminal is especially suitable for general office workers with low call volumes, manufacturing, warehousing, guard and/or reception areas, or office desks. The 8403 voice terminal can also provide simultaneous voice and data communications with the 7400B Plus Data Module. PC platform products can also be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these basic voice terminals. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the 8403 voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-7/16 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = 1-1/2 inches Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 8403 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE button (labeled CONF) ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ A red HOLD button ■ A blue FEATURE button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ TEST button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-4 The Feature Button The blue FEATURE button allows the dial pad to serve as 12 feature buttons without indicators. These features are accessed by pressing the FEATURE button and then one of the 12 dial pad keys. The Feature Directory on the faceplate on the top of the telephone lists the features administered at F1 through F9, F*, F0, and F#. The FEATURE button can also be used with the HOLD button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns. Feature Directory The 8403 voice terminal has a Feature Directory card, which has space for 12 features assigned by the System Manager. These features are labeled F1 through F9, F*, F0, and F#. Call Appearance Buttons The 8403 voice terminal has three call appearance buttons. Each of the buttons has a red light and a green status light. Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. SPEAKER Button The 8403 voice terminal is set for the 1-way, listen-only Speaker feature. The user can only listen to the far-end. To speak with the other party, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. MUTE button The MUTE button is a fixed feature button with a red status light. The MUTE button turns off the microphone of the handset so that a person can converse with another person in the room without the other party listening in. VOLUME Control button The 8403 voice terminal has a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button on the front of the set. This button has several functions. When the user is using the 1-way speaker, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker. When the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the handset. When the voice terminal is idle, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-5 TEST button When the voice terminal is initially powered up, the green light next to the TEST button flashes if the link with the PBX is not (or not yet) operational. The light changes to steady green when the voice terminal is able to communicate with the PBX. After the voice terminal is powered up, you can press the TEST button to test the lights on your voice terminal. Other Physical Features Handset The 8403 voice terminal is equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8403 voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters ‘‘Q” and ‘‘Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the ‘‘5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 8403 voice terminal’s housing has a Line jack and a Handset cord jack located on the back of the housing. There is also a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the set to which the user can connect adjunct equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8403: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 8403 voice terminal has electronic tone ringing. With the Select Ring feature, the user can choose any one of eight different ringing patterns. The set has a Volume control button which controls the loudness of the ringer, the speaker, and the handset. Mounting Options The 8403 voice terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. However, the user may choose to remove the stand and then mount the voice terminal on the wall. Color Options The 8403 voice terminal is available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-6 Wiring Information The 8403 voice terminal works in both 4-wire and 2-wire DCP configurations. The table below describes the pins on an 8400-Series voice terminal LINE jack. Table 12-1. The Pins on an 8400-Series Voice Terminal LINE Jack Line Interface Pin Pair Name Description 1 2 OD1 4-Wire Output 2 2 OD2 4-Wire Output 3 3 ID1 4-Wire Input 4 1 U-T 2-Wire (Tip) 5 1 U-R 2-Wire (Ring) 6 3 ID2 4-Wire Input 7 4 P1- Adjunct Power -48V 8 4 P2+ Adjunct Power Common NOTE: Regardless of which configuration is in use, ALL wiring between the PBX and the terminal MUST consist of twisted-pairs, including the modular line cord. The line cord must be a D8W, which consists of 4 twisted-pairs, or a Lucent Technologies-approved equivalent. Twisted-pair wiring is used to make lines less sensitive to crosstalk. Therefore, failure to use twisted pair wiring may result in less-than-optimum performance of the terminal and may also contribute to problems with the line. An 8-wire modular cord MUST be used for all 4-wire and any 2-wire installations requiring auxiliary power. NOTE: You do NOT need to change any settings on the voice terminal for 2-wire or 4-wire installations. The voice terminal is able to detect whether it is in a 2-wire or a 4-wire configuration. For 2-wire operation, if you need to plug the voice terminal into a 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack, instead of a standard 8-pin modular jack, refer to the ‘‘Line Interface” table to insure that the wires from the 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack are connected to the correct pins on the terminal ‘‘LINE” jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-7 In order for the terminal to function properly in either 2-wire or 4-wire installations, there must be NO INTERCONNECTIONS between the wire pairs used for 2-wire and 4-wire operations. Bridging or paralleling of these pairs can result in damage to the terminal or can cause the PBX circuit pack to remove power to the terminal. REMOVE ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PAIRS BEFORE CONNECTING THE TERMINAL. 4-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 2 and pair 3 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. 2-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 1 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. Distance Limitations The following circuit packs can be used with all of the 8400-Series sets. Table 12-2. Distance Limitations for the 8403 Voice Terminal Circuit Pack 2/4-Wire Will support these switches TN2181 - 16-port 2-wire G3V3, G3V2 TN754b - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN754 - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN413 - 8-port 4-wire International System 75 SN 270 and SN270B - 4-port 4-wire System 85 R2V2 - R2V4 In 4-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,000 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge or 24-gauge wire, and within 4,000 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. In 2-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,500 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge wire, within 3,500 feet of the PBX using 24-gauge wire, and within 2,200 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. Power Requirements The 8403 voice terminal receives power from the system and does not require any external power supply. Additional external power IS required when the 8403 voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-8 In this instance, an MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. Refer to the Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual for information on the MSP-1 Power Supply. Switch Administration Aliasing Use the following table for administering the 8403 voice terminal: Table 12-3. Administering the 8403 Voice Terminal If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7405 System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7405 International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7405 DEFINITY G1 4-wire only 7405 Global DEFINITY ’91 4-wire only 7405 DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7405 DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7405 DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7405 DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7405 DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8403 Administer the 8403 as a Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 8403 voice terminal will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 12-2 shows button numbering for the 8403 connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS. Figure 12-3 shows button numbering for the 8403 connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-9 8403 If administered as a 7405D, F1 through F7 are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 4 through 10. F8, F9, F*, F0, and F# are administered as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 5. If administered as itself, administer F1 through F9, F*, F0, and F# as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 F F F F F F a F F F F F F 1 b 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 * 0 # 2 3 c Call appearance buttons a, b, and c are administered as call appearance “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1, 2, and 3. Volume Message Feature Transfer Test Conf Mute Speaker Drop Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 6 WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Ring Figure 12-2. Button Numbering for Administering the 8403 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 or G3, or DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-10 8403 If administered as a 7405D, F1 through F7 are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 6 through 12. F8, F9, F*, F0, and F# are administered as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 13 through 17. If administered as itself, administer F1 through F9, F*, F0, and F# as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. Call appearance buttons a, b, and c are administered as call appearance “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3, 4, and 5. 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 F F F F F F a F F F F F F 3 b 12 13 14 15 16 17 7 8 9 * 0 # 4 5 c Message Volume Feature Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Ring Figure 12-3. Button Numbering for Administering the 8403 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 8403 voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-11 FCC Registration The 8403 voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval This voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and has also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8403 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8403 (8403D01A) voice terminal and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8403 (8403D01A) Voice Terminal Black 8403 Set PEC: 3233-03B Comcode: 106705106; White 8403 Set PEC: 3233-03W Comcode: 106705114 ■ K2S1 Handset Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ K2S6 Handset Comcode: Black=107180549; White=107181471 ■ K6S2-003 (Black) Amplifier Handset Comcode: 105581896 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal ■ Designation Card Cover PEC: 32306 Comcode: 846506780 ■ Button Designation Cards Tractor Feed For 25 Sets, 5 Sheets PEC: 32307 Comcode: 847167962 Tractor Feed, For 100 Sets, 20 Sheets PEC: 32308 Comcode: 847167970 Page 12-12 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8403 voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see ‘‘Headsets” below) ■ K6S2 Amplifier Handset ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in ‘‘Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8403 Voice Terminal Page 12-13 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8403 voice terminal: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 8403, 8410, and 8434 Voice Terminals Instructions for Installation, Switch Administration, and Programming the Options, 555-015-164 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8403 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-761 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8403 Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-762 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8403 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-761 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8403 Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-762 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-14 The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Handset Volume Control Button 5 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Transfer Button Handset Jack (on left side of terminal) Message Light Volume ABC Shift Button Test Button Mute Button Speaker/ Reset Speaker Button 1 Shift Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Hold/Ring Button 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Dial Pad Conference Button Drop Button Figure 12-4. DEF 2 Transfer The 8405B and 8405B Plus Voice Terminals LINE Line Jack (on back of terminal) Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of terminal) Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-15 Display Handset 4 Softkeys Menu Exit Prev Next Volume Control Button 4 Display Control Buttons 5 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Transfer Button Handset Jack (on left side of terminal) Message Light Volume ABC Shift Button 1 Shift Transfer GHI Test Button Test Conf Mute Button Mute Drop Speaker Hold Speaker/ Reset Speaker Button Hold/Ring Button Drop Button Figure 12-5. DEF 2 JKL 3 MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # LINE Dial Pad Line Jack (on back of terminal) Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of terminal) Conference Button The 8405D and 8405D Plus Voice Terminal (With Display) There are four varieties of the 8405 voice terminal: the 8405B and 8405B Plus, and the 8405D and 8405D Plus. All four varieties are multi-appearance digital telephones with 5 call appearance/feature buttons. All of the 8405 voice terminals also have four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), a blue SHIFT button, a MUTE button, a SPEAKER button, a TEST button, and a Volume control button. However, these four 8405 variations have the following differences: ■ The 8405B has a 1-way, listen-only speaker, with NO display. ■ The 8405B Plus has a 2-way speakerphone, without a display. ■ The 8405D has a 1-way, listen-only speaker and a 2-line by 24-character display. ■ The 8405D Plus has a 2-way speakerphone and a 2-line by 24-character display. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-16 Those users who have an 8405D or an 8405D Plus can access 12 features with the softkeys and display control buttons. These 12 features can be used in addition to the features on the call appearance/feature buttons. The 8405 voice terminal can work in both 4-wire and 2-wire environments. For more information, see “Wiring Information.” Applications The 8405 voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This type of voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and other office support personnel who require access to multiple lines for call handling, call coverage, bridging, conferencing, and sophisticated voice communications. The display set can be used by those who have a need for calling party display capabilities or who require a large number of voice terminal features. The 8405 voice terminals can also provide the user with simultaneous voice and data communications. The 8405 can be connected to a 7400B Plus Data Module or 8400B Plus Data Module. With the 8405 voice terminal, PC platform products can be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these voice terminals. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the 8405 voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7.8 inches Depth (front to back) = 9.5 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = low position, 5.265 inches high position, 6.625 inches Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 8405 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE (labeled CONF) button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals ■ A red HOLD button ■ A blue SHIFT button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ TEST button Page 12-17 The SHIFT Button The blue SHIFT button on the set can be used in the following ways: (The red light next to the SHIFT button goes on steadily when the button is activated.) ■ On all 8405 sets. this button can be used with the HOLD button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns. ■ On the 8405B Plus and the 8405D Plus, this button can be used with the SPEAKER button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons All 8405 voice terminals have five call appearance/feature buttons, each equipped with a red and a green status light. Usually, at least two of these buttons are administered as call appearances for the terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The remainder of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. Speaker (Listen-Only) Feature The 8405B and the 8405D have a 1-way, listen-only speaker. The 8405B Plus and the 8405D Plus have a two-way speakerphone; however, these two voice terminals can be optioned instead for a 1-way, listen-only speaker. If this is the case, use the SPEAKER button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker. The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a 1-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. The Speaker function may also be disabled. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-18 Speakerphone The 8405B Plus and the 8405D Plus voice terminals are equipped with a built-in 2-way speakerphone. (The voice terminal can be optioned for a 1-way, listen-only speaker instead. The system manager should have records of how this feature is optioned.) The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned on or off with the SPEAKER button; can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be raised and lowered with the VOLUME “arrow” button. The Speakerphone feature also allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the blue SHIFT button on the set and then the SPEAKER button (if the user has an 8405B Plus or an 8405D Plus and the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user must reset the speakerphone in any of three instances: whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the red light next to the SPEAKER button is fluttering, and, when, in the unlikely event, the speakerphone is making a squealing sound. MUTE button The MUTE button is a fixed feature button with a red status light. The MUTE button turns off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone (only on the 8405B Plus and 8405D Plus) or the handset so that a person can converse with another person in the room without the other party listening in. VOLUME Control button The 8405 voice terminal has a VOLUME “arrow” button on the front of the set. This button has several functions. When the user is using the speakerphone or the 1-way speaker, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker. When the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME button controls the handset volume. When the voice terminal is idle, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker, speakerphone, handset, or the tone ringer, the display on the 8405D voice terminal shows a “bar array” that indicates the volume setting. TEST button When the voice terminal is initially powered up, the green light next to the TEST button flashes if the link with the PBX is not (or not yet) operational. The light changes to steady green when the voice terminal is able to communicate with the PBX. After the voice terminal is powered up, you can press the TEST button to test the lights and the display (on the 8405D and 8405D Plus) on your voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-19 Display The display on the 8405D and the 8405D Plus has two lines with 24 characters on each line. The display, along with the softkeys and the display control buttons, can be used to access 12 softkey features (the default softkey features and the alternative softkey features are listed under “Softkeys”). Display Control Buttons These 4 buttons are labeled Menu , ■ Menu Exit , Prev , and Next . is used to enter Softkey Mode and access the 12 softkey features. ■ Exit is used for exiting a display feature and returning to Normal (call-handling) Mode. ■ Prev and Next option screens. can be used to go back and forth through the feature Softkeys The four buttons located below the display and labeled with arrows correspond to features listed on the second line of the display screen. (There are four features on each feature option screen.) The user can access any of the 12 features by pressing the softkey below the feature abbreviation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-20 Below is a list of the 12 default softkey features assigned to the 8405D and 8405D Plus and the order in which they appear. Table 12-4. Default Softkey Features on the 8405D and 8405D Plus Abbreviation Feature First Screen LWC Leave Word Calling CnLWC Cancel Leave Word Calling AutCB Automatic Callback Timer Timer Second Screen CFrwd1 CPark 2 Call Forward Call Park TmDay Time/Date PCall Priority Calling Third Screen Prog Abbreviated Dialing Program Pause Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Pause Mark Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Mark Wait Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Wait 1. 2. On a DEFINITY Generic 2 or System 85 switches, this feature is named Call Forward Follow Me. On a DEFINITY G2 and System 85, there is no Call Park feature that can be assigned to a feature button. In order to have the Call Park function on a softkey or hard button, administer the button as an Abbreviated Dial button and program the Call Park trunk group access code onto it. This button can then be labeled “Call Park.”In addition, on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85, the Recall feature must be administered on a standard feature button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-21 On 8405D and 8405D Plus voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 or later, the System Manager can choose to administer alternate features for use with the softkeys. The following table lists some of the alternate softkey features that can be substituted for the default softkey features listed on the previous page. NOTE: The DEFINITY ECS, Release 5 (and later releases) may provide additional alternate softkey features. NOTE: With a DEFINITY G3V3 and later, the system can download BLANK softkey labels for positions where there are no features administered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Table 12-5. Page 12-22 Alternate Softkey Features on the 8405D and 8405D Plus Connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 and Later Abbreviation Feature AD Abbreviated Dialing buttons (can be multiple AD buttons) Cnslt Consult Count ACD Stroke Count CPkup Call Pickup 1 Dir Directory Excl HFAns Manual Exclusion 2 Internal Auto Answer IAuto Intercom Auto IDial Intercom Dial Inspt Inspect Last Last Number Dialed RngOf Ringer Off SAC Send All Calls SFunc Abbreviated Dialed Special Function Spres Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Suppress Stats View (ACD) Statistics Stop Abbreviation Dialing Indefinite Wait or Stop View3 Stored Number 1. 2. 3. A CALL DISPLAY button should be administered, if access to System Directory is provided. It is also desirable for a NEXT DISPLAY button to be administered. This feature is not available on the DEFINITY G2 or System 85. This feature is available only on the DEFINITY G3V2 (or later). This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-23 Other Physical Features Handset The 8405 voice terminal is equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8405 voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 8405 voice terminal’s housing has a Line jack located on the back of the housing, and a Handset cord jack located on the side of the set. There is also a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack to which the user can connect adjunct equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8405: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 8405 voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with eight possible ringing patterns that can be selected with the SHIFT button and the HOLD button. The loudness of the tone ringer can be controlled by the VOLUME “arrow” button. (The user must NOT be on a speakerphone call. If the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME “arrow” button controls the volume of the speakerphone.) Mounting Options The 8405 voice terminal comes equipped with a 2-position desk stand. This stand can also be removed so the user can mount the set on the wall. Color Options The 8405 voice terminal is available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-24 Wiring Information The 8405 voice terminal works in both 4-wire and 2-wire DCP configurations. The table below describes the pins on an 8400-Series voice terminal LINE jack. Table 12-6. The Pins on an 8400-Series Voice Terminal LINE Jack Line Interface Pin Pair Name Description 1 2 OD1 4-Wire Output 2 2 OD2 4-Wire Output 3 3 ID1 4-Wire Input 4 1 U-T 2-Wire (Tip) 5 1 U-R 2-Wire (Ring) 6 3 ID2 4-Wire Input 7 4 P1- Adjunct Power -48V 8 4 P2+ Adjunct Power Common NOTE: Regardless of which configuration is in use, ALL wiring between the PBX and the terminal MUST consist of twisted-pairs, including the modular line cord. The line cord must be a D8W, which consists of 4 twisted-pairs, or a Lucent Technologies-approved equivalent. Twisted-pair wiring is used to make lines less sensitive to crosstalk. Therefore, failure to use twisted pair wiring may result in less-than-optimum performance of the terminal and may contribute to problems with the line. An 8-wire modular cord MUST be used for all 4-wire and any 2-wire installations requiring auxiliary power. NOTE: You do NOT need to change any settings on the voice terminal for 2-wire or 4-wire installations. The voice terminal is able to detect whether it is in a 2-wire or a 4-wire configuration. For 2-wire operation, if you need to plug the voice terminal into a 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack, instead of a standard 8-pin modular jack, refer to the “Line Interface” table to insure that the wires from the 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack are connected to the correct pins on the terminal “LINE” jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-25 In order for the terminal to function properly in either 2-wire or 4-wire installations, there must be NO INTERCONNECTIONS between the wire pairs used for 2-wire and 4-wire operations. Bridging or paralleling of these pairs can result in damage to the terminal or can cause the PBX circuit pack to remove power to the terminal. REMOVE ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PAIRS BEFORE CONNECTING THE TERMINAL. 4-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 2 and pair 3 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. 2-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 1 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. Distance Limitations The following circuit packs can be used with all of the 8400-Series sets. Table 12-7. Circuit Packs Used with the 8400-Series Voice Terminals Circuit Pack 2/4-Wire Will support these switches TN2181 - 16-port 2-wire G3V2 and later TN754b - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN754 - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN413 - 8-port 4-wire International System 75 SN 270 and SN 270B - 4-port 4-wire System 85 R2V2 - R2V4 In 4-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,000 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge or 24-gauge wire, and within 4,000 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. In 2-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,500 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge wire, within 3,500 feet of the PBX using 24-gauge wire, and within 2,200 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. Power Requirements The 8405 voice terminal receives power from the system and does not require any external power supply. Additional external power IS required when the 8405 voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. In this instance, an MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. Refer to the Adjunct Power section of this manual for information on the MSP-1 Power Supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-26 Switch Administration Aliasing Use the following table for administering 8405B and 8405B Plus voice terminals: Table 12-8. Administering the 8405B and 8405B Plus Voice Terminals and this Release (which can support this type of operation) Administer 8405B or 8405B Plus as a System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7403D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7403D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7403D DEFINITY G1 4-wire only 7403D Global DEFINITY ’91 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3i, G3r,G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7410D DEFINITY G3V3 2- or 4-wire 8410B DEFINITY G3V4 and later 2- or 4-wire 8405B or 8405B Plus If you have this System NOTE: When administering the 8405B and 8405D voice terminal on a DEFINITY G3V4 or a DEFINITY ECS, you must select “One-way” or “None” as the speaker option on the 8410 Administration Form. If the voice terminal is incorrectly optioned as having a two-way speakerphone, the light next to the Speaker button will continually flutter. In that case, you must readminister the terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-27 Use the following table for administering the 8405D and 8405D Plus voice terminals: Table 12-9. Administering the 8405D and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals and this Release (which can support this type of operation) Administer the 8405D or 8405D Plus as a System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7405D+D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7405D+D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G1 R1V4 4-wire only 7405D+D Global DEFINITY ’91 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V3 2- or 4-wire 8410D DEFINITY G3V4 and later 2- or 4-wire 8405D or 8405D Plus If you have this System NOTE: When administering the 8405B and 8405D voice terminal on a DEFINITY G3V4 or a DEFINITY ECS, you must select “One-way” or “None” as the speaker option on the 8410 Administration Form. If the voice terminal is incorrectly optioned as having a two-way speakerphone, the light next to the Speaker button will continually flutter. In that case, you must readminister the terminal. Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 8405 voice terminals will help you administer all four versions of this voice terminals connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, or DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 12-6 shows button numbering for the 8405 connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, or DEFINITY ECS. Figure 12-7 shows button numbering for the 8405 connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-28 If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. If the 8405D or 8405D Plus is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 2 through 13; administer the Normal feature on Button #1. If the 8405D or 8405D Plus is administered as an 8410D, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. Menu Exit Prev Next 1 The 5 call appearance/ feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 5. 2 3 4 5 Volume Figure 12-6. Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 4 5 6 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8405 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-29 If the 8405D or 8405D Plus is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 14 through 25; administer the Normal feature on Button #13. If the 8405D or 8405D Plus is administered as an 8410D, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. Menu Exit Prev Next 3 4 The 5 call appearance/ feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 7. 5 6 7 Volume Figure 12-7. Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 4 5 6 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8405 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 8405 voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8405 voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-30 UL and CSA Approval The 8405 voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and has also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible All 8405 voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8405 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8405 voice terminals and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ 8405B (8405D04A) Voice Terminal (without display, with one-way speaker) Black 8405B Set PEC: 3233-5BB Comcode: 107821969; White 8405B Set PEC 3233-5BW Comcode: 107821977 ■ 8405B Plus (8405D02A) Voice Terminal (without display, with two-way speakerphone) Black 8405B Plus Set PEC: 3233-5SB Comcode: 107821944; White 8405B Plus Set PEC 3233-5SW Comcode: 107821951 ■ 8405D (8405D03A) Voice Terminal (with built-in display and one-way speaker) Black 8405D Set PEC: 3233-6BB Comcode: 107821928 White 8405D Set PEC: 3233-6BW Comcode: 107821936 ■ 8405D Plus (8405D01A) Voice Terminal (with built-in display and two-way speakerphone) Black 8405D Plus Set PEC: 3233-6SB Comcode: 107821902 White 8405D Plus Set PEC: 3233-6SW Comcode: 107821910 ■ K2S6 Handset Comcode: Black=107180549; White=107181471 ■ K6S2-003 (Black) Amplifier Handset Comcode: 105581896 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Button Designation Card Tractor Feed For 25 Sets PEC: 32310A Comcode: 847770666 Tractor Feed For 100 Sets PEC: 32311A Comcode: 847770674 Page 12-31 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8405 voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 8400B Plus Data Module ■ 500A1 Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” on next page) ■ K6S2 Amplifier Handset ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8405B, 8405B Plus, 8405D, and 8405D Plus Voice Terminals Page 12-32 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8405 voice terminal: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ The 8400-Series Voice Terminals Installation and User’s Manual, 555-230-875 ■ The 8400-Series Voice Terminals Instructions for Installation, Switch Administration, and Programming the Options, 555-015-725 ■ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Generic 1 and System 75 8405 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-736 ■ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8405 Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-737 ■ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Generic 2 and System 85 8405 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-726 ■ DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Generic 2 and System 85 8405 Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-725 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-33 The 8410 Voice Terminal 8410D Display Handset 4 Softkeys Menu Exit Prev Next 4 Display Control Buttons Volume Control Button 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Transfer Button Handset Jack (on left side of terminal) Message Light Message Volume ABC 1 Shift Button Shift Test Button Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Mute Button Transfer Reset Spkr Speaker/ Reset Speaker Button Ring Hold/Ring Button DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Dial Pad LINE Line Jack (on back of terminal) Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of terminal) Conference Button Drop Button Figure 12-8. The 8410D Voice Terminal (with Display) The 8410 voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital telephone with 10 call appearance/feature buttons, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), a blue SHIFT button, a MUTE button, a SPEAKER button which can access either a 2-way speakerphone or a 1-way, listen-only speaker, a TEST button, and a Volume control button. There are 2 varieties of the 8410 voice terminal: the 8410B (8410D02A) is the basic set, without a display; the 8410D (8410D01A) has a built-in 2-line by 24-character display. Those users who have an 8410D with display can access 12 features with the softkeys and display control buttons. These 12 features can be used in addition to the features on the call appearance/feature buttons. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-34 The 8410 voice terminal can work in both 4-wire and 2-wire environments. For more information, see ‘‘Wiring Information.” Applications The 8410 voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, or Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This type of voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and other office support personnel who require access to multiple lines for call handling, call coverage, bridging, conferencing, and sophisticated voice communications. The display set can be used by those who have a need for calling party display capabilities or who require a large number of voice terminal features. The 8410 voice terminals can also provide the user with simultaneous voice and data communications. The 8410 can be connected to a 7400B Plus Data Module. With the 8410 voice terminal, PC platform products can be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these voice terminals. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the 8410 voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7.8 inches Depth (front to back) = 9.5 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = low position, 5.265 inches high position, 6.625 inches Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 8410 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE (labeled CONF) button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ A red HOLD button ■ A blue SHIFT button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ TEST button Page 12-35 The SHIFT Button The blue SHIFT button on the set can be used in the following ways: (The red light next to the SHIFT button goes on steadily when the button is activated.) ■ Used with the HOLD button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns. ■ Used with the SPEAKER button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 8410 voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons, each equipped with a red and a green status light. Usually, at least three of these buttons are administered as call appearances for the terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The rest of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. Speakerphone The 8410 voice terminal is equipped with a built-in speakerphone. (The voice terminal can be optioned for a 1-way, listen-only speaker instead.) The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned on or off with the SPEAKER button; can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be raised and lowered with the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. The Speakerphone feature also allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the blue SHIFT button on the set and then the SPEAKER button (if the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user must reset the speakerphone in any of three instances: whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the red light next to the SPEAKER button is fluttering, and, when, in the unlikely event, the speakerphone is making a squealing sound. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-36 Speaker (Listen-Only) Feature Although the 8410 voice terminal is shipped from the factory with the terminal set for the Speakerphone feature, the 8410 voice terminal can be optioned instead for a 1-way, listen-only speaker. If this is the case, use the SPEAKER button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker. The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a 1-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. The Speaker function may also be disabled. MUTE button The MUTE button is a fixed feature button with a red status light. The MUTE button turns off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone or the handset so that a person can converse with another person in the room without the other party listening in. VOLUME Control button The 8410 voice terminal has a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button on the front of the set. This button has several functions. When the user is using the speakerphone or the 1-way speaker, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker. When the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME button controls the handset volume. When the voice terminal is idle, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker, speakerphone, handset, or the tone ringer, the display on the 8410D voice terminal shows a ‘‘bar array” that indicates the volume setting. TEST button When the voice terminal is initially powered up, the green light next to the TEST button flashes if the link with the PBX is not (or not yet) operational. The light changes to steady green when the voice terminal is able to communicate with the PBX. After the voice terminal is powered up, you can press the TEST button to test the lights and the display on your voice terminal. Display The display on the 8410D set has two lines with 24 characters on each line. The display, along with the softkeys and the display control buttons, can be used to access 12 softkey features (the default softkey features and the alternative softkey features are listed under ‘‘Softkeys”). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-37 Display Control Buttons These four buttons are labeled Menu , ■ ■ Menu Exit , Prev , and Next . is used to enter Softkey Mode and access the 12 softkey features. Exit is used for exiting a display feature and returning to Normal (call-handling) Mode. Prev and Next ■ can be used to go back and forth through the feature option screens. Softkeys The four buttons located below the display and labeled with arrows correspond to features listed on the second line of the display screen. (There are four features on each feature option screen.) The user can access any of the 12 features by pressing the softkey below the feature abbreviation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-38 Below is a list of the 12 default softkey features assigned to the 8410 and the order in which they appear. Table 12-10. Default Softkey Features on the 8410 Abbreviation Feature First Screen LWC Leave Word Calling CnLWC Cancel Leave Word Calling AutCB Automatic Callback Timer Timer Second Screen CFrwd1 CPark 2 Call Forward Call Park TmDay Time/Date PCall Priority Calling Third Screen Prog Abbreviated Dialing Program Pause Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Pause Mark Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Mark Wait Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Wait 1. 2. On a DEFINITY Generic 2 or on a System 85, this feature is named Call Forward-Follow Me. On a DEFINITY G2 and on a System 85, there is no Call Park feature that can be assigned to a feature button. In order to have the Call Park function on a softkey or hard button, administer the button as an Abbreviated Dial button and program the Call Park trunk group access code onto it. This button can then be labeled ‘‘Call Park.” In addition, on a DEFINITY G2 or a System 85, the Recall feature must be administered on a standard feature button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-39 On 8410D voice terminals (8410 terminals with a display) connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 or later, the System Manager can choose to administer alternate features for use with the softkeys. The following table lists some of the alternate softkey features, those features that can be substituted for the default softkey features listed on the previous page. NOTE: The DEFINITY ECS Release 5 (and later releases) may provide additional alternate softkey features. NOTE: With G3V3 and later switches, the system can download BLANK softkey labels for positions where there are no features administered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Table 12-11. Page 12-40 Alternate Softkey Features on the 8410 Connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 and Later Abbreviation Feature AD Abbreviated Dialing buttons (can be multiple AD buttons) Cnslt Consult Count ACD Stroke Count CPkup Call Pickup 1 Dir Directory Excl HFAns Manual Exclusion 2 Internal Auto Answer IAuto Intercom Auto IDial Intercom Dial Inspt Inspect Last Last Number Dialed RngOf Ringer Off SAC Send All Calls SFunc Abbreviated Dialed Special Function Spres Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Suppress Stats View (ACD) Statistics Stop Abbreviation Dialing Indefinite Wait or Stop View3 Stored Number 1. 2. 3. A CALL DISPLAY button should be administered, if access to System Directory is provided. It is also desirable for a NEXT DISPLAY button to be administered. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. This feature is available only on a DEFINITY G3V2 (or later) switches. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-41 Other Physical Features Handset The 8410 voice terminal is equipped with a K-type handset. Dial Pad The 8410 voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters ‘‘Q” and ‘‘Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the ‘‘5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 8410 voice terminal’s housing has a Line jack located on the back of the housing, and a Handset cord jack located on the side of the set. There is also a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack to which the user can connect adjunct equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8410: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 8410 voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with eight possible ringing patterns that can be selected with the SHIFT button and the HOLD button. The loudness of the tone ringer can be controlled by the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button. (The user must NOT be on a speakerphone call. If the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button controls the volume of the speakerphone.) Mounting Options The 8410 voice terminal comes equipped with a 2-position desk stand. This stand can also be removed so the user can mount the set on the wall. Color Options The 8410 voice terminal is available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-42 Wiring Information The 8410 voice terminal works in both 4-wire and 2-wire DCP configurations. The table below describes the pins on an 8400-Series voice terminal LINE jack. Table 12-12. The Pins on an 8400-Series Voice Terminal LINE Jack Line Interface Pin Pair Name Description 1 2 OD1 4-Wire Output 2 2 OD2 4-Wire Output 3 3 ID1 4-Wire Input 4 1 U-T 2-Wire (Tip) 5 1 U-R 2-Wire (Ring) 6 3 ID2 4-Wire Input 7 4 P1- Adjunct Power -48V 8 4 P2+ Adjunct Power Common NOTE: Regardless of which configuration is in use, ALL wiring between the PBX and the terminal MUST consist of twisted-pairs, including the modular line cord. The line cord must be a D8W, which consists of 4 twisted-pairs, or a Lucent Technologies-approved equivalent. Twisted-pair wiring is used to make lines less sensitive to crosstalk. Therefore, failure to use twisted pair wiring may result in less-than-optimum performance of the terminal and may also contribute to problems with the line. An 8-wire modular cord MUST be used for all 4-wire and any 2-wire installations requiring auxiliary power. NOTE: You do NOT need to change any settings on the voice terminal for 2-wire or 4-wire installations. The voice terminal is able to detect whether it is in a 2-wire or a 4-wire configuration. For 2-wire operation, if you need to plug the voice terminal into a 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack, instead of a standard 8-pin modular jack, refer to the ‘‘Line Interface” table to insure that the wires from the 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack are connected to the correct pins on the terminal ‘‘LINE” jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-43 In order for the terminal to function properly in either 2-wire or 4-wire installations, there must be NO INTERCONNECTIONS between the wire pairs used for 2-wire and 4-wire operations. Bridging or paralleling of these pairs can result in damage to the terminal or can cause the PBX circuit pack to remove power to the terminal. REMOVE ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PAIRS BEFORE CONNECTING THE TERMINAL. 4-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 2 and pair 3 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. 2-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 1 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. Distance Limitations The following circuit packs can be used with all of the 8400-Series sets. Table 12-13. Circuit Packs Used with the 8400-Series Voice Terminals Circuit Pack 2/4-Wire Will support these switches TN2181 - 16-port 2-wire G3V2 and later TN754b - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN754 - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN413 - 8-port 4-wire International System 75 SN 270 and SN 270B - 4-port 4-wire System 85 R2V2 - R2V4 In 4-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,000 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge or 24-gauge wire, and within 4,000 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. In 2-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,500 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge wire, within 3,500 feet of the PBX using 24-gauge wire, and within 2,200 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. Power Requirements The 8410 voice terminal receives power from the system and does not require any external power supply. Additional external power IS required when the 8410 voice terminal is equipped with any adjuncts, such as an external speakerphone. In this instance, an MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. Refer to the Adjunct Power section of this manual for information on the MSP-1 Power Supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-44 Switch Administration Aliasing Use the following table for administering the 8410B (the basic) voice terminal: Table 12-14. Administering the 8410B Voice Terminal If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) Administer the 8410B as a System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7403D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7403D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7403D DEFINITY G1 4-wire only 7403D Global DEFINITY’91 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7410D DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8410B DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-45 Use the following table for administering the 8410D voice terminal (with display): Table 12-15. Administering the 8410D Voice Terminal If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) Administer the 8410D as a System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7405D+D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7405D+D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G1 R1V4 4-wire only 7405D+D Global DEFINITY’91 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8410D Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 8410 voice terminal will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 12-9 shows button numbering for the 8410 connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS.Figure 12-10 shows button numbering for the 8410 connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-46 If the 8410D is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 2 through 13; administer the Normal feature on Button #1. If the 8410D is administered as itself, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. 8410D Menu Exit Prev 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 The 10 call appearance/feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 10. Next Message Volume Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Reset Spkr Ring Figure 12-9. ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL 4 5 PQRS TUV MNO 6 WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8410 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-47 If the 8410D is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 14 through 25; administer the Normal feature on Button #13. If the 8410D is administered as itself, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. 8410D Menu Exit Prev 3 8 4 9 5 10 6 11 7 12 The 10 call appearance/feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 12. Next Message Volume Figure 12-10. Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Reset Spkr Ring ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL 4 5 PQRS TUV MNO 6 WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8410 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 8410 voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8410 voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-48 UL and CSA Approval The 8410 voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and has also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible The 8410B and 8410D voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8410 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8410B and 8410D voice terminals and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8410B (8410D02A) Voice Terminal Black 8410B Set PEC: 3234-04B Comcode: 106790454; White 8410B Set PEC 3234-04W Comcode: 106790462 ■ 8410D (8410D01A) Voice Terminal (with built-in display) Black 8410D Set PEC: 3235-05B Comcode: 106705122 White 8410D Set PEC: 3235-05W Comcode: 106705130 ■ K2S1 Handset Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ K2S6 Handset (available late 1994 or early 1995) Comcode: Black=107180549; White=107181471 ■ K6S2-003 (Black) Amplifier Handset Comcode: 105581896 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal ■ Designation Card Cover PEC: 32309 Comcode: 846320216 ■ Button Designation Card Tractor Feed For 25 Sets, 3 Sheets (12 cards per sheet) PEC: 32310 Comcode: 847161817 Tractor Feed For 100 Sets, 9 Sheets (12 Cards per Sheet) PEC: 32311 Comcode: 847161916 Laser Printer Forms (8 1/2’’x11’’) 67 Sheets (6 Cards per Sheet) PEC: 32312 Comcode: 847065497 Page 12-49 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8410 voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see ‘‘Headsets” below) ■ K6S2 Amplifier Handset ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in ‘‘Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8410 voice terminal: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 8403, 8410, and 8434 Voice Terminals Instructions for Installation, Switch Administration, and Programming the Options, 555-015-164 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 8410 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-763 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8410 Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-764 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8410 Voice Terminal Page 12-50 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8410 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-763 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8410 Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-764 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-51 The 8411 Voice Terminal 8411D Display Handset Telephone Number Card Menu Exit Prev Next Volume Control Button 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Transfer Button Message Volume Shift Button Test Button Mute Button Speaker Button Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Ring Hold/Ring Button Figure 12-11. 4 Softkeys 4 Display Control Buttons ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ * O # 1 7 2 8 3 9 Conference Button Drop Button The 8411D Voice Terminal (With Display) Message Light LINE Line Jack (on back of terminal) Dial Pad Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of terminal) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-52 Analog Adjunct jack RS-232-D jack Figure 12-12. The Rear of the 8411 Voice Terminal The 8411 voice terminal is a multi-appearance digital telephone with 10 call appearance/feature buttons, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), a blue SHIFT button, a MUTE button, a SPEAKER button which can access either a 2-way speakerphone or a 1-way, listen-only speaker, a TEST button, and a Volume control button. The rear of the 8411 voice terminal has two jacks (see Figure 12-12): The Analog Adjunct jack can be used for connecting answering machines, fax machines, PC or laptop data/fax modem cards, data sets or modems, audio teleconferencing equipment, and TTY machines commonly used by the hearing impaired. The RS-232-D Jack can be used for connecting the voice terminal to a COM port on an IBM®-compatible personal computer on which you can load PassageWay Solution software. There are 2 varieties of the 8411 voice terminal: the 8411B (8411D02A) is the basic set, without a display; the 8411D (8411D01A) has a built-in 2-line by 24-character display. Those users who have an 8411D with display can access 12 features with the softkeys and display control buttons. These 12 features can be used in addition to the features on the call appearance/feature buttons. The 8411 voice terminal can work in both 4-wire and 2-wire environments. For more information, see “Wiring Information.” Applications The 8411 voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This type of voice terminal is especially suitable for managers, executive secretaries, and other office support personnel who require access to multiple DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-53 lines for call handling, call coverage, bridging, conferencing, and sophisticated voice communications. The display set can be used by those who have a need for calling party display capabilities or who require a large number of voice terminal features. The jacks on the rear of the set allow connection of a PC for PassageWay connection and an analog device (see the list of possible analog adjuncts above). The 8411 voice terminals can also provide the user with simultaneous voice and data communications. The 8411 can be connected to a 7400B Plus Data Module or an 8400B Plus Data Module. With the 8411 voice terminal, PC platform products can be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these voice terminals. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the 8411 voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) The desk-mounted model = 5-1/4 inches Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 8411 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE (labeled CONF) button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ A red HOLD button ■ A blue SHIFT button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ TEST button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-54 The SHIFT Button The blue SHIFT button on the set can be used with the HOLD button to select your own personalized ring from among eight available patterns: (The red light next to the SHIFT button goes on steadily when the button is activated.) Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 8411 voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons, each equipped with a red and a green status light. Usually, at least three of these buttons are administered as call appearances for the terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The rest of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. Speakerphone The 8411 voice terminal is equipped with a built-in speakerphone. (The voice terminal can be optioned for a 1-way, listen-only speaker instead.) The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned on or off with the SPEAKER button; can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be raised and lowered with the VOLUME “arrow” button. Speaker (Listen-Only) Feature Although the 8411 voice terminal is shipped from the factory with the terminal set for the Speakerphone feature, the 8411 voice terminal can be optioned instead for a 1-way, listen-only speaker. If this is the case, use the SPEAKER button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker. The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a 1-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. The Speaker function may also be disabled. MUTE button The MUTE button is a fixed feature button with a red status light. The MUTE button turns off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone or the handset so that a person can converse with another person in the room without the other party listening in. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-55 VOLUME Control button The 8411 voice terminal has a VOLUME “arrow” button on the front of the set. This button has several functions. When the user is using the speakerphone or the 1-way speaker, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker. When the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME button controls the handset volume. When the voice terminal is idle, the button controls the volume of the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker, speakerphone, handset, or the tone ringer, the display on the 8411D voice terminal shows a “bar array” that indicates the volume setting. TEST button When the voice terminal is initially powered up, the green light next to the TEST button flashes if the link with the PBX is not (or not yet) operational. The light changes to steady green when the voice terminal is able to communicate with the PBX. After the voice terminal is powered up, you can press the TEST button to test the lights and the display on your voice terminal. Display The display on the 8411D set has two lines with 24 characters on each line. The display, along with the softkeys and the display control buttons, can be used to access 12 softkey features (the default softkey features and the alternative softkey features are listed under “Softkeys”). Display Control Buttons These four buttons are labeled Menu , Exit ■ Menu , Prev , and Next . is used to enter Softkey Mode and access the 12 softkey features. ■ Exit is used for exiting a display feature and returning to Normal (call-handling) Mode. ■ and Next can be used to help you go back and forth through the feature option screens. Prev Softkeys The four buttons located below the display and labeled with arrows correspond to features listed on the second line of the display screen. (There are four features on each feature option screen.) The user can access any of the 12 features by pressing the softkey below the feature abbreviation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-56 Below is a list of the 12 default softkey features assigned to the 8411 and the order in which they appear. Table 12-16. Default Softkey Features on the 8411D Abbreviation Feature First Screen LWC Leave Word Calling CnLWC Cancel Leave Word Calling AutCB Automatic Callback Timer Timer Second Screen CFrwd1 CPark 2 Call Forward Call Park TmDay Time/Date PCall Priority Calling Third Screen Prog Abbreviated Dialing Program Pause Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Pause Mark Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Mark Wait Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Wait 1. 2. On a DEFINITY Generic 2 or on a System 85, this feature is named Call Forward Follow Me. On a DEFINITY G2 and on a System 85, there is no Call Park feature that can be assigned to a feature button. In order to have the Call Park function on a softkey or hard button, administer the button as an Abbreviated Dial button and program the Call Park trunk group access code onto it. This button can then be labeled “Call Park.” In addition, on a DEFINITY G2 or a System 85, the Recall feature must be administered on a standard feature button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-57 On 8411D voice terminals (8411 terminals with a display) connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 or later, the System Manager can choose to administer alternate features for use with the softkeys. The following table lists some of the alternate softkey features that can be substituted for the default softkey features listed on the previous page. NOTE: The DEFINITY ECS Release 5 (and later releases) may provide additional alternate softkey features. NOTE: With G3V3 and later switches, the system can download BLANK softkey labels for positions where there are no features administered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Table 12-17. Page 12-58 Alternate Softkey Features on the 8411D Connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 and Later Abbreviations Feature AD Abbreviated Dialing buttons (can be multiple AD buttons) Cnslt Consult Count ACD Stroke Count CPkup Call Pickup 1 Dir Directory Excl HFAns Manual Exclusion 2 Internal Auto Answer IAuto Intercom Auto IDial Intercom Dial Inspt Inspect Last Last Number Dialed RngOf Ringer Off SAC Send All Calls SFunc Abbreviated Dialed Special Function Spres Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Suppress Stats View (ACD) Statistics Stop Abbreviation Dialing Indefinite Wait or Stop View3 Stored Number 1. 2. 3. A CALL DISPLAY button should be administered, if access to System Directory is provided. It is also desirable for a NEXT DISPLAY button to be administered. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. This feature is available only on a DEFINITY G3V2 (or later) switches. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-59 Other Physical Features Handset The 8411 voice terminal is equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8411 voice terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 8411 voice terminal’s housing has a Line jack located on the back of the housing, and a Handset cord jack located on the side of the set. There is also a Speakerphone/headset adapter jack to which the user can connect adjunct equipment. The Analog Adjunct jack on the rear of the 8411 voice terminal can be used for connecting answering machines, fax machines, PC or laptop data/fax modem cards, data sets or modems, audio teleconferencing equipment, and TTY machines commonly used by the hearing impaired. The RS-232-D Jack also on the rear of the voice terminal can be used for connecting the voice terminal to a COM port on an IBM-compatible personal computer on which you can load PassageWay Solution software. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8411: a coiled 9-foot handset cord and a 7-foot line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 8411 voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with eight possible ringing patterns that can be selected with the SHIFT button and the HOLD button. The loudness of the tone ringer can be controlled by the VOLUME “arrow” button. (The user must NOT be on a speakerphone call. If the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME “arrow” button controls the volume of the speakerphone.) Mounting Options The 8411 voice terminal comes equipped with a 2-position desk stand. The 8411 cannot be wall-mounted. Color Options The 8411 voice terminal is available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-60 PassageWay and Analog Adjunct Connections Connecting the 8411 to a Personal Computer for PassageWay Applications The RS-232-D jack on the 8411 voice terminal provides the user with a direct interface between an IBM-compatible personal computer and a DEFINITY switch. This connection with the PC allows access to Lucent Technologies PassageWay Solution applications. For information about installing and setting up the PassageWay software, see the PassageWay-Direct Connection Solution For DEFINITY Communications System 8411 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-201-115. NOTE: In order for the 8411 voice terminal to operate, the voice terminal must have auxiliary power, either locally using a MSP-1 or remotely using an 1145B1 closet supply. Also, before the PassageWay connection can be set up, the exact COM port number (that is, COM1, COM2, COM3, or COM4) to which the 8411 voice terminal is being connected must be identified. Connecting an Analog Adjunct to the 8411 Voice Terminal Through the Analog Adjunct RJ11C jack on the rear of the set, the 8411 voice terminal provides connection with Analog Adjuncts such as answering machines, fax machines, PC or laptop data/fax modem cards, data sets or modems, audio teleconferencing equipment, and TTY machines commonly used by the hearing impaired. On System 75, System 85, and DEFINITY G1 and G2 and DEFINITY G3 prior to G3V4, Issue 3, the analog equipment shares the telephone line (or I1-Channel) with the voice terminal. Therefore, while the telephone is being used, you cannot use the Analog Adjunct at the same time, or vice versa. Beginning with the DEFINITY G3V4, Issue 3 (and all later releases), the 8411 and Analog Adjunct can use separate telephone lines (the I1-Channel and I2-Channel) and thus the voice terminal and the Analog Adjunct can be used simultaneously. The PassageWay Button (Button #9) and the Analog Adjunct Button (Button #10) The system manager may choose to option Button #9 on the 8411 voice terminal, the next-to-last button in the second column, (see Figure 12-13 for the location of this button) so that the red and green lights next to the button provide PassageWay status information. (See “PassageWay Status Indications” later in this section on the 8411.) If Button #9 is optioned in this manner, it is then disabled and CANNOT be used as a call appearance button or feature button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-61 The system manager may also choose to option Button #10 (again, see Figure 12-13 below for its location) so that its adjacent red and green lights provide Analog Adjunct status information. (See “Analog Adjunct Status Indications” later in this section on the 8411.) If Button #10 is optioned in this way, the button’s function changes from a call appearance/feature button to a local button that can be used to send a disconnect signal to the analog adjunct. (See “Sharing the 8411 Telephone Line with the Analog Adjunct” later in this section on the 8411.) NOTE: When the status indication feature is optioned, Button #9 is always used to monitor the PassageWay connection, and Button #10 is always used to monitor the Analog Adjunct. No other buttons on the 8411 can be used for these purposes. If these two buttons are not used for PassageWay and an Analog Adjunct, they can be used for switch features. These lights are used for PassageWay status 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 These lights are used for Analog Adjunct status Figure 12-13. The Location of Buttons #9 and #10 on the 8411 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-62 PassageWay Status Indications The 8411 provides the following status indications, next to Button #9 for the PassageWay connection: Table 12-18. PassageWay Status Indications on the 8411 Voice Terminal PassageWay Status Green light Red light AT Command Mode Off On PassageWay Mode On Off 1 DCP Looparound Flash Flash Switch Link Down Wink2 Wink EIA Out-of-Sync Flash Off Program Mode On Flash 1. 2. A Flash is a repeating pattern of 500 ms ON and 500 ms OFF. A Wink is a repeating pattern of 750 ms ON and 250 ms OFF. Analog Adjunct Status Indications The 8411 uses the GREEN and the RED lights next to Button #10 to provide the following status indications for the Analog Adjunct connection. Table 12-19. Analog Adjunct Status Indications on the 8411 Voice Terminal Analog Adjunct Status Green Light The Analog Adjunct is off-hook. On The Analog Adjunct is on-hook and idle. Off The voice terminal is sending a Flash ringing signal to the Analog Adjunct. Flash Red Light The Analog Adjunct is using the telephone line. On The 8411 voice terminal is using the telephone line (that is, the Analog Adjunct is NOT using the I-Channel). Off NOTE: The flash indication has priority over the on-hook and off-hook indications listed immediately above. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-63 NOTE: When the 8411 is programmed for the Analog Adjunct to use a separate telephone line (that is, the I2-Channel), the red light is always on. Sharing the 8411 Telephone Line with the Analog Adjunct When your 8411 voice terminal has not been assigned a separate telephone number for your analog adjunct, that is, the telephone line must be shared between your voice terminal and the analog adjunct connected to the Analog Adjunct jack, you CANNOT use your 8411 and the analog adjunct at the same time. If you desire to use your 8411 (the handset, the built-in speakerphone, or any equipment connected to the Speakerphone/Headset jack) while the analog adjunct is using the line, you must first disconnect from the analog adjunct call. You may disconnect from the analog adjunct call manually using a button on the analog adjunct or use a PC command if the analog adjunct is connected to the PC. Button #10 can also be used to disconnect the call on the analog adjunct if that button has been enabled for the disconnect function. In addition to the manual and Button #10 methods for disconnecting from the analog adjunct call, going off-hook and pressing the appropriate call appearance button will also cause the line to be switched to the voice terminal (handset, speakerphone, or any equipment connected to the Speakerphone/ Headset jack) and a disconnect signal will be sent to the analog adjunct. This method allows you to automatically disconnect the analog adjunct to: ■ Answer an incoming call on another call appearance ■ Originate a call on an idle call appearance ■ Interrupt the analog adjunct and use the active call appearance NOTE: This feature requires the 8411 to use the first three call appearance/feature buttons (the top three buttons in the first column) as call appearance buttons. If there are more than three call appearance buttons administered, the feature will still work with these (top) three buttons, but NOT with the additional call appearance buttons. For incoming calls, the device that answers first (that is, the 8411 handset, 8411 built-in speakerphone, any equipment connected to the Speakerphone/ Headset jack on the 8411, or the analog adjunct connected to the 8411 Analog Adjunct jack) gets control of the call. Note that not all incoming calls will cause a ringing signal to be sent to the analog adjunct. A ringing signal will be sent only if all call appearances are idle and the incoming call is either an inside call, a DID call, or a Priority call. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-64 Wiring Information The 8411 voice terminal works in both 4-wire and 2-wire DCP configurations. The table below describes the pins on an 8400-Series voice terminal LINE jack. Table 12-20. The Pins on an 8400-Series Voice Terminal LINE Jack Line Interface Pin Pair Name Description 1 2 OD1 4-Wire Output 2 2 OD2 4-Wire Output 3 3 ID1 4-Wire Input 4 1 U-T 2-Wire (Tip) 5 1 U-R 2-Wire (Ring) 6 3 ID2 4-Wire Input 7 4 P1- Adjunct Power -48V 8 4 P2+ Adjunct Power Common NOTE: Regardless of which configuration is in use, ALL wiring between the PBX and the terminal MUST consist of twisted-pairs, including the modular line cord. The line cord must be a D8W, which consists of 4 twisted-pairs, or a Lucent Technologies-approved equivalent. Twisted-pair wiring is used to make lines less sensitive to crosstalk. Therefore, failure to use twisted pair wiring may result in less-than-optimum performance of the terminal and may also contribute to problems with the line. An 8-wire modular cord MUST be used for all 4-wire and any 2-wire installations requiring auxiliary power. NOTE: You do NOT need to change any settings on the voice terminal for 2-wire or 4-wire installations. The voice terminal is able to detect whether it is in a 2-wire or a 4-wire configuration. For 2-wire operation, if you need to plug the voice terminal into a 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack, instead of a standard 8-pin modular jack, refer to the “Line Interface” table to insure that the wires from the 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack are connected to the correct pins on the terminal “LINE” jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-65 In order for the terminal to function properly in either 2-wire or 4-wire installations, there must be NO INTERCONNECTIONS between the wire pairs used for 2-wire and 4-wire operations. Bridging or paralleling of these pairs can result in damage to the terminal or can cause the PBX circuit pack to remove power to the terminal. REMOVE ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PAIRS BEFORE CONNECTING THE TERMINAL. 4-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 2 and pair 3 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. 2-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 1 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. Distance Limitations The following circuit packs can be used with all of the 8400-Series sets. Table 12-21. Circuit Packs Used with the 8400-Series Voice Terminals Circuit Pack 2/4-Wire Will support these switches TN2181 - 16-port 2-wire G3V3, G3V2 TN754b - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN754 - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN413 - 8-port 4-wire International System 75 SN 270 and SN 270B - 4-port 4-wire System 85 R2V2 - R2V4 In 4-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,000 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge or 24-gauge wire, and within 4,000 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. In 2-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,500 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge wire, within 3,500 feet of the PBX using 24-gauge wire, and within 2,200 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-66 Power Requirements In order for the 8411 voice terminal to operate, the voice terminal must have auxiliary power, either locally using a MSP-1 or remotely using an 1145B1 closet supply.Refer to the Adjunct Power section of this manual for information on the MSP-1 Power Supply. Switch Administration Aliasing Use the following table for administering the 8411B (the basic) voice terminal: Table 12-22. Administering the 8411B Voice Terminal If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7403D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7403D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7403D DEFINITY G1 4-wire only 7403D Global DEFINITY’91 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7410D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7410D DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8410B Administer the 8411B as a DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-67 Use this table for administering the 8411D (with display) voice terminal: Table 12-23. Administering the 8411D Voice Terminal If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7405D+D System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7405D+D International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G1 R1V4 4-wire only 7405D+D Global DEFINITY’91 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7405D+D DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8410D Administer the 8411D as a Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 8411 voice terminal will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 12-14 shows button numbering for the 8411 connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 and G3, or a DEFINITY ECS. Figure 12-15 shows button numbering for the 8411 connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 3 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-68 If the 8411D is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 2 through 13; administer the Normal feature on Button #1. If the 8411D is administered as an 8410D, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. 8411D Menu Exit Prev 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 The 10 call appearance/feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 10. Next Message Volume Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Ring Figure 12-14. ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 4 5 6 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8411 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-69 If the 8411D is administered as a 7405D, administer the 12 softkey features on “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 14 through 25; administer the Normal feature on Button #13. If the 8411D is administered as an 8410D, administer the 12 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 12. 8411D Menu Exit Prev 3 8 4 9 5 10 6 11 7 12 The 10 call appearance/feature buttons are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 12. Next Message Volume Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Ring Figure 12-15. ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL 4 5 PQRS TUV MNO 6 WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Button Numbering for Administering the 8411 Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 8411 voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8411 voice terminal is FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but does not have a separate FCC registration label. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-70 UL and CSA Approval The 8411 voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and has also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible The 8411B and 8411D voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8411 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8411B and 8411D voice terminals and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8411B (8411D02A) Voice Terminal Black 8411B Set PEC: 3234-TRB with power supply PEC: 3234-PTB Comcode: 107526535; White 8411B Set PEC 3234-TRW with power supply PEC: 3234-PTW Comcode: 107526543 ■ 8411D (8411D01A) Voice Terminal (with built-in display) Black 8411D Set PEC: 3235-TRB with power supply PEC: 3235-PTB Comcode: 107526501 White 8411D Set PEC: 3235-PTW with power supply PEC: 3234 PTW Comcode: 107526519 ■ K2S6 Handset Comcode: Black=107180549; White=107181471 ■ K6S2-003 (Black) Amplifier Handset Comcode: 105581896 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Designation Card Cover PEC: 32309 Comcode: 846320216 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal ■ Button Designation Card Tractor Feed For 36 Sets, 3 Sheets (12 cards per sheet) PEC: 32310 Comcode: 847161817 Tractor Feed For 108 Sets, 9 Sheets (12 cards per sheet) PEC: 32311 Comcode: 847161916 Laser Printer Forms (8 1/2”x11”) 67 Sheets (6 cards per sheet) PEC: 32312 Comcode: 847065497 ■ PassageWay connection software, documentation, and cables PEC: 8302-800 Comcode: 407504646 Page 12-71 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8411 voice terminal: ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone ■ 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 8400B Plus Data Module ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ K6S2 Amplifier Handset ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8411 Voice Terminal Page 12-72 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8411 voice terminal: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ The 8400-Series Voice Terminals Instructions for Installation, Switch Administration, and Programming the Options, 555-015-725 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 8411 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-872 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8411 Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-873 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8411 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-769 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8411 Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-770 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-73 The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals 24 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Display 4 Softkeys 4 Display Control Buttons 8434 Handset 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Menu Exit Prev Next Volume Control Button Transfer Button Shift Button Message Volume ABC 1 Conference Button Shift Transfer GHI Test Button Test Conf Drop Button Mute Drop Speaker Hold Mute Button Handset Jack (on back of terminal) Reset Spkr Speaker/ Reset Speaker Button Ring Hold/ Ring Button 2 JKL DEF 3 MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Dial Pad Message Light Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of voice terminal) Line Jack (on back of terminal) Figure 12-16. The 8434 Voice Terminal LINE Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-74 4 Softkeys Display 4 Display Control Buttons Handset 10 Call Appearance Feature Buttons EX MOD Menu Exit Prev Next 24 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Volume Control Button Transfer Button Shift Button Conference Button Test Button Drop Button Mute Button Handset Jack (on back of terminal) Figure 12-17. Expansion Module Jack (on back of of voice terminal) Message Volume 1 Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker/ Reset Speaker Button DEF 2 3 LINE GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Speaker Hold Reset Spkr Ring ABC Dial Pad Hold/Ring Button Message Light Line Jack (on back of voice terminal) Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (on back of terminal) The 8434DX Voice Terminal The basic 8434 (8434D01A) and the enhanced 8434DX (8434D02A) voice terminals are multi-appearance digital voice terminals which offer 34 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red light and a green status light, four standard fixed feature buttons (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), a MUTE button, a SPEAKER button which accesses either a 2-way speakerphone or a 1-way listen-only speaker, a TEST button, a SHIFT button, a red Message light, personalized ringing, a built-in speakerphone with a reset option, and a built-in 2-line by 40-character VFD display. The 8434 and 8434DX also have five softkeys and four display control buttons which allow the user to access 15 features. These softkey features can be used in addition to the features on the call appearance/feature buttons. The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals can be used in both a 4-wire and a 2-wire environment. For more information, see “Wiring Information.” NOTE: In order to use the display on the 8434 or 8434DX voice terminal and to use an 801A expansion module connected to the 8434DX, you must connect an auxiliary power supply to the voice terminal. An MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-75 The 801A Expansion Module can be connected to the 8434DX voice terminal to provide 24 additional call appearance/feature buttons. The 801A can be used ONLY with the 8434DX voice terminal and the terminal must be connected to a DEFINITY G3V3.3 (or later release). For more information about this module, see the section on the 801A Expansion Module behind the tab labeled Adjuncts. NOTE: The basic 8434 (8434D01A) voice terminal is no longer manufactured. Applications The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, or Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. These terminals are appropriate terminals for users who handle numerous calls and who need button access to a wide variety of features. For example, the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals, with their large number of administrable buttons, can use the Abbreviated Dialing feature for reaching many frequently called parties. The buttons of the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals can also be assigned for bridging calls at other stations. Typical users are secretaries, managers, salespeople, buyers, answering groups, and call covering positions. The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals can also provide the user with simultaneous voice and data communications. The 8434 and 8434DX can be connected to a 7400B Plus Data Module in a 4-wire environment, or to an 8400B Plus Data Module in a 2-wire environment. With the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals, PC platform products can be useful in providing voice capabilities since these screen-based products can greatly enhance the telephone capabilities of these voice terminals. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are approximate. Width = 12.5 inches Depth (front to back) = 10.25 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5.6 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-76 Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons ■ CONFERENCE (labeled CONF) button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ A red HOLD button ■ A blue SHIFT button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ TEST button The SHIFT button The blue SHIFT button can be used in two different ways: (The red light next to the SHIFT button goes on steadily when the button is activated.) ■ Used with the HOLD button to select your own personalized ringing patterns from among eight available patterns. ■ Used with the SPEAKER button to perform an acoustic test of the environment and adjust the speakerphone to the surrounding acoustic environment for optimal performance. Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals have 34 call appearance/feature buttons, each equipped with a red and a green status light. Usually, at least three of these buttons are administered as call appearances for the terminal’s primary extension number, where calls are placed and answered. The rest of the buttons can be used for more call appearances (including bridged appearances of other stations’ extensions) and features. Buttons administered for features have only their status lights active. Message light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the voice terminal user. The light goes off when the user retrieves the message or when the message is erased. Speakerphone (Listen and Speak) Feature The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are equipped with a built-in speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free 2-way conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on with the SPEAKER button, can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be controlled with the VOLUME “arrow” button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-77 The Speakerphone feature also allows the user to adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. By pressing the SHIFT button and then the SPEAKER button (if the voice terminal is set for the Speakerphone feature), the user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user should reset the speakerphone whenever the voice terminal is moved to another place (even in the same room), whenever the red light next to the SPEAKER button is fluttering, and in the unlikely event that the speakerphone is making a squealing sound (in this last case, tones will not be heard during a call). Speaker (Listen-only) Feature Although the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are shipped from the factory with the terminal set for the Speakerphone feature, the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals can be optioned instead for a 1-way, listen-only speaker. If this is the case, use the SPEAKER button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker. The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a 1-way conversation with the far-end. Specifically, the user can only listen to the far-end. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset which turns off the speaker. The Speaker function may also be disabled. MUTE button The MUTE button disables the transmitter of the speakerphone or the handset depending on which is activated at that time. A red light next to the MUTE button goes on when the Mute feature is activated. VOLUME control button The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals have a VOLUME “arrow” button. This button has several functions. When the user is on a call using the speaker or speakerphone, the VOLUME button controls the volume of the speaker or speakerphone, whichever is being used. When the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME button controls the handset volume. When the voice terminal is idle, the VOLUME control button adjusts the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the speaker, speakerphone, handset, or the tone ringer, the display on the voice terminal shows a “bar array” that indicates the volume setting. TEST button When the voice terminal is initially powered up, the green light next to the TEST button flashes if the link with the PBX is not (or not yet) operational. The light changes to steady green when the voice terminal is able to communicate with the PBX. After the voice terminal is powered up, you can press the TEST button to test the lights and the display on your voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-78 Display The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are equipped with a built-in, 2-line by 40-character VFD display. Display Control Buttons These four buttons are labeled Menu , Exit ■ Menu , Prev , and Next . is used to enter Softkey Mode and access the 15 softkey features. ■ Exit is used for exiting a display feature and returning to Normal (call-handling) Mode. ■ Prev and Next can be used to help you go back and forth through the feature option screens. Softkeys The five buttons located below the display and labeled with arrows correspond to features listed on the second line of the display screen. (There are five features on each feature option screen.) The user can access any of the 15 features by pressing the softkey below the feature abbreviation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-79 Below is a list of the 15 default softkey features assigned to the 8434 and 8434DX and the order in which the features appear. Table 12-24. Default Softkey Features on the 8434 and 8434DX Abbreviation Feature First Screen LWC Leave Word Calling CnLWC Cancel Leave Word Calling Cnslt Consult AutCB Automatic Callback Timer Timer 1 Second Screen CFrwd Call Forward CPark2 Call Park Excl Manual Exclusion TmDay Time/Date PCall Priority Calling Third Screen Prog Abbreviated Dialing Program Pause Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Pause Spres Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Suppress Mark Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Mark Wait Abbreviated Dialing Special Function Wait 1. 2. On a DEFINITY Generic 2 or a System 85, this feature is named Call Forward - Follow Me. On a DEFINITY G2 and a System 85, there is no Call Park feature that can be assigned to a feature button. In order to have the Call Park function on a softkey or hard button, administer the button as an Abbreviated Dial button and program the Call Park trunk group access code onto it. This button can then be labeled “Call Park.” In addition, on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85, the Recall feature must be administered on a standard feature button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-80 On 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 or later, the system manager can choose to administer alternate features for use with the softkeys. The following table lists some of the alternate softkey features, those features that can be substituted for the default softkey features listed above and on the previous page. NOTE: The DEFINITY ECS Release 5 (and later releases) may provide additional alternate softkey features. NOTE: With G3V3 and later switches, the system can download BLANK softkey labels for positions where there are no features administered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Table 12-25. Page 12-81 Alternate Softkey Features on the 8434 and 8434DX Connected to a DEFINITY G3V3 and Later Abbreviation Feature and Description AD Abbreviated Dialing buttons (can be multiple AD buttons) Count ACD Stroke Count CPkup Call Pickup Dir1 Directory HFAns 2 Internal Auto Answer IAuto Intercom Auto IDial Intercom Dial Inspt Inspect Last Last Number Dialed RngOf Ringer Off SAC Send All Calls SFunc Abbreviated Dialed Special Function Stats View (ACD) Statistics Stop Abbreviation Dialing Indefinite Wait or Stop View 1. 2. 3. 3 Stored Number A CALL DISPLAY button should be administered, if access to System Directory is provided. It is also desirable for a NEXT DISPLAY button to be administered. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. This feature is available only on a DEFINITY G3V2 (and later) switches. This feature is not available on a DEFINITY G2 or System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-82 Other Physical Features Handset The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals’ housing contains a Line jack and Speakerphone/headset adapter jack on the back of the voice terminal and a Handset cord jack on the side of the housing. The 8434DX has an Expansion Module (“EX MOD”) jack on the back of the voice terminal to allow connection of an 801A expansion module. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals have electronic tone ringing with eight possible ringing patterns that can be selected with the SHIFT button and the HOLD button. The loudness of the tone ringer can be controlled by the VOLUME “arrow” button. (The user must NOT be on a speakerphone call. If the user is using the speakerphone, the VOLUME “arrow” button controls the volume of the speakerphone.) Mounting Options The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals come equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. These voice terminals cannot be wall-mounted. Color Options The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-83 Wiring Information The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals work in both 4-wire and 2-wire DCP configurations. The table below describes the pins on an 8400-Series voice terminal LINE jack. Table 12-26. The Pins on an 8400-Series Voice Terminal LINE Jack Line Interface Pin Pair Name Description 1 2 OD1 4-Wire Output 2 2 OD2 4-Wire Output 3 3 ID1 4-Wire Input 4 1 U-T 2-Wire (Tip) 5 1 U-R 2-Wire (Ring) 6 3 ID2 4-Wire Input 7 4 P1- Adjunct Power -48V 8 4 P2+ Adjunct Power Common NOTE: Regardless of which configuration is in use, ALL wiring between the PBX and the terminal MUST consist of twisted-pairs, including the modular line cord. The line cord must be a D8W, which consists of 4 twisted-pairs, or a Lucent Technologies-approved equivalent. Twisted-pair wiring is used to make lines less sensitive to crosstalk. Therefore, failure to use twisted pair wiring may result in less-than-optimum performance of the terminal and may also contribute to problems with the line. An 8-wire modular cord MUST be used for all 4-wire and any 2-wire installations requiring auxiliary power. NOTE: You do NOT need to change any settings on the voice terminal for 2-wire or 4-wire installations. The voice terminal is able to detect whether it is in a 2-wire or a 4-wire configuration. For 2-wire operation, if you need to plug the voice terminal into a 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack, instead of a standard 8-pin modular jack, refer to the “Line Interface” table to insure that the wires from the 4-pin or 6-pin wall jack are connected to the correct pins on the terminal “LINE” jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-84 In order for the terminal to function properly in either 2-wire or 4-wire installations, there must be NO INTERCONNECTIONS between the wire pairs used for 2-wire and 4-wire operations. Bridging or paralleling of these pairs can result in damage to the terminal or can cause the PBX circuit pack to remove power to the terminal. REMOVE ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PAIRS BEFORE CONNECTING THE TERMINAL. 4-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 2 and pair 3 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. 2-WIRE installations MUST ONLY have PBX connections on pair 1 and, if necessary, auxiliary power must be connected to pair 4. Distance Limitations The following circuit packs can be used with all of the 8400-Series sets. Table 12-27. Circuit Packs Used with the 8400-Series Voice Terminals Circuit Pack 2/4-Wire Will support these switches TN2181 - 16-port 2-wire G3V3, G3V2 TN754b - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN754 - 8-port 4-wire All switches except System 85 TN413 - 8-port 4-wire International System 75 SN 270 and SN 270B - 4-port 4-wire System 85 R2V2 - R2V4 In 4-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,000 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge or 24-gauge wire, and within 4,000 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. In 2-wire operation, the voice terminal must be within 5,500 feet of the PBX using 22-gauge wire, within 3,500 feet of the PBX using 24-gauge wire, and within 2,200 feet of the PBX using 26-gauge wire. Power Requirements The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals are phantom-powered from the system cabinet on the digital pairs of the line wiring. In order to use the display on the 8434 or 8434DX voice terminal or, with the 8434DX, connect and use an 801A expansion module, you must connect an DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-85 auxiliary power source to the voice terminal. An MSP-1 Power Supply is the recommended local power supply; the 1145A and 1145B1 are recommended bulk power supplies. Switch Administration Aliasing Use the following table to administer the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals: NOTE: The voice terminal can be administered so it can access the softkey features OR it can be administered so that it has access to more coverage buttons. Table 12-28. Administering the 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals If you have this System and this Release (which can support this type of operation) Administer the 8434 or 8434DX as a System 75 R1V1 — R1V3 4-wire only 7405D+D+F System 85 R2V2 — R2V4 4-wire only 7405D+D+F International System 75 IR1V4, etc. 4-wire only 7405D+D+F DEFINITY G1 4-wire only 7405D+D+F Global DEFINITY ’91 4-wire only 7405D+D+F or 7434+D DEFINITY G2V1 4-wire only 7405D+D+F or 7434+D DEFINITY G2V2 4-wire only 7405D+D+F or 7434+D DEFINITY G3i, G3r, G3s, G3vs 4-wire only 7405D+D+F or 7434+D DEFINITY G3V2 2- or 4-wire 7405D+D+F or 7444 DEFINITY G3V3 and later 2- or 4-wire 8434D Key to Abbreviations: +D = with Display Module +F = with Feature Key Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-86 CAVEATS The 8434 and 8434DX may be aliased as a 7405+D+F to support features on all systems. However, in this case, while all the call appearance/feature buttons AND the softkey features will be functional, there can be a maximum of only 10 call appearances. On the 7405, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. On some systems, the 8434 and 8434DX can be aliased as a 7434+D or a 7444 to support coverage. In this case, there can be up to 34 call appearances (including bridged call appearances), but the 15 softkey features will NOT be functional because the Feature Key Module is not allowed with the 7434 or 7444. On the 7434, the Display Module is a 1-line display, and thus the 1-line display option should be selected. If the set is administered as a 7444, it can be optioned for a 2-line display. For switch administration procedures for an 8434DX voice terminal with an expansion module connected to it, see the 801A Expansion Module information in the section titled Adjuncts. Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminal will help you administer it with a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, and with a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. Figure 12-18 refers to the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminal connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS; Figure 12-19 refers to the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminal connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2. If you need more information, refer to DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 Implementation, 555-230-653, and DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 Administration of Features and Hardware, 555-104-507. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-87 If administered as a 7405D, administer the 15 softkey features as “FEATURE MODULE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 2 through 16. Administer the Normal feature on Button #1 on the “DISPLAY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” screen. If administered as itself, administer the 15 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 15. 8434DX Menu Exit Prev Next 1 6 1 13 2 7 2 14 3 8 3 15 4 9 4 16 5 10 5 17 6 18 Message 7 19 ABC DEF 2 3 8 20 9 21 10 22 Volume 1 Shift Transfer Test Mute Speaker Reset Spkr Conf Drop GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 11 23 * O # 12 24 Hold Ring The 10 call appearance/feature buttons in the left 2 columns are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 10. The 24 call appearance/feature buttons in the right 2 columns are administered as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 24. (On the 7434 or 7444, these buttons are labeled “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” and numbered 11 through 34.) Figure 12-18. Button Numbering for Administering the 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-88 If administered as a 7405D, administer the 15 softkey features as “FEATURE MODULE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 2 through 16. Administer the Normal feature on Button #1 on the “DISPLAY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” screen. If administered as itself, administer the 15 softkey features on “SOFTKEY BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 15. 8434DX Menu Exit Prev Next 3 8 13 25 4 9 14 26 5 10 15 27 6 11 16 28 7 12 17 29 18 30 Message 19 31 ABC DEF 2 3 20 32 MNO 21 33 22 34 Volume 1 Shift Transfer GHI Test Mute Speaker Reset Spkr Conf Drop JKL 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 23 35 * O # 24 36 Hold Ring The 10 call appearance/feature buttons in the left 2 columns are administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 12. The 24 call appearance/feature buttons in the right 2 columns are administered as “FEATURE BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 13 through 36. (On the 7434 or 7444, these buttons are labeled “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” and numbered 11 through 34.) Figure 12-19. Button Numbering for Administering the 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-89 FCC Registration These voice terminals are FCC-registered along with the switch (as a system), but do not have a separate FCC registration label. UL and CSA Approval These voice terminals have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible These voice terminals are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8434 and 8434DX Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8434 (8434D01A) Voice Terminal Black 8434 Set PEC: 3236-06B Comcode: 106790439 White 8434 Set PEC: 3236-06W Comcode: 106790447 ■ Enhanced 8434DX (8434D02A) Voice Terminal Black 8434DX Set PEC: 3236-06B Comcode: 107239436 White 8434DX Set PEC: 3236-06W Comcode: 107239444 ■ K2S1 Handset Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ K2S6 Handset Comcode: Black=107180549; White=107181471 ■ K6S2-003 (Black) Amplifier Handset Comcode: 105581896 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line Cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103786778 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N COL18 Comcode: 103786802 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-90 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S COL18 Comcode: 103786828 ■ Small Designation Card Cover (for 10 buttons on left of terminal) PEC: 32309 Comcode: 846320216 ■ Large Designation Card Cover (for 24 buttons on right of terminal) PEC: 32314 Comcode: 847037553 ■ Small Button designation card (for 10 buttons on left of terminal) Tractor Feed For 25 Sets, 3 Sheets (12 cards per sheet) PEC: 32310 Comcode: 847161817 Tractor Feed For 100 Sets, 9 Sheets (12 cards per sheet) PEC: 32311 Comcode: 847161916 ■ Large Button designation card (for 24 buttons on right of terminal) Tractor Feed For 25 Sets, 13 Sheets (2 cards per sheet) PEC: 32315 Comcode: 847141504 Tractor Feed For 100 Sets, 50 Sheets (2 cards per sheet) PEC: 32316 Comcode: 847168747 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8434 and 8434DX voice terminals: NOTE: Auxiliary power is required when any adjuncts are added to the voice terminal, except for the 7400B Plus Data Module which is AC powered. For auxiliary power, an MSP-1 Power Supply is recommended. ■ An 801A Expansion Module can be connected to an 8434DX voice terminal connected to a DEFINITY G3V3.3 (or later). ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone ■ CS201A Speakerphone DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 12 The 8400 Series Voice Terminals The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminals Page 12-91 ■ 7400B Plus Data Module in a 4-wire environment; 8400B Plus Data Module in a 2-wire environment ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ K6S2 Amplifier Handset ■ Shoulder Rest Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8434DX voice terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ 8400-Series Voice Terminals Instructions for Installation, Switch Administration, and Programming the Options, 555-015-165 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8434 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-765 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8434 Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-766 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8434 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-765 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8434 Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-766 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8434DX Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-856 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and 3 and System 75 8434DX Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-230-857 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8434DX Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-767 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 8434DX Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-104-768 ■ 801A Expansion Module Instruction Manual, 555-015-136 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals Page 13-1 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals 13 This section describes the following CALLMASTER voice terminals: ■ CALLMASTER voice terminal ■ CALLMASTER II voice terminal ■ CALLMASTER III voice terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-2 The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Transfer Button Conference Button Drop Button Message Light 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 7 13 Conference Transfer Drop Hold 2 8 14 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 3 9 15 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 4 10 16 PRS 7 TUV 8 WXY 9 5 11 * Oper O Mute # 12 6 Message 17 Release 18 CALLMASTER Dial Pad Hold Button Figure 13-1. Display Control Thumbwheel Alphanumeric Display Area Mute Button The 602 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal 10 Administrable Single Light Feature Buttons. (Numbers 1-18 are for identification only) 17 Administrable Single Light Feature Buttons. Button #6 Set to Local Mute. (Numbers 1-18 are for identification only) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Transfer Button Conference/Ring Button Display Hold Button Page 13-3 Headset Adapter Jack (on right side of terminal) Drop/Test Button Message Light Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold 6 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Test Headset Adapter Jack (on left side of terminal) Select Button Message 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 PQRS 7 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 * Oper O # Select Volume 15 Feature Buttons Mute Log In Release CALLMASTER III Dial Pad Volume Control Button Release Button Log In Button Mute Button Adjunct Jack (on back of terminal) Figure 13-2. The CALLMASTER II and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal The CALLMASTER is a multi-appearance digital voice terminals used primarily as a Call Management or Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) position. This voice terminal is equipped with a 2-line by 40-character display that can be used to provide information on incoming and outgoing calls. The unit can be programmed to enter an After-Call Work State following each call for the completion of service paperwork and can be configured for zip tone operation where calls follow one another in a rapid sequence. There are several types of CALLMASTER voice terminals: the 602 CALLMASTER, the 603D CALLMASTER called the CALLMASTER II, and the 603E CALLMASTER called the CALLMASTER III. The 602 CALLMASTER comes in two models: the 602A and the 602D. Although both of these models are the same in appearance, the 602D CALLMASTER has a Recorder Interface which allows you to connect the voice terminal to a recording device so that you can record all voice interactions. The 602A does not have a recording interface. The CALLMASTER II comes with Recorder Interface to record voice interactions. The CALLMASTER III comes without Recorder Interface. However, both the CALLMASTER II and the CALLMASTER III are identical in appearance; For easy DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-4 identification, the model number is printed on a sticker on the bottom of the voice terminal. The 602 CALLMASTER has four fixed features (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), 10 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red and green light, 17 feature-only buttons, each with a green status light, a Message light, a MUTE button, and a 2-line by 40-character display. The front panel of the 602 CALLMASTER drops down to reveal a SELF-TEST button, a Ringer-volume control, and a 1-2 switch which can be set only by an installer. The CALLMASTER II and III models have four fixed features (CONFERENCE, DROP, HOLD, and TRANSFER), six call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red and green light, 15 feature-only buttons, each with a green status light, a Message light, a MUTE button, a SELECT button, a LOG IN and RELEASE button used for processing ACD calls, and a 2-line by 40-character supertwist liquid crystal display. On the two sides of the 602 CALLMASTER and the CALLMASTER II and III, there is a headset jack in which you can plug in a headset or, if special adapters are used, a handset. On the rear of the 602 CALLMASTER, there is a jack for an optional kneewall adapter. You can plug two headsets or two handsets into this adapter. (Both headsets or handsets must be the same model.) Applications The 602 CALLMASTER and the CALLMASTER II and III voice terminals can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75 (R1V3 or later), and System 85 (R2V2 or later). These voice terminals are especially suitable for Call Management or ACD call-handling positions. Special Operational Characteristics The CALLMASTER voice terminals do not have a physical switchhook or handset cradle (although a handset cradle kit can be ordered separately). These sets are on-hook when there is no headset plugged physically into either of the two headset jacks. The voice terminals are off-hook when one or more headsets are plugged into one of the headset jacks. The Recorder Interface The 602D CALLMASTER and CALLMASTER II provide a recorder interface which is designed for recording calls on a standard analog tape recorder. [A recorder with AGC (Automatic Gain Control) is recommended on the CALLMASTER II with Recorder Interface.] With this interface, a warning tone (a soft beep repeated every 15 seconds) notifies the agent and the calling party that the call is being recorded. Be aware that this tone may be a legal requirement. To DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-5 generate this warning tone while using the Service Observing feature to monitor calls, the split supervisor must activate the listen/talk mode and remain in this mode while the call is being recorded. NOTE: The default setting for the Recorder Interface and the Recording Warning Tones on the CALLMASTER II with Recorder Interface is ‘‘Enabled.” However, the interface and the warning tones can also be disabled. For directions on disabling these two features, or to enable them again, see ‘‘Programming the Options” (555-015-161). Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the CALLMASTER are approximate. Width = 11 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-1/2 inches Height = 5-1/2 inches Features Four Fixed Feature Buttons The 602 CALLMASTER and CALLMASTER II and III have the following fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE or CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP or DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button Message Light The Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. On the 602 CALLMASTER, the Message light is green; on the CALLMASTER II and III, the Message light is red. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-6 Call Appearance/Feature Buttons The 602 CALLMASTER voice terminal has 10 call appearance/feature buttons; the CALLMASTER II and III have six call appearance/feature buttons. Each of these buttons has a red appearance light and a green status light stacked to the left of the button. These buttons can be used as call appearances or for features that are assigned during administration. Feature-Only Buttons The 602 CALLMASTER voice terminal has 17 feature buttons; the CALLMASTER II and III have 15 feature buttons. Each button has a green status light associated with it. These buttons can be used for features assigned during administration. MUTE Button All CALLMASTER sets have a MUTE button, a fixed feature button. The Mute feature allows the user to be in a listen-only mode. On the 602 CALLMASTER, the MUTE button light is green; on the CALLMASTER II and III, the light next to the MUTE button is red. NOTE: Although the default setting for the Mute feature is ‘‘Enabled,” the Mute feature can also be disabled. For directions on disabling the Mute feature, or enabling it again, see ‘‘Programming the Options” (555-015-161). SELECT button The CALLMASTER II and III voice terminals have a SELECT button that can be used in two different ways: (The green light next to the SELECT button goes on steadily when the SELECT button is activated.) ■ Used with the CONFERENCE/RING button to select one of eight personalized ringing patterns for incoming calls; ■ Used with the DROP/TEST button to initiate the Self-Test feature which tests the lights, ringer, and display. VOLUME control button The 602 CALLMASTER has a volume control slide switch behind the front panel. This slide switch controls the volume of the tone ringer. The CALLMASTER II and III terminals have a VOLUME ‘‘arrow” button with a double function. When the user is on a call, the VOLUME button controls the volume of incoming transmission on the headset or handset whichever is being used; when the user is not on a call, the VOLUME control button adjusts the tone ringer. When the user sets the volume for the headset or handset or for the tone ringer on the CALLMASTER II and III, the display on the voice terminal shows a ‘‘bar array” that indicates the volume setting. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-7 LOG IN and RELEASE buttons On the CALLMASTER II and III, the LOG IN and RELEASE buttons are located in the bottom row of feature buttons. These buttons must be used for these two ACD features: the Log in feature and the Release feature. No other feature should be administered on these buttons. Self-Test On the 602 CALLMASTER, the user presses and holds down a SELF-TEST button behind the front panel of the set to perform a self-test of the lights, display, and the ringer. On the CALLMASTER II and III, the user presses the SELECT button and then presses and holds down the DROP/TEST button to initiate a test of the lights, ringer, and display on the voice terminal. Display All CALLMASTER voice terminals have a 2-line by 40-character per-line display located at the top of the faceplate. This allows the user to retrieve personal messages or display queue status without losing call identification. The terminal displays call appearance-related information on the first line. All non-call appearance-related and local information is displayed on the second line of the display. The 602 CALLMASTER has a display contrast thumbwheel which can be rotated to make the display contrast darker or lighter. NOTE: The CALLMASTER II and III can be optioned for a 1-line or a 2-line display. The 2-line (by 40 characters) format is the expected normal usage. The 1 line format is needed only when CALLMASTER II or III is administered as a 7405D with a D401 display, as a 7406D, or as any other set with a 1-line display format. The default is the 2-line display. To change this setting, see ‘‘Programming the Options” (555-015-161). Other Physical Features Headsets The CALLMASTER voice terminals are designed to use carbon miked headsets. A maximum of two headsets can be connected at the same time. The quality of transmission may be affected if different types of headsets are used together. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-8 Handset An optional K-type handset kit is available for the CALLMASTER voice terminals. This kit contains a handset cradle, a handset, and the required adapter. The handset plugs into the headset jack and functions as though a headset was being used. This handset does not provide switchhook capabilities. Dial pad The CALLMASTER voice terminals are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The CALLMASTER voice terminal’s housing contains three jacks. The mounting cord jack is located on the rear of the unit. Two PJ327 type (2-prong) jacks allow the headset or optional handset to be plugged into either side of the unit. The CALLMASTER II and III also have an Adjunct jack located on the back of the voice terminal. Cords A D8W-87 line cord (7 feet long) is provided with all CALLMASTER voice terminals. Kneewell Adapter (602 CALLMASTER only) An optional adapter is available for connecting two headsets or handsets to the 602 CALLMASTER. This adapter allows the handset or headset to be connected without the cords running across the top of the desk. Ringing The CALLMASTER voice terminals have electronic tone ringing with patterns that are set at administration. Mounting Options The CALLMASTER voice terminals are only available as a desk model. It cannot be wall mounted. Color Options The 602 CALLMASTER is available in black and misty cream. The CALLMASTER II and III sets are available in black, misty cream, and white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-9 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances the CALLMASTER voice terminals can be located from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet is shown in the table below. Table 13-1. Distance Limitations for the CALLMASTER Voice Terminals System Port Board Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) (See Note) 24 AWG 26 AWG DEFINITY G2 SN270B 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) System 85 TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 TN754 3,400 (1,034) 2,200 (671) Notes: These ranges can be extended to 5,000 feet (1524 m) for 24 AWG wire and 4,000 feet (1219 m) for 26 AWG wire with the use of a Data Link Protector. Refer to EXPOSED PORT PROTECTION. In 2-wire installations, the CALLMASTER III can be connected to a TN2181 port board. Power Requirements The CALLMASTER voice terminals receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. However, adjunct equipment connected to the CALLMASTER II or III needs its own power supply. Switch Administration The 602 CALLMASTER and CALLMASTER II and III can be used with a DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 (R1V3) and System 85 (R2V2 through R2V4). The 602 CALLMASTER can be administered as itself. The CALLMASTER II and the CALLMASTER III must then be aliased as a 602 CALLMASTER. Button Numbering The following button diagrams of the 602 CALLMASTER and CALLMASTER II and III voice terminals will help you administer both of these voice terminals connected to a System 75 (R1V3 or later), a DEFINITY G1 and G3, and DEFINITY ECS, and to a System 85 (R2V2 or later) or a DEFINITY G2. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-10 Figures 13-3 and 13-4 show button numbering for the 602 CALLMASTER voice terminal; Figures13- 5 and 13-6 show button numbering for the CALLMASTER II and III voice terminal. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 7 13 2 8 14 Conference Transfer Drop Hold 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 3 9 15 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 4 10 16 PRS 7 TUV 8 WXY 9 5 11 * Oper O # Mute 6 * 12 Button Assignments 1-10 Feature Button Assignments 1-18 17 * Release 18 Message * Feature Button #6 is preassigned as a Mute Button. It is recommended that Feature Button #18 be administered as a Release Button. Figure 13-3. Button Numbering for Administering the 602 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals 3 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 19 25 14 Conference Transfer Drop Hold 20 26 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 15 21 27 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 16 22 28 PRS 7 TUV 8 WXY 9 17 23 29 * Oper O # 24 30 Mute 18 Button Assignments 3-12 Feature Button Assignments 13-30 Message NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. The Mute Button is Button #18. Figure 13-4. Page 13-11 Button Numbering for Administering the 602 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Conference Ring Transfer 1 2 3 Drop Hold 4 5 6 1 7 13 2 8 14 3 9 15 4 10 16 Test Page 13-12 Button Assignments 1-6 Message 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 PQRS 7 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 * Oper O # Select 5 Volume Mute* 6 11 Log In* 12 Feature Button Assignments 1-18 17 Release* 18 *Feature Button #6 is preassigned as a Mute Button. Administer Feature Button #12 as a Log In Button and Feature Button #18 as a Release Button. Figure 13-5. Button Numbering for Administering the CALLMASTER II or CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Conference Ring Transfer 3 4 5 Drop Hold 6 7 8 13 19 25 14 20 26 15 21 27 16 22 28 Test Page 13-13 Button Assignments 3-8 Message 1 ABC 2 DEF 3 GHI 4 JKL 5 MNO 6 PQRS 7 TUV 8 WXYZ 9 * Oper O # Select Volume 17 23 29 Mute Log In Release 18 24 30 Feature Button Assignments 13-30 NOTE: The Hold Button is Button #1. The Message Light is Button #2. The Mute Button is Button #18. The Log In Button is Button #24. The Release Button is Button #30. Figure 13-6. Button Numbering for Administering the CALLMASTER II or CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2 Power Failure Operation The CALLMASTER voice terminals cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The CALLMASTER voice terminals are not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-14 CALLMASTER Equipment PECs and Comcodes The CALLMASTER voice terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 602A1 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal Black—3179-001 CLR03 Misty cream—3179-001 CLR22 ■ Basic 602D1 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal Black—3179-002 CLR03 Misty cream—3179-002 CLR22 ■ Basic CALLMASTER II Voice Terminal with Recorder Interface Black—3179-102 CLR03; Comcode: 106693294 Misty cream—3179-102 CLR22; Comcode: 106693302 White—3179-102 CLR10; Comcode: 107316960 ■ Basic CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal without Recorder Interface Black—3179-103 CLR03; Comcode: 107316978 Misty cream—3179-103 CLR22; Comcode: 107316994 White—3179-103 CLR10; Comcode: 107316986 ■ Button Designation Strips (for CALLMASTER II and III) Package of 25 (silver): 846753099 Package of 25 (international gray): 846953115 Package of 200 (silver): 846953107 Package of 200 (international gray): 846953123 ■ Handset D-Kit #182083 (black, for CALLMASTER II and III) Comcode: 105514798 ■ Handset D-Kit #182084 (misty cream, for CALLMASTER II and III) Comcode: 105514806 ■ Handset D-Kit #182835 (white, for CALLMASTER II and III) Comcode: 107318438 ■ Kneewell Adapter (for 602 CALLMASTER)—31791 ■ Headsets—(See PEC 3122 for carbon compatible types) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 13 CALLMASTER Voice Terminals The CALLMASTER, CALLMASTER II, and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminals Page 13-15 Adjuncts The following adjunct can be used with the 602 and CALLMASTER II and III voice terminals: ■ 7400B Plus Data Module The following adjuncts can be used with the CALLMASTER II and III: ■ S101A and 201A Speakerphone ■ 507A Adapter ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see ‘‘Headsets” below) Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in ‘‘Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the CALLMASTER voice terminals: ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-015-716 ■ DEFINITY CALLMASTER II and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal User and Installation Instructions, 555-015-168 ■ DEFINITY CALLMASTER II and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal Instructions for Programming the Options, 555-015-169 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Agent Instructions, 555-230-722 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3 Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Supervisor Instructions, 555-204-724 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-1 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones 14 The following 500 and 2500 Series Telephones are described in this section: ■ 500-Series telephone ■ 2500 DMGC telephone ■ 2500 YMGK telephone ■ 2500 MMGL, 2500 MMGM, 2500 YMGL, and 2500 YMGM telephones DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 500 Series Telephone Page 14-2 The 500 Series Telephone Figure 14-1. The 500 Series Telephone The 500 telephone is a single appearance analog rotary dial telephone which provides cost-effective service wherever it is located. It provides limited access to features because the rotary dial has no * or # positions. Applications The 500 telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This telephone is especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard stations, or power failure locations. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 500 Series Telephone Page 14-3 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Physical Features Handset The 500 telephone is equipped with a G-type handset. Dial pad The 500 telephone is equipped with a 10-hole rotary dial. Jacks The 500 telephone housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone. The mounting cord jack is on the back of the telephone. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 500 telephone: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 500 telephone has a mechanical bell type ringer. The volume control is on the bottom of the telephone. Mounting Options The 500 telephone is desk mounted only. Color Options The 500 telephone is available in ivory, black, and beige. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 500 Series Telephone Page 14-4 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 500 telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 14-1. Distance Limitations for the 500 Telephone Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN746 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN769 TN746 20,000 (6,100) 3,100 (945) 13,000 (3,962) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 Power Requirements The 500 telephone is powered by the tip and ring leads. It does not require any external power supply. Power Failure Operation The 500 telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 500 telephone is FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 500 Series Telephone Page 14-5 500-Series Telephone Equipment PECs The 500 telephone and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Basic 500 Telephone (black) — 3100-0RD COL09 ■ Basic 500 Telephone (beige) — 3100-0RD COL11 ■ Basic 500 Telephone for use with the 4A speakerphone (black) — 3100-2RD COL09 ■ Basic 500 Telephone for use with the 4A speakerphone (beige) — 3100-0RD COL11 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the optional 500SM telephone: ■ 4A Speakerphone ■ Z34A-WA Message Waiting Indicator Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 500 telephone: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-6 The 2500 Series Telephones Handset 1 GHI Dial Pad ABC 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 8 Oper * DEF 2 O 6 WXYZ 9 # Telephone Number Card Figure 14-2. The 2500 Desk Model DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-7 1 Handset ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PRS TUV 7 8 * Oper O Dial Pad WXY 9 # Telephone Number Card Figure 14-3. The 2554 Wall Model DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-8 Message Waiting Light Handset 1 GHI Dial Pad ABC 3 JKL MNO 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 8 Oper * DEF 2 O 6 WXYZ 9 # Message Waiting Adjunct Telephone Number Card Figure 14-4. The 2500 Telephone with Message Waiting Adjunct The 2500 Series telephone consists of single appearance analog telephones with conventional touch-tone dialing. It provides access to features through the use of the * or # dial pad keys and the appropriate feature access codes. The 2500 Series telephones is made up of several telephones that are basically the same but are equipped with small different attributes. The 2500 DMGC, 2500 YMGK, 2500 MMGL, 2500 MMGM, 2500 YMGL, and the 2500 YMGM are covered in separate sections of this chapter; all the others are covered here. Applications The 2500 Series telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This voice telephone is especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard stations, or power failure locations. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-9 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Features RECALL button The 2500 MMGK is equipped with a Timed Recall button. This button provides access to a second dial tone (if provided) without disconnecting the first call. Other Physical Features Handset Most 2500 Series telephones are equipped with a G-type handset; however, some newer versions have the hearing aid compatible K-type handset. Dial pad The 2500 Series telephone is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 2500 Series telephone housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone. The mounting cord jack is on the back of the telephone. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. The 2514 CM contains a jack for optional equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 2500 Series telephone: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 2500 Series telephone has a bell type ringer. The volume control on the desk set is located on the bottom of the telephone. The volume control on the wall-mounted set is located on the upper right side of the telephone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-10 Mounting Options The 2500 Series telephones are all desk mounted with the exception of the 2554 MMGJ which is wall-mounted only. Color Options The 2500 Series telephones are available in several colors. Check the PEC code section here for the colors of each individual version. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 2500 Series telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 14-2. Distance Limitations for the 2500-Series Telephones Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN746 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN769 TN746 20,000 (6,100) 3,100 (945) 13,000 (3,962) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 Power Requirements The 2500 Series telephone is powered by the tip and ring leads. It does not require any external power supply. Power Failure Operation The 2500 Series telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 Series Telephones Page 14-11 FCC Registration The 2500 Series telephone is FCC registered. 2500-Series Telephone Equipment PECs The 2500 Series Voice Terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ 2500 MMGJ Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-EDB COL09 ■ 2500 MMGJ Basic Telephone (beige) — 3101-EDB COL11 ■ 2500 MMGJ Basic Telephone (ivory) — 3101-EDB COL12 ■ 2500 MGK Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-ETR COL09 ■ 2500 MGK Basic Telephone (misty cream) — 3101-ETR COL22 ■ 2554 MMGJ Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-EMW COL09 ■ 2554 MMGJ Basic Telephone (misty cream) — 3101-EMW COL09 ■ 2500 SM Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-2TD COL09 ■ 2500 SM Basic Telephone (beige) — 3101-2TD COL11 ■ 2500 SM Basic Telephone (ivory) — 3101-2TD COL12 ■ 2504 CM Basic Telephone (ivory) — 3100-T4W ■ 2514 CM Basic Telephone (black) — 3100-TJE COL09 ■ 2514 CM Basic Telephone (beige) — 3100-TJE COL11 ■ 2514 CM Basic Telephone (ivory) — 3100-TJE COL12 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the optional 2500 SM telephone: ■ 4A Speakerphone ■ Z34A-WA Message Waiting Indicator DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 DMGC Telephone Page 14-12 The 2500 DMGC Telephone Handset 1 GHI Message Waiting Light DEF JKL MNO 2 3 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 R ABC 8 Oper * O 9 # Volume Control Telephone Number Card Recall (R) Button Dial Pad Figure 14-5. The 2500 DMGC Telephone The 2500 DMGC telephone is a single appearance analog telephone with conventional touch-tone dialing. It provides access to features through the use of the * or # dial pad keys and the appropriate feature access codes. The 2500 DMGC telephone is equipped with RECALL button, Message Waiting light, and a 3-position volume control. Applications The 2500 DMGC telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This telephone is especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard stations, or power failure locations. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 DMGC Telephone Page 14-13 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Features RECALL button The RECALL button performs the same function as flashing the switchhook. Message light The red Message light blinks when you have a message. Other Physical Features Handset The 2500 DMGC telephone is equipped with a G-type handset. Dial pad The 2500 DMGC telephone is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 2500 DMGC telephone housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone. The mounting cord jack is on the back of the telephone. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 2500 DMGC telephone: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing The 2500 DMGC has electronic tone ringing. The 3-position volume control is located on the faceplate of the telephone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 DMGC Telephone Page 14-14 Mounting Options The 2500 DMGC telephone is desk-mounted. Color Options The 2500 DMGC telephone is available in black or ivory. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 2500 DMGC telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 14-3. Distance Limitations for the 2500 DMGC Telephone Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN746 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN769 TN746 20,000 (6,100) 3,100 (945) 13,000 (3,962) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 Power Requirements The 2500 DMGC telephone is powered by the tip and ring leads. It does not require any external power supply. Power Failure Operation The 2500 DMGC telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 2500 DMGC telephone is FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 DMGC Telephone Page 14-15 2500 DMGC Equipment PECs The 2500 DMGC Voice Terminals and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ 2500 DMGC Basic Telephone (black) — 3178-SYSB ■ 2500 DMGC Basic Telephone (ivory) — 3178-SYSI ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The 2500 DMGC telephone is not compatible with any adjuncts. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 2500 DMGC telephone: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 YMGK Telephone Page 14-16 The 2500 YMGK Telephone Recall Button Message Light Figure 14-6. The 2500 YMGK Telephone The 2500 YMGK telephone is a single appearance analog telephones with conventional touch-tone dialing. It is equipped with a RECALL button and a Message Waiting light. It provides access to features through the use of the * or # dial pad keys and the appropriate feature access codes. Applications The 2500 YMGK telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. This telephone is especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard stations, or power failure locations. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 YMGK Telephone Page 14-17 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 2500 YMGK telephone are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/2 inches Features RECALL button The RECALL button performs the same function as flashing the switchhook. Message light The red Message light flashes when a message has been left, and flutters when a call is being received. Other Physical Features Handset The 2500 YMGK telephone is equipped with a K-type handset. Dial Pad The 2500 YMGK telephone is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 2500 YMGK telephone housing contains two jacks. The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone. The mounting cord jack is on the back of the telephone. The handset contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 2500 YMGK telephone: a coiled 7-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 YMGK Telephone Page 14-18 Ringing The 2500 YMGK telephone has electronic tone ringer. The volume control is located on the bottom of the telephone. Mounting Options The 2500 YMGK telephone is desk-mounted. Color Options The 2500 YMGK telephone is available in black or misty cream. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 2500 YMGK telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 14-4. Distance Limitations for the 2500 YMGK Telephone Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 SN228B DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 SN229 24 AWG 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN746 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN769 TN746 20,000 (6,100) 3,100 (945) 13,000 (3,962) 2,000 (610) Power Requirements The 2500 YMGK telephone is powered by the tip and ring leads. It does not require any external power supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 YMGK Telephone Page 14-19 Power Failure Operation The 2500 YMGK telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 2500 YMGK telephone FCC registration number is AS593M-17899-TE-T. 2500 YMGK Equipment PECs The 2500 YMGK telephones and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ 2500 YMGK Basic Telephone (black) — 3178-NHL COL003 ■ 2500 YMGK Basic Telephone (misty cream) — 3178-NHL COL022 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 Adjuncts The 2500 YMGK telephone is not compatible with any adjuncts. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 2500 YMGK telephone: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 2500 YMGK User’s Guide, 555-204-734 ■ System 75 2500 YMGK User’s Guide, 555-200-734 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 2500 YMGK User’s Guide, 555-104-717 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-20 The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Line Jack (on back of phone) Handset 1 GHI Dial Pad ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 8 Oper * O 3 6 WXYZ 9 # Telephone Number Card Handset Cord Jack Figure 14-7. The 2500 MMGL and 2500 MMGM Telephones DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-21 Line Jack (on back of phone) Handset 1 GHI Dial Pad ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 8 Oper * Message O 3 6 Mute Flash WXYZ 9 Redial # Hold Mute Button Flash Button Redial Button Hold Hold Button Hold Light Handset Cord Jack Message Light Figure 14-8. Telephone Number Card The 2500 YMGL and 2500 YMGM Telephones The newest 2500 telephones are the 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM telephones. All other 2500 telephones previously available will be manufacture discontinued beginning in June, 1994. The 2500 MMGL and 2500 YMGL will be discontinued as of June, 1996, and the 2500 MMGM and 2500 YMGM will take their place. Like the original 2500 sets, these new 2500 telephones are single appearance analog telephones with conventional touch-tone dialing. The 2500 MMGL and 2500 MMGM have NO feature buttons. The 2500 YMGL and 2500 YMGM telephones are equipped with a FLASH button, a Message Waiting light, a REDIAL button, a HOLD button, and a MUTE button. All four of these telephone models provide access to features through the use of the * or # dial pad keys and the appropriate feature access codes. On all of these telephones, the user can select either Touch-Tone or Pulse dialing, whichever is appropriate. There is also a 2-position Positive Disconnect Switch which ensures faster, cleaner termination of calls when the user presses the switchhook. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-22 Applications The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM telephones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These 2500 Series telephones are especially suitable for manufacturing, warehousing, guard stations, or power failure locations. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for all four of these 2500 Series telephones are approximate. Width = 5.37 inches Depth (front to back) = 9 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 3.81 inches Features on the 2500 YMGL and 2500 YMGM The 2500 YMGL and 2500 YMGM telephones have four fixed feature buttons: ■ MUTE button ■ FLASH button ■ REDIAL button ■ HOLD button MUTE button Pressing and holding the MUTE button down blocks your conversation from being heard by the other party. FLASH button The FLASH button performs the same function as flashing the switchhook; that is, it provides access to system features or use of custom calling services that require a press of the switchhook. REDIAL button The REDIAL button is used to dial the last number dialed (up to 28 digits). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-23 HOLD button The HOLD button is used to put a call on hold. Below the HOLD button, there is a red light. When the user puts a call on hold, the light goes on. Message light The red Message light flashes when a message has been left, and flutters when a call is being received. The telephones recognize either LED or neon message waiting signals. Other Physical Features (on All of these 2500 Telephones) Positive Disconnect The Positive Disconnect switch on the bottom of the telephone has two positions: ON and OFF. ■ The ON position hangs up the telephone for approximately two seconds, even if the switchhook depression is less. This prevents inadvertent switchhook flashes. To initiate switchhook flash in this mode, press the FLASH button. ■ In the OFF position, the switchhook will function normally. Handset All four of these 2500 Series telephones are equipped with a K-type handset. Dial Pad All four 2500 Series telephones are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. On both telephones, the letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Jacks All four of these 2500 Series telephones contain two jacks. The handset cord jack is on the left side of the telephone. The line cord jack is on the right rear of the set. The handset also contains a jack for the handset cord. Cords Two cords are supplied with all four of these 2500-model telephones: a coiled 6-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Optional longer cords are available: a 12-foot handset cord, and 14-foot and 25-foot line cords. Ringing All four of these 2500 Series telephones have an electronic tone ringer. There is a 3-position ringer volume control located on the bottom of the telephone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-24 Mounting Options All four of these 2500 Series telephones can only be desk-mounted. They cannot be wall-mounted. Color Options All four of these 2500 Series telephones are available in black or misty cream. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of a 2500 telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 14-5. Distance Limitations for the 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board SYSTEM 85 SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 26 AWG 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) 3,500 (1,067) 3,500 (1,067) SN228B 15,000 (4,572) 9,000 (2,743) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN746 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN746B 3,100 (945) 2,000 (610) TN742 20,000 (6,100) 13,000 (3,962) TN769 TN746 20,000 (6,100) 3,100 (945) 13,000 (3,962) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 24 AWG SN229 Power Requirements All four of these 2500 Series telephones are powered by the tip and ring leads. These telephones do not require any external power supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-25 Switch Administration These 2500 series telephones must be administered in the following ways: ■ If the 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, or 2500 YMGM telephone is connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, it must be administered as a 2500 analog telephone. ■ If any of these four 2500 Series telephones is connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2, it can be administered as an analog line. Power Failure Operation All four of these 2500 Series telephones can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration These 2500 telephones are FCC-registered. UL and CSA Approval These telephones have been tested and have met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. Hearing Aid Compatible These telephones are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 14 The 500 and 2500 Series Telephones The 2500 MMGL, 2500 YMGL, 2500 MMGM, and 2500 YMGM Telephones Page 14-26 2500 MMGL and 2500 YMGL Equipment PECs The 2500 MMGL and 2500 YMGL telephones can no longer be ordered. The 2500 MMGM and 2500 YMGM telephones and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ 2500 MMGM Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-KBD COL003 ■ 2500 MMGM Basic Telephone (misty cream) — 3101-KBD COL022 ■ 2500 YMGM Basic Telephone (black) — 3101-KFD COL003 ■ 2500 YMGM Basic Telephone (misty cream) — 3101-KFD COL022 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, black) — 2725-01L COL09 ■ Handset cord (12 feet, misty cream) — 2725-01L COL022 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) — 2725-07N COL18 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) — 2725-07S COL18 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones Page 15-1 15 The 8100 Series Telephones 15 The following 8100 Series telephones are described in this section: ■ 8101 and the 8101M telephones ■ 8102 and the 8102M telephones ■ 8110 and the 8110M telephones DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-2 The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Data Jack (on rear of housing) Handset 8101 Mode Selector (on right side of telephone) Positive Disconnect (on right side of telephone) Labeling Designation Card Ringer Volume Control (on right side of telephone) THIS NUMBER Flash Button Flash Handset Jack Redial Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 TUV WXYZ 1 PQRS 7 * 2 8 OPER O 3 The 8101 Telephone Reversible Stand (on bottom of telephone) Message Light 9 # Dial Pad Figure 15-1. Redial Button Hold Light Hold Button Message DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-3 Data Jack (on rear of housing) Handset 8101 Designation Card THIS NUMBER Ringer Volume Control (on right side of telephone) Flash ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Flash Button Figure 15-2. 2 5 8 OPER O 3 Reversible Stand (on bottom of telephone) 6 9 # Message Light Message Dial Pad The 8101M Telephone The 8101 and 8101M telephones are single-line analog models that require one tip and ring pair for operation. These telephones contain a Message light, a designation card on which the user can write frequently-dialed numbers and extensions, selectable personalized ringing pattern, and a Data jack. The 8101 and 8101M telephones allow access to system features with the FLASH button and appropriate dial codes. The 8101 telephone provides the added features of automatic redial (with a REDIAL button) and a HOLD button with a single associated light. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-4 Applications The 8101 and 8101M telephones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These telephones have local phone features, but can also be used for the system features with the FLASH button. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions listed here for the 8101 and 8101M telephones are approximate. Width = 6-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 3-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = At the top of the telephone, the thickness measures 1-5/8 inches; at the bottom of the telephone, the thickness measures 1 inch. Feature Buttons Fixed Feature Buttons Both the 8101 and 8101M telephones have a FLASH button, which can be used for such features as Conference with business communications systems. The 8101 also has a REDIAL button, which can be used for redialing the last number dialed from the dial pad, either an extension or an outside number. The number redialed can be up to 20 digits. The 8101 also has a HOLD button, which can be used for putting a call on hold. If users want to put a call on hold and place another call, they must use the system Hold feature by using the FLASH button. Message Light The red Message light flashes when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. The Message light also serves as a visual ringing indicator by flashing quickly while the telephone is ringing. Designation Card On the front of the 8101 and 8101M, there is a designation card on which the user can write frequently-dialed telephone numbers and extensions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-5 Other Physical Features Ringing The 8101 and 8101M telephones have electronic tone ringing. The ringer volume control is a 3-position switch on the right side of the housing. Positive Disconnect The 8101 telephone has a switch with which the user can select positive disconnect or turn it off. In the ON position, this switch hangs up the phone for approximately two seconds, even if the switchhook depression is for a shorter duration. This action prevents inadvertent switchhook flashes. To initiate a switchhook flash in this mode, the FLASH button must be pressed. In the OFF position, switchhook functioning is normal. Mode Selector The 8101 telephone has a 2-position switch which allows the user to select either rotary pulse or touch tone dialing. Mounting Options The 8101 and 8101M telephones come equipped with a non-adjustable desk stand which can be turned upside-down and used for wall mounting the telephone. Jacks The 8101 and 8101M telephones have a Line jack on the back of the telephone for connecting a line cord, and a Handset cord jack for connecting the handset. These telephones also have a Data jack for connecting a device such as a modem to the telephone. Handset The 8101 and 8101M telephones are equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8101 and 8101M telephones are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8101 and 8101M telephones: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Color Options The 8101 and 8101M telephones are available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-6 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of an 8101 or 8101M telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 15-1. Distance Limitations for the 8101 and 8101M Telephones Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) SN228B 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) SN229 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) SN228B 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN746 3,000 (915) 2,000 (610) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN769 TN746 15,200 (4,633) 3,000 (915) 10,000 (3,050) 2,000 (610) DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 24 AWG 26 AWG Power Requirements The 8101 and 8101M telephones receive power from the system and do not require any external power supply. Switch Administration The 8101 and 8101M telephones must be administered in the following ways: ■ If the 8101 or 8101M telephone is connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, it must be administered as a 2500 analog telephone. ■ If the 8101 or 8101M telephone is connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY G2, it can be administered as an analog line. Power Failure Operation The 8101 and 8101M telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones Page 15-7 Ringer Equivalency Numbers The Ringer Equivalency Number for the 8101 and 8101M telephones is: REN 0.4A, 0.8B. FCC Registration The 8101 and 8101M telephones are FCC registered (AS5CHN-20714-MT-E). Hearing Aid Compatible These two telephones are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8101 and 8101M Telephones PECs and Comcodes The 8101 and 8101M telephones and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8101Telephone PEC: 3192-101 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106272289; White=106272297 ■ 8101M Telephone PEC (through 1996): 3192-102 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode (through 1996): Black=107358889; White=107358897 Comcode (starting in 1997): Black=107730491; White=107305509 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=107136800; White=106063408 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=107154262; White: 107154270 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 107123069 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Designation strips PEC: 31941 (Package of 25) Comcode: 847367539 PEC: 31942 (Package of 100) Comcode: 847367547 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8101 and 8101M Telephones ■ Page 15-8 Designation card covers Comcode: 847173937 Adjuncts The 8101 and 8101M telephones do not have an Adjunct equipment jack and therefore will not support any adjuncts. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8101 and 8101M telephone: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, System 75 and System 85 8101, 8102, 8102M, 8110, 8110M Telephones User’s Guide, 555-230-774 The following instructions are shipped with every 8101 and 8101M telephone: ■ 8101, 8102 and 8110 Telephones User’s Manual, 555-015-131 ■ 8101, 8101M, 8102M and 8110M Telephones Quick Reference Guide DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-9 The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Data Jack (on rear of housing) Adjunct (equipment) Jack (on rear of housing) 8102 Program Button PROGRAM Pause Button PAUSE Handset Ringer Tone Selectors (on side of voice terminal) 12 Programmable Dialing Buttons THIS NUMBER Flash Button Flash Redial Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ OPER # Handset Jack 1 2 4 7 * 5 8 O Ringer Volume Control (on side of voice terminal) Redial Button Hold Light Hold Button Ringer Volume Control (on side of voice terminal) 3 Adjunct Power Jack (on back of voice terminal) 6 9 Message Light Message Dial Pad Figure 15-3. The 8102 and 8102M Telephone The basic 8102 telephone (which includes the 8102A01A and 8102A01B) and the modified 8102M (8102A01C) telephone are single-line analog sets that require one tip and ring pair for operation. These telephones are exactly the same in appearance: each contains 12 programmable dialing buttons, automatic redial, DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-10 selected personalized ringing pattern, a Message light, a HOLD button, a Data jack, and an Adjunct jack. The 8102 and 8102M telephones also allow access to system features with the FLASH button and appropriate dial codes. NOTE: In late 1995, the basic 8102 telephone was no longer be manufactured. Only the 8102M is available. Applications The 8102 and 8102M telephones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These telephones have local phone features, but can also be used with the FLASH button for system features. The 8102 and 8102M telephones can be converted to a hotel/motel telephone for the lodging industry. The converted telephone has 10 pre-programmed buttons which enable users easy communication with assigned numbers within the hotel/motel, such as the front desk or housekeeping service, for instance. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions listed here for the 8102 and 8102M telephones are approximate. Width = 6-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 3-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = At the top of the telephone, the thickness measures 1-5/8 inches; at the bottom of the telephone, the thickness measures 1 inch. Feature Buttons Fixed Feature Buttons The 8102 and 8102M telephones have the following fixed feature buttons: ■ FLASH button For using features such as Conference with business communications systems. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones ■ Page 15-11 REDIAL button Can be used for redialing the last number dialed from the dial pad, either an extension or an outside number. The number redialed can be up to 20 digits. With the (Redial) Auto-Pause feature, the telephone can be programmed to insert pauses after a dial access code (such as 9) in a redialed number. If the user usually waits a short period to obtain a second dial tone after dialing an access code, this waiting time can be set by programming the automatic pause between the system access code and the telephone number. The (Redial) Auto-Pause feature will help eliminate misdialing. ■ HOLD button Used for putting a call on hold. If users want to put a call on hold and place another call, they must use the system Hold feature by using the FLASH button. ■ Message Light The red Message light flashes when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. The Message light also serves as a visual ringing indicator by flashing quickly while the telephone is ringing. ■ Programmable Dialing Buttons The 8102 and 8102M telephones provide 12 programmable dialing buttons on which the user can store frequently dialed telephone numbers or feature codes. To use these preprogrammed features, the user merely lifts the handset and then presses the appropriate programmable dialing button. ■ PROGRAM and PAUSE buttons Both of these buttons are used for storing numbers on the preprogrammed dialing buttons on the upper half of the faceplate of the telephone. The PAUSE button can be used to insert a one half second pause/delay into a telephone number stored on a programmable dialing button or into a dialing access code in the Auto-Pause feature of Redial. Other Physical Features Ringing The 8102 and 8102M telephones have electronic tone ringing. The ringer volume control is a 3-position switch on the right side of the housing. The user can also use a Tone Selector (labeled “LO HI”) for selecting one of two tone ringer frequencies or a second Tone Selector (labeled “SLOW FAST”) for selecting one of two tone ringer modulation rates. Both Tone Selector switches are on the right side of the telephone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-12 Mounting Options The 8102 and 8102M telephones come equipped with a non-adjustable desk stand which can be turned upside-down and used for wall mounting the telephone. Jacks The 8102 and 8102M telephones have a Line jack on the back of the telephone for connecting a line cord, and a Handset cord jack for connecting the handset. These telephones also have a Data jack for connecting a device such as a modem to the telephone. The 8102 and 8102M telephones have an Adjunct (equipment) jack which allows the connection of a speakerphone to the telephone and an adjunct power jack for connecting an auxiliary power source for using the adjunct equipment. Handset The 8102 and 8102M telephones are equipped with a K-type handset. Dial pad The 8102 and 8102M telephones are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8102 and 8102M telephones: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Color Options The 8102 and 8102M telephones are available in black and in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-13 Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of an 8102 or 8102M telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 15-2. Distance Limitations for the 8102 and 8102M Telephones Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board System 85 SN229 24 AWG 26 AWG 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) SN229 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) SN228B 6,500 (1,981) 4,100 (1,246) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN746 3,000 (915) 2,000 (610)) TN742 15,200 (4,633) 10,000 (3,050) TN769 TN746 15,200 (4,633) 3,000 (915) 10,000 (3,050) 2,000 (610) SN228B DEFINITY G2 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 Power Requirements The 8102 and 8102M telephones must have auxiliary power for adjunct equipment when such equipment is connected. Switch Administration The 8102 and 8102M telephones must be administered in the following ways: ■ If the 8102 or 8102M telephone is connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, it must be administered as a 2500 analog telephone. ■ If the 8102 or 8102M telephone is connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2, it can be administered as an analog line. NOTE: The programmable dialing buttons are programmed individually on the telephone; they are not administrable from the switch. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-14 Administration of Hidden Features For procedures on administering the hidden features on the 8102M (to be done ONLY by the system administrator) such as: ■ Reprogramming the Hold Feature ■ Administering the Timed Disconnect Feature ■ Locking the Programmable Dialing Buttons Refer to the 8101, 8101M, 8102M and 8110M Telephones Quick Reference Guide which comes in the box with the 8102M. Power Failure Operation The 8102 or 8102M telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. Ringer Equivalency Numbers The Ringer Equivalency Number for the 8102 telephone is: 0.5A and 1.6B. For the 8102M the Ringer Equivalency Number is: 1.5B and 0.8A. FCC Registration The 8102 and 8102M telephones are FCC registered (A5SUSA-65132-MT-E). Hearing Aid Compatible These telephones are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8102 and 8102M Telephones PECs and Comcodes The 8102 and 8102M telephones and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8102 (8102A01A and 8102A01B) Telephone PEC: 3192-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106272305; White=106272313 ■ Modified 8102M (8102A01C) Telephone PEC: 3192-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=107538357; White=107538365 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103732541 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Button designation card PEC: 31932 (Package of 25) PEC: 31938 (Tractor Feed) Page 15-15 Single Sheet Comcode: 846562700 25 Sheets Comcode: 846562718 Tractor Feed Comcode: 846562726 ■ Designation card covers PEC: 31937 (package of 25) Comcode: 106523236 ■ Repertory Dial buttons (Programmable dialing buttons) (These buttons can be used to replace lost buttons or to replace the two buttons removed for hotel/motel conversion.) (Package of 80) PEC: 31936 Comcode: 106503238 ■ Security designation card and cover (These cards and covers are for concealing the PROGRAM and PAUSE buttons and the two topmost programmable dialing buttons so that unauthorized changes cannot be made to the programmable dialing assignments.) (Package of 25 cards and clear plastic designation card covers) PEC: 31931 Comcode: 106248370 ■ Stands (These stands can be used to replace damaged or broken stands.) (Package of 5) PEC: 31933 Comcode: 106503204 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8102 and 8102M Telephones Page 15-16 Adjuncts The 8102 and 8102M telephones can be equipped with one of the following adjuncts: ■ S101A Speakerphone (not orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8102 and 8102M telephones: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, System 75 and System 85 8101, 8102, 8102M, 8110, 8110M Telephones User’s Guide, 555-230-774 The following instructions are shipped with every 8102 telephone: ■ 8101, 8102 and 8110 Telephones User’s Manual, 555-015-131 The following instructions are shipped with every 8102M telephone: ■ 8101, 8101M, 8102M and 8110M Telephones Quick Reference Guide DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-17 The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Auxiliary Power Jack (on rear of housing) Data Jack (on rear of housing) 8110M Program Button PROGRAM Pause Button PAUSE Handset 12 Programmable Dialing Buttons Flash Button THIS NUMBER Flash Redial Hold Speaker Button Spkr Mute Auto Handset Jack 1 Speaker Light ABC GHI 4 PQRS 7 DEF 2 3 JKL MNO 5 6 TUV 8 Speaker Volume Control (on side of voice terminal) WXYZ 9 OPER * O Ringer Tone Selectors (on side of voice terminal) Ringer Volume Control (on side of voice terminal) Redial Button Hold Light Hold Button Mute Light Auto Answer Button Mute Button # Message Message Light Dial Pad Figure 15-4. The 8110 and 8110M Telephones (The 8110M is shown here) The basic 8110 (which includes the 8110A01A, 8110A01B, and 8110A01C) and the modified 8110M (8110A01D) telephones are single-line analog sets that require one tip and ring pair for operation. These telephones are exactly the same in appearance: each contains 12 programmable dialing buttons with a PROGRAM and PAUSE button for programming, automatic redial, selected personalized ringing pattern, a flashing red Message light, and a Hold button. They also have a built-in speakerphone with Mute capability and the Automatic Answer (and disconnect) feature. The 8110 and 8110M telephones also allow access to system features via the Flash button and appropriate dial codes. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-18 NOTE: In late 1995, the basic 8110 was no longer be manufactured. Only the 8110M is available. Applications The 8110 and 8110M telephones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. These telephones have local phone features, but can also be used for system features via the Flash button. With the D-182363 Kit of Parts, the 8110 and 8110M telephones can be converted to a hotel/motel telephone for the lodging industry. The converted telephone has 10 preprogrammed buttons (with the PROGRAM and PAUSE buttons and two uppermost programmable dialing buttons concealed). The programmable dialing buttons enable users easy communication with assigned numbers within the hotel/motel, such as the front desk or housekeeping service. These telephones can also be used in any unsecured location where hiding the Program and Pause buttons is desirable. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions listed here for the 8110 and 8110M telephones are approximate. Width = 6-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 3-1/2 inches Thickness of housing = At the top of the telephone, the thickness measures 1-5/8 inches; at the bottom of the telephone, the thickness measures 1 inch. Features Fixed Feature Buttons The 8110 and 8110M telephones have the following fixed feature buttons: ■ FLASH button For using features such as Transfer or Conference with business communications systems. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones ■ Page 15-19 REDIAL button Can be used for redialing the last number dialed from the dial pad, either an extension or an outside number. The number redialed can be up to 20 digits. With the (Redial) Auto-Pause feature, the telephones can be programmed to insert pauses after a dial access code (such as 9) in a redialed number. If the user usually waits a short period to obtain a second dial tone after dialing an access code, this waiting time can be set by programming the automatic pause between the system access code and the telephone number. The (Redial) Auto-Pause feature will help eliminate misdialing. ■ HOLD button Used for putting a call on hold. If users want to put a call on hold and place another call, they must access the system Hold feature by using the Flash button. ■ Speakerphone button (labeled SPKR) Used for 2-way conversation with another party without lifting the handset. Speaker volume is controlled by using the Speaker volume control switch on the right side of the telephone. ■ MUTE button Used for turning off the microphone of the built-in speakerphone or the handset. ■ Auto Answer button (labeled AUTO) Used for enabling calls to be automatically answered a call without lifting the handset. For those who require speakerphone functionality without use of the Auto-Answer feature, the Auto-Answer button can be removed and replaced with a flat cap cover shipped with each 8110 and 8110M telephone. Message Light The red Message light flashes when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. The Message light also serves as a visual ringing indicator by flashing quickly while the telephone is ringing. Programmable Dialing Buttons The 8110 and 8110M telephones provide 12 programmable dialing buttons on which the user can store frequently dialed telephone numbers or feature codes. Twenty elements can be stored on one button (digits and characters, such as a # or * or Pause or Flash). To use these pre-programmed features, the user merely lifts the handset (the user may choose, instead, to press the SPEAKER button to turn on the speakerphone) and then press the appropriate programmable dialing button. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-20 PROGRAM and PAUSE buttons Both of these buttons are used for storing numbers on the pre-programmed dialing buttons on the upper half of the faceplate of the telephone. The PAUSE button can be used to insert one or more one half-second pause/delay into a telephone number stored on a programmable dialing button or into a dialing access code in the (Redial) Auto-Pause feature. Other Physical Features Ringing The 8110 and 8110M telephones have electronic tone ringing. The ringer volume control is a 3-position switch on the right side of the housing. The user can also use a Tone Selector (labeled “LO HI”) for selecting one of two tone ringer frequencies and a second Tone Selector (labeled “SLOW FAST”) for selecting one of two tone ringer modulation rates. Both Tone Selector switches are on the right side of the telephone. Mounting Options The 8110 and 8110M telephones come equipped with a desk stand which can be turned upside-down and used for wall mounting the telephone. Jacks The 8110 and 8110M telephones have a Line jack on the back of the telephone for connecting a line cord, and a Handset cord jack for connecting the handset. These telephones also have a Data jack on the rear of the telephone for connecting a device such as a modem or a personal FAX to the telephone. NOTE: The 8110 and 8110M telephones have no connector for the S201A Speakerphone or 500A Headset Adapter. The 8110 and 8110M telephones also have an auxiliary power jack which can be used for improving the performance of the built-in speakerphone on long loops where there is limited power available from the line. In certain circumstances, other than extended loop lengths, it may also be necessary to use adjunct power. Handset The 8110 and 8110M telephones are equipped with a K-type handset. A K-type amplified handset can also be used with these telephones. Dial pad The 8110 and 8110M telephones are equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on the dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-21 Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8110 and 8110M telephones: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a 7-foot modular line cord. Color Options The 8110 and 8110M telephones are available in black and in white. Distance Limitations The maximum allowable distances of an 8110 or 8110M telephone from the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85 cabinet are shown in the table below. Table 15-3. Distance Limitations for the 8110 and 8110M Telephones Nominal Maximum Range in Feet (Meters) System Port Board DEFINITY G2 and System 85 SN228 SN228B 22 AWG 24 AWG 26 AWG 12,000 (3,660) 8,000 (2,440) 5,000 (1,525) 19,000 (5,795) 12,000 (3,660) 7,500 (2,287) 3,900 (1,189) 2,500 (762) SN229 DEFINITY G1 and G3, DEFINITY ECS, and System 75 TN746B TN742 TN769 TN7461 1. Auxiliary power is necessary at all operating distances. 1,500 (457) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-22 Power Requirements It is recommended that the 8110 and 8110M telephones have auxiliary power (9V DC, 100 mA) to improve the performance of the speakerphone under the following conditions: (See the table below.) NOTE: Use with the TN746 circuit pack requires auxiliary power (in the form of a power adapter) at all loop lengths. On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, the line must be administered as Data Restricted to allow for the automatic disconnect feature. Table 15-4. Power Requirements for the 8110 and 8110M Telephones Circuit Pack Loop Information ■ When loop length exceeds: — 16,000 feet (22 gauge) — 10,000 feet (24 gauge) If you are using: Circuit Pack TN742 Circuit Pack TN769 — 6,300 feet (26 gauge) or ■ When loop resistance exceeds 256 ohms or ■ When loop current is less than 26 mA ■ When loop length exceeds: — 11,000 feet (22 gauge) — 7,000 feet (24 gauge) If you are using: Circuit Pack SN229 — 4,400 feet (26 gauge) or ■ When loop resistance exceeds 180 ohms or When loop current is less than 26 mA Any installation When loop current is less than 26 mA Any installation When another analog telephone is bridged with the 8110 or 8110M telephone DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-23 Switch Administration The 8110 and 8110M telephones must be administered in the following ways: ■ If the 8110 or 8110M telephone is connected to a System 75, DEFINITY G1 or G3, or a DEFINITY ECS, it must be administered as a 2500 analog telephone. ■ If the 8110 or 8110M telephone is connected to a System 85 or DEFINITY G2, it can be administered as an analog line. NOTE: The programmable dialing buttons are programmed individually on the telephone; they are not administrable from the switch. Administration of Hidden Features For procedures on administering the hidden features on the 8110M (to be done ONLY by the system administrator) such as: ■ Reprogramming the Hold Feature ■ Administering the Timed Disconnect Feature ■ Locking the Programmable Dialing Buttons Refer to the 8101, 8101M, 8102M and 8110M Telephones Quick Reference Guide which comes in the box with the 8110M. Power Failure Operation The 8110 or 8110M telephone can be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. If the telephone is over 3,000 feet from the cabinet, the telephone will not work properly. Ringer Equivalency Numbers The Ringer Equivalency Number for the 8110 telephone is: 0.5A and 1.6B. For the 8110M telephone the Ringer Equivalency Number is: 0.6A and 1.6B. FCC Registration The 8110 and 8110M telephones are FCC registered (A5SUSA-18602-MT-E). Hearing Aid Compatible These telephones are compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-24 8110 and 8110M Telephones Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8110 and 8110M telephones and components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Basic 8110 (8110A01A, 8110A01B, and 8110A01C) Telephone PEC: 3193-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106272321; White=106272339 ■ Modified 8110M (8110A01D) Telephone PEC: 3193-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=107535841; White=107535858 ■ Handset Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ Handset cord Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Line cord (7 feet) Comcode: 103732541 ■ Line cord (14 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07N (COL18) Comcode: 103786802 ■ Line cord (25 feet, silver) PEC: 2725-07S (COL18) Comcode: 103786828 ■ Button designation card PEC: 31932 (Package of 25) PEC: 31938 (Tractor Feed) Single Sheet Comcode: 846562700 25 Sheets Comcode: 846562718 Tractor Feed Comcode: 846562726 ■ Designation card covers PEC: 31937 Comcode: 106523236 ■ Repertory Dial buttons (Programmable dialing buttons) (These buttons can be used to replace lost buttons or to replace the two buttons removed for hotel/motel conversion.) (Package of 80) PEC: 31936 Comcode: 106503238 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-25 ■ Security designation card and cover (These cards and covers are for concealing the PROGRAM and PAUSE buttons and the two topmost programmable dialing buttons so that unauthorized changes cannot be made to the programmable dialing assignments.) (Package of 25 cards and clear plastic designation card covers) PEC: 31931 Comcode: 106248370 ■ Stands (These stands can be used to replace damaged or broken stands.) (Package of 5) PEC: 31933 Comcode: 106503204 ■ Speakerphone power adapter (This local power is necessary when reaching limitations for loop length or when using the TN746 circuit pack.) PEC: 31930 Comcode: 106460470 ■ Auto-Answer buttons (These buttons can be used to replace lost buttons or to restore the Auto-Answer feature if it has been deactivated.) (Package of 25) PEC: 31935 Comcode: 106503212 ■ Auto Answer flat caps (These caps are designed to cover the Auto-Answer button opening when the Auto-Answer button has been removed.) (Package of 25) PEC: 31934 Comcode: 106503220 Adjuncts A K-type Noisy Environment Handset (PEC: 31052A) can also be purchased and connected to the 8110 or 8110M telephone. NOTE: Neither the 8110 nor the 8110M telephone has a connector for the S201A or S203 Speakerphone or the 500A Headset Adapter. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 15 The 8100 Series Telephones The 8110 and 8110M Telephones Page 15-26 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8110 and 8110M telephones: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center.) ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 3, and System 75, DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 8101, 8102, 8102M, 8110, 8110M Telephones User’s Guide, 555-230-774 The following instructions are shipped with every 8110 telephone: ■ 8101, 8102, and 8110 Telephones User’s Manual, 555-015-131 The following instructions are shipped with every 8110M telephone: ■ 8101, 8101M, 8102M and 8110M Telephones Quick Reference Guide DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals Page 16-1 16 ISDN Voice Terminals 16 The following voice terminals described in this section are used with the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) communication system: ■ ISDN 7505 modular voice terminal ■ ISDN 7506 display terminal ■ ISDN 7507 display terminal ■ ISDN 8503T voice terminal ■ ISDN 8510T voice/data terminal ■ ISDN 8520T voice/data terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Page 16-2 The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Handset Message Light Conference/ Ring Button 10 Call Appearance Feature Buttons Handset Cord Jack (under left side of base) 3 Shiftable Feature Buttons Message Conference Transfer Ring Drop Drop/Test Button Line Jack (on back of stand) Hold Test GHI JKL MNO Shift PRS TUV WXY Mute Redial/Feature Button Shift/Select Button Mute Button Oper Speaker # Speaker Button 1 4 7 * ABC 2 5 8 O DEF 3 6 Redial Select 9 Volume ISDN 7505 Dial Pad Speakerphone/Headset Adapter Jack (under base) Hold Button Transfer Button Figure 16-1. Volume Control Button Data/Send/Off Button (used with optional ADM) The 7505 Asynchronous Data Modular Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Page 16-3 The 7505 Modular Terminal is used with the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. The modular 7505 is a voice terminal when equipped with a Voice Only Module (VOM). As a telephone, it offers programmable buttons, fixed feature buttons, a Message light, touch-tone dialing, and a built-in, programmable speakerphone or SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The speakerphone can be programmed at the terminal by the user for one of three states: On, Disabled, or SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The 7505 can be equipped with an optional Asynchronous Data Module that provides the user with simultaneous voice and data capabilities. The 7505 equipped with the ADM offers the same voice capabilities as the 7505 equipped with the VOM, plus it allows attached data terminals or personal computers to send and receive data through the digital network. NOTE: The 7505 voice terminal is no longer being manufactured. Applications The 7505 modular terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. Typical applications of the 7505 are users requiring a large number of line appearances with or without data capabilities. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7505 terminal are approximate. Width = 8-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 7505 is equipped with eight fixed feature buttons. Three of the buttons are dual purpose buttons that are used with the SELECT button to perform other functions. ■ CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button ■ SPEAKER button ■ MUTE button ■ REDIAL/or feature button ■ SELECT button Page 16-4 Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons The 7505 has nine or 10 call appearance buttons. These same 10 buttons, when properly administered, can be used for activating features. One of these buttons is used as a DATA/SEND/OFF button if the set has data capability. Feature-Only Button The 7505 has three buttons that are used for features. When used with the SELECT button these buttons can be used for three additional custom features. In addition to these three buttons, the REDIAL button provides another custom feature button. Self-Test The 7505 has a local self-test. When used with the SELECT button, the DROP/TEST button begins and ends the self-test. MUTE button Pressing the MUTE button mutes the handset or the speakerphone, whichever is active. The red light next to the MUTE button goes on. The user is placed in a listen-only mode. Loudspeaker The 7505 has a built-in, programmable SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the loudspeaker on and off. The Volume arrow buttons control the volume of the loudspeaker. Speakerphone The 7505 has a built-in, programmable speakerphone. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the speakerphone on and off. The green light next to the SPEAKER button goes on when the speakerphone is on. The Volume arrow buttons control the volume of the speakerphone. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Page 16-5 Other Physical Features Handset The 7505 is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7505 is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7505 housing contains three jacks. The Handset jack is located on the bottom of the 7505. This jack can also be identified by the adjacent handset symbol. The Line jack is located on the back of the 7505. The Adjunct jack, used for connection to the optional adjuncts, is located on the bottom of the terminal. This jack can also be identified by the adjacent speaker symbol. If the optional ADM is provided, there is an EIA RS-232D Interface connector provided on its back. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7505: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a line cord. An optional 12-foot handset cord is available. Ringing The 7505 has electronic tone ringing with patterns that can be selected by using the SELECT and CONFERENCE/RING buttons. The volume is controlled by the volume “arrow” buttons. Mounting Options The 7505 comes equipped with a non-adjustable desk stand. Color Options The base of the 7505 is always black. The top of the 7505 is available in misty cream or black. Distance Limitations The maximum signaling distance from the port board to the work location jack based on DIW 24 AWG cable is: ■ Terminating resistor in work location — 1900 feet ■ Terminating resistor in satellite closet — 1600 feet DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Page 16-6 Power Requirements The 7505 requires an auxiliary power supply. The power supply can be provided at a central location or may be collocated with the 7505. If the auxiliary power supply fails or loses its power, the 7505 will provide basic voice service with the phantom power provided by the switch. Terminating Resistor A 440A4 Terminating Resistor adapter is required with the 7505. The 440A4 can be located at the work location or in the satellite closet. Power Failure Operation The 7505 cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7505 modular terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 7505 Equipment PECs The 7505 modular terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ ISDN 7505 Voice Only Modular Terminal — 3195-VOM ■ ISDN 7505 Asynchronous Data Modular Terminal — 3195-ADM ■ 440A4 Terminating Resistor — 2709-A59 ■ ADM Upgrade Kit — 31955 ■ VOM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31969 ■ ADM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31970 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal Page 16-7 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 7505 modular terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters”' in the Adjuncts section (behind the ADJUNCTS tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7505 modular terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7505, 7506, and 7507 Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-750 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 ISDN 7505, 7506, and 7507 Terminal User’s Guide , 555-104-719 ■ ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal and ISDN 7506 Display Terminal User’s Manual, 555-021-714 ■ ISDN 7505 Asynchronous Data Module User’s Guide, 555-021-716 ■ Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Terminal Installation and Test User’s Manual, 555-021-101 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-8 The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal 10 Call Appearance Feature Buttons Line Jack (on back of stand) Display Handset Display Contrast Control Message Light Conference/ Ring Button Drop/Test Button Message Conference Clock Drop Hold Test GHI JKL MNO Redial Shift PRS TUV WXY Mute Redial/Feature Button Shift/Select Button Mute Button Oper Speaker Speaker Button # 1 Handset Cord Jack (under left side of base) 3 Shiftable Feature Buttons Transfer Ring 4 7 * ABC 2 5 8 O DEF 3 6 Select 9 Volume Control Button Volume ISDN 7506 Dial Pad Hold Button Speakerphone/Headset Adapter Jack (under base) Data/Send/Off Button (used with optional ADM) Transfer/Clock Button Figure 16-2. The 7506 Asynchronous Data Modular Display Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-9 The 47506 Display terminal is used with the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. The modular 7506 is a voice terminal when equipped with a Voice Only Module. As a telephone, it offers programmable buttons, fixed feature buttons, a Message light, touch-tone dialing, and a built-in, programmable speakerphone or SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The speakerphone can be programmed at the terminal by the user for one of three states: On, Disabled, and SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The 7506 can be equipped with an optional Asynchronous Data Module that provides the user with simultaneous voice and data capabilities. The 7506 equipped with the ADM offers the same voice capabilities as the 7506 equipped with the VOM, plus it allows attached data terminals or personal computers to send and receive asynchronous data through the digital network. Both versions of the 7506 display terminal are equipped with a two-line, 24-character display. NOTE: The 7506 voice terminal is no longer being manufactured. Applications The 7506 display terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. Typical applications of the terminal are users requiring a large number of line appearances with or without data. It is particularly useful for middle managers. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7506 terminal are approximate. Width = 8-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 6-1/4 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-10 Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 7506 display terminal is equipped with eight fixed feature buttons. Four of the buttons are dual purpose buttons that are used with the SELECT button to perform other functions. ■ CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER/CLOCK button ■ SPEAKER button ■ MUTE button ■ REDIAL/or feature button ■ SELECT button Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons The 7506 display terminal has nine or 10 call appearance buttons. These same 10 buttons, when properly administered, can be used for activating features. One of these buttons is used as a DATA/SEND/OFF button if the set has data capability. Feature Button The 7506 display terminal has three buttons that are used for features. When used with the SELECT button, these buttons can be used for three additional custom features. In addition to these buttons, the REDIAL button provides another custom feature button. Display The number being dialed, the time and date, and information concerning incoming calls and message retrieval are shown on the display. The viewing contrast is adjusted with the Display Contrast Control wheel located to the right of the display. Self-Test The 7506 display terminal has a local self-test. When used with the SELECT button, the DROP/TEST button begins and ends the self-test. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-11 Loudspeaker The 7506 display terminal has a built-in, programmable SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the loudspeaker on and off. The volume arrow buttons control the volume of the loudspeaker. Speakerphone The 7506 display terminal has a built-in, programmable speakerphone. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the speakerphone on and off. The green light next to the SPEAKER button goes on when the speakerphone is active. The volume arrow buttons control the volume of the speakerphone. MUTE button Pressing the MUTE button mutes the handset or the speakerphone, whichever is active. The red light next to the MUTE button goes on. The user is placed in a listen-only mode. Other Physical Features Handset The 7506 is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7506 is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7506 housing contains three jacks. The Handset jack is located on the bottom of the 7506 terminal. The Line jack is located on the back of the 7506 terminal. The Adjunct jack, used for connection to the optional adjuncts, is located on the bottom of the terminal. If the optional ADM is provided, there is an EIA RS-232D Interface connector provided on its back. Cords Two cords are supplied with the terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a line cord. An optional 12-foot handset cord is available. Ringing The 7506 display terminal has electronic tone ringing with patterns that can be selected by using the SELECT and CONFERENCE/RING buttons in sequence. The volume is controlled by the volume arrow buttons. Mounting Options The 7506 display terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-12 Color Options The base of the 7506 is always black. The top of the 7506 is available in misty cream or black. Distance Limitations The maximum signaling distance from the port board to the work location jack based on DIW 24 AWG cable is: ■ Terminating resistor in work location — 1900 feet ■ Terminating resistor in satellite closet — 1600 feet Power Requirements The 7506 display terminal requires an auxiliary power supply. The power supply can be provided at a central location or may be collocated with the 7506 display terminal. If the auxiliary power supply fails or loses its power, the 7506 display terminal will provide basic voice service with the phantom power provided by the switch. Terminating Resistor A 440A4 Terminating Resistor adapter is required with the 7506 display terminal. The 440A4 can be located at the work location or in the satellite closet. Power Failure Operation The 7506 display terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7506 display terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Page 16-13 7506 Equipment PECs The 7506 display terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ ISDN 7506 Voice Only Modular Display Terminal — 3196-VOM ■ ISDN 7506 Asynchronous Data Modular Display Terminal — 3196-ADM ■ 440A4 Terminating Resistor — 2709-A59 ■ ADM Upgrade Kit — 31955 ■ VOM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31969 ■ ADM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31970 Adjuncts The following adjunct can be used with the 7506 display terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the ADJUNCTS section later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7506 display terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7505, 7506, 7507 Voice Terminals User’s Guide, 555-204-750 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 ISDN 7505, 7506, 7507 Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-719 ■ ISDN 7505 Modular Terminal and ISDN 7506 Display Terminal User’s Guide, 555-021-714 ■ ISDN 7506 Asynchronous Data Module User’s Guide, 555-021-716 ■ Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Terminal Installation and Test User’s Manual, 555-021-101 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-14 The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Display Transfer/Clock Button Conference/Ring Button 31 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Hold Button Line Jack (on back of stand) Drop/Test Button Display Contrast Control ISDN 7507 Handset Conference Ring Transfer Clock Drop Test Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY Oper # 1 4 9 Feature Buttons 7 * Handset Cord Jack (under base) Volume 2 5 8 O 3 6 9 Message Select Speaker Mute Volume Control Button Redial Select Button Message Light Speaker Button Dial Pad Mute Button Data/Send/Off Button (used with optional ADM) Figure 16-3. The 7507 Asynchronous Data Modular Display Terminal Speakerphone/ Headset Adapter Jack (in well under base) Redial Button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-15 The 7507 Display terminal is used with the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. The modular 7507 is a voice terminal when equipped with a Voice Only Module. As a telephone it offers programmable buttons, fixed feature buttons, Message light, touch-tone dialing, and a built-in, programmable speakerphone or SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The speakerphone can be programmed at the terminal by the user for one of three states: On, Disabled, and SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The 7507 can be equipped with an optional Asynchronous Data Module that provides the user with simultaneous voice and data capabilities. The 7507 equipped with the ADM offers the same voice capabilities as the 7507 equipped with the VOM, plus it allows attached data terminals or personal computers to send and receive data through the digital network. The terminal is equipped with a 2-line, 40-character display. NOTE: The 7507 voice terminal is no longer being manufactured. Applications The 7507 display terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. Typical applications of the display terminal are users requiring a large number of line appearances with or without data capabilities. It is particularly useful for secretary/receptionist positions and executives. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions for the 7507 terminal are approximate. Width = 12 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-1/4 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-16 Features Eight Fixed Feature Buttons The 7507 display terminal is equipped with eight fixed feature buttons. Three of the buttons are dual purpose buttons that are used with the SELECT button to perform other functions. ■ CONFERENCE/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER/CLOCK button ■ HOLD button ■ SPEAKER button ■ MUTE button ■ REDIAL button ■ SELECT button Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. It goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons The 7507 display terminal has 30 or 31 call appearance buttons. These same 31 buttons, when properly administered, can be used for activating features. One of these buttons is used as a DATA/SEND/OFF button if the set has data capability. Feature Button The 7507 display terminal has nine buttons that are used for features. When used with the SELECT button, these buttons can be used for nine additional custom features. In addition to these buttons, the REDIAL button provides another custom feature button. Display The number being dialed, the time and date, and information concerning incoming calls and message retrieval are shown on the display. The viewing contrast is adjusted with the Display Contrast Control wheel located to the right of the display. Self-Test The 7507 display terminal has a local self-test. When used with the SELECT button, the DROP/TEST button begins and ends the self-test. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-17 Loudspeaker The 7507 display terminal has a built-in, programmable SPOKESMAN loudspeaker. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the loudspeaker on and off. The Volume arrow buttons control the volume of the loudspeaker. Speakerphone The 7507 display terminal has a built-in, programmable speakerphone. The SPEAKER button is used to turn the speakerphone on and off. The green light next to the SPEAKER button goes on when the speakerphone is active. The Volume arrow buttons control the volume of the speakerphone. MUTE button Pressing the MUTE button mutes the handset or the speakerphone, whichever is active. The red light next to the MUTE button goes on. The user is placed in a listen-only mode. Other Physical Features Handset The 7507 display terminal is equipped with an R-type handset. Dial pad The 7507 display terminal is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Jacks The 7507 display terminal housing contains three jacks. The Handset jack is located on the bottom of the terminal. This jack can also be identified by the adjacent handset symbol. The Line jack is located on the back of the terminal. The Adjunct jack, used for connection to the optional adjuncts, is located on the bottom of the terminal. This jack can also be identified by the adjacent speaker symbol. If the optional ADM is provided, there is an EIA RS-232D Interface connector provided on its base. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 7507 display terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular handset cord and a line cord. An optional 12-foot handset cord is available. Ringing The 7507 display terminal has electronic tone ringing with patterns that can be selected by using the SELECT and CONFERENCE/RING buttons in sequence. The volume is controlled by the Volume arrow buttons. Mounting Options The 7507 display terminal comes equipped with a nonadjustable desk stand. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-18 Color Options The base of the 7507 display terminal is always black. The top of the 7507 display terminal is available in misty cream or black. Distance Limitations The maximum signaling distance from the port board to the work location jack based on DIW 24 AWG cable is: ■ Terminating resistor in work location—1900 feet ■ Terminating resistor in satellite closet—1600 feet Power Requirements The 7507 display terminal requires an auxiliary power supply. The power supply can be provided at a central location or may be collocated with the 7507 display terminal. If the auxiliary power supply fails or loses its power, the 7507 display terminal will provide basic voice service with the phantom power provided by the switch. Terminating Resistor A 440A4 Terminating Resistor adapter is required with the 7507 display terminal. The 440A4 can be located at the work location or in the satellite closet. Power Failure Operation The 7507 display terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 7507 display terminal is not FCC registered. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 7507 Display Terminal Page 16-19 7507 Equipment PECs The 7507 display terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ ISDN 7507 Voice Only Modular Display Terminal — 3197-VOM ■ ISDN 7507 Asynchronous Data Modular Display Terminal — 3197-ADM ■ 440A4 Terminating Resistor — 2709-A59 ■ ADM Upgrade Kit — 31955 ■ VOM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31969 ■ ADM Feature Package 2 Upgrade Kit — 31970 Adjuncts The following adjunct can be used with the 7507 display terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7507 Display terminal: ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7505, 7506, 7507 Voice Terminals User’s Guide, 555-204-750 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 ISDN 7505, 7506 7507 Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-709 ■ ISDN 7507 Display Terminal User’s Manual, 555-021-715 ■ ISDN 7507 Asynchronous Data Module User’s Guide, 555-021-716 ■ Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Terminal Installation and Test User’s Manual, 555-021-101 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-20 The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal ISDN 8503T Designation Card Handset Line Jack (on back of voice terminal) Press Memory button, then dialpad button Volume Control Button Mute Button Program Button Conference/ Ring Button Transfer/ Pause Button 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 a b c * # Volume Message Mute Redial Program Memory Conf Drop Ring Test Transfer Hold Pause ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 TUV WXYZ OPER # 1 PQRS 7 * 2 8 O 3 9 Redial Button Memory Button Drop/Test Button Hold Button Handset Cord Jack (on back of voice terminal) Figure 16-4. The Desk-mounted ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal 3 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons Adjunct Jack (on back of voice terminal) Message Light Dial Pad/ Memory-Dialing Locations Desk Stand (on bottom of terminal) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-21 The 8503T voice terminal is a non-modular set used with the ISDN communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. This voice terminal offers the following: four standard fixed feature buttons, a Message light, three call appearance/flexible feature buttons, each with a red and green light, 12 programmable memory-dialing locations on the dial pad keys, a PROGRAM button for storing numbers at the memory-dialing locations and a MEMORY button for dialing these programmed numbers or codes, the Redial feature, the Mute feature, eight possible personalized ringing patterns selected with the Select Ring feature, high fidelity audio capabilities (bandwidth from.3 to 3.8 kHz) with the K-type handset, and touch-tone dialing. This set does not provide data capabilities. Applications The 8503T voice terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. Typical applications of the 8503T voice terminal are users handling a low volume of voice-only calls, staff workers and lower level managers, as well as lobbies and conference rooms. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 8503T voice terminal are approximate. Width = 7-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) The desk-mounted model = 5-1/4 inches The wall-mounted model = 4-1/2 inches Features Four Standard Fixed Features ■ CONF/RING button ■ DROP/TEST button ■ TRANSFER/PAUSE button ■ HOLD button DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-22 Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. This light goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons The 8503T voice terminal has three call appearance/flexible feature buttons, each with a red light and a green status light. Although the buttons can accommodate either call appearances or administered features, it is highly suggested that all three of these call appearance/feature buttons be used for call appearances. Twelve Programmed Memory Locations The dial pad can be used for storing and dialing frequently dialed telephone numbers, emergency numbers, or feature access codes. In order to store these numbers or codes at each of the 12 memory-dialing locations, the user presses the PROGRAM button, dials the telephone number to be stored, presses the MEMORY button, and then the appropriate dial pad key (1 through 9, 0, *, and #). To dial the number, the user presses the MEMORY button and the dial pad key where that number is stored. Up to 16 digits can be stored at a memory-dialing location. PROGRAM button The PROGRAM button can be used in three different ways: (When the voice terminal is in program mode, the red light beside the PROGRAM button is on.) ■ Used to enter programming mode and store frequently dialed telephone numbers, emergency numbers, or feature access codes on each of the 12 dial pad keys (memory-dialing locations). NOTE: The user can press the TRANSFER/PAUSE button, while the voice terminal is in program mode, to insert a one and one half-second pause/delay in the telephone number to be stored in a memory-dialing location. For example, the user might place a one and one half-second pause between the dialing access code (such as 9) and the outside telephone number. ■ Used with the CONF/RING button to select one of eight possible personalized ringing patterns. ■ Used with the DROP/TEST button to initiate a self-test of the voice terminal lights and ringer. NOTE: If the user picks up on an incoming call while the voice terminal is in program mode, the voice terminal will automatically exit program mode. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-23 MEMORY button When the user presses the MEMORY button and one of the 12 dial pad keys (memory-dialing locations), while off-hook, the voice terminal automatically dials the number or access code stored on that dial pad key. The user can clear a memory-dialing location by entering program mode, and then pressing the MEMORY button and the appropriate dial pad key on which the number or code is stored. REDIAL button With the Redial feature, the user can redial the telephone number last dialed from the dial pad. (The handset must be off-hook.) Up to 37 digits can be redialed. MUTE button While on a call, the user can press the MUTE button (the red light next to the button goes on), so the user can converse with someone in the same room without the other party hearing the conversation. The user is placed in listen-only mode. To disable the feature, the user presses the MUTE button a second time (the red light goes off). Volume control button When the user is on a call, the Volume “arrow” button raises or lowers the volume on the handset. When the handset is on-hook, this button raises or lowers the ringer volume. Self-Test The 8503T voice terminal is equipped with a Self-Test feature. When the user presses the PROGRAM button and then the DROP/TEST button, while on-hook, the user can test the button lights and the ringer. Other Physical Features Handset The 8503T voice terminal is equipped with a K-type wideband handset. With the 8503T voice terminal, this handset has high fidelity audio capabilities. A K-type Noisy Environment Handset (PEC: 31052A) can also be purchased and connected to the 8503T voice terminal. Dial pad The 8503T voice terminal is equipped with a standard 12-button touch-tone dial pad for dialing telephone numbers or accessing features. The dial pad keys can also be used as memory-dialing locations. By pressing the PROGRAM button to enter program mode, the user can store a programmed DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-24 number or access code on each of the 12 dial pad keys (memory-dialing locations). With the MEMORY button, the user can dial these programmed numbers. Ringing The 8503T voice terminal has electronic tone ringing with eight possible personalized ringing patterns that can be selected by pressing the PROGRAM button and then the CONF/RING button, while on-hook. Ringer volume is controlled by the Volume “arrow” button when the voice terminal is on-hook. Jacks The 8503T voice terminal housing contains three jacks. The Handset cord jack, for connecting the handset to the voice terminal, is located on the bottom of the housing, near the front of the voice terminal. The Line jack, for connecting the line cord to the voice terminal, is located on the bottom (left center) of the voice terminal. The Adjunct jack, which is located on the bottom of the voice terminal directly below the Line jack, is used for connecting optional adjunct equipment such as an S201A Speakerphone or a 500A Headset Adapter to the voice terminal. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8503T voice terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular Handset cord and a 7-foot Line cord. An optional 12-foot Handset cord is available. ROM cartridge A ROM cartridge is installed in each voice terminal, but is easily removed and replaced so that the firmware can always be updated. The cartridge can be removed from the bottom of the housing by pressing the tab on the cartridge and then lifting it from the housing. The cartridge can be inserted into the housing by pressing the tab on the cartridge and then pressing it down into the bottom of the housing. Mounting Options The 8503T voice terminal comes equipped with a desk stand. However, the desk stand can be removed, and the voice terminal can be mounted on the wall. Color Options The 8503T voice terminal is available in black or in white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-25 Distance Limitations For a DEFINITY G2 and G3 and a DEFINITY ECS, in which multipoint configuration is used, the maximum signaling distance possible from the port board to the work location jack is: (The terminating resistor should be within 250 feet of the work location; the distances listed are applicable for up to two voice terminals.) ■ If 24 AWG cable is used = 1600 feet ■ If 26 AWG cable is used = 1330 feet Power Requirements Phantom or Auxiliary Power The 8503T voice terminal can receive power from the switch or from an auxiliary power supply. The installer can select the type of power used by setting two jumpers on the bottom of the voice terminal under a sliding plate between the Line jack and the Adjunct jack. A pictorial representation of the jumpers is located to the right of the sliding plate. These jumpers are labeled PHAN (phantom power) and AUX (auxiliary power). The voice terminal is shipped in the PHAN position. You must verify that the jumper settings are set correctly for your configuration. NOTE: The power jumpers must be set only by qualified service personnel. ■ PHAN (phantom power) should be selected when power is provided by the PBX. When the jumpers are set to PHAN, less than one Watt of power will be drawn from the switch to support normal operation. ■ AUX (auxiliary power) should be selected when power is provided in the closet. When the jumpers are set to AUX, the 8503T voice terminal will operate on a nominal 40 or 48 Vdc, UL-listed Communications Circuit Power source. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-26 Terminating Resistors The terminating resistor jumpers are located on the bottom of the voice terminal under a sliding plate between the Line jack and Adjunct jack. These jumpers enable (ON) or bypass (OFF) the terminating resistor. The set is shipped with the jumpers in the OFF position bypassing the terminating resistor. You must verify that the jumper settings are set correctly for your configuration. NOTE: The terminating resistor jumpers must be set only by qualified service personnel. ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to OFF when the set is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet or a 440A4 is connected on the line. ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to ON when the set is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is not in the closet or a 440A4 is not connected to the line. ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to OFF when the set is in a multipoint configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet, a 440A4 is connected on the line, or the jumper is set to ON in one of the other sets on the line. ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to ON when the set is in a multipoint configuration and the terminating resistor is not in the closet, a 440A4 is not connected on the line, or the jumper is not set to ON in any of the other sets on the line. Switch Administration The 8503T voice terminal should be administered as an ISDN 7505 voice terminal. NOTE: The three call appearance/feature buttons can be used for call appearances or features, but, for most effective use of the voice terminal, it is strongly suggested that all three buttons be administered for call appearances. Power Failure Operation The 8503T voice terminal cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8503T voice terminal is FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-27 Hearing Aid Compatible This voice terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids prescribed by the FCC. 8503T Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8503T voice terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal PEC: 3114-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106604341; White=106604358 ■ Handset PEC: 31149 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=102401445; White=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet) PEC: 2725-07G Comcode: 103786778 ■ Designation card PEC: 31140 Comcode: 846558039 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8503T voice terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the ADJUNCTS section later in this manual. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8503 Voice Terminal Page 16-28 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8503T voice terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order the book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal User’s Manual, 555-021-726 ■ DEFINITY Generic 3 ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-747 ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-747 ■ Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Terminal Installation and Tests, 555-021-101 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-29 The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Desk Stand (on bottom of voice terminal) ISDN 8510T Display Handset 4 Softkeys Menu Telephone Number Card Dir Prev Next a f b g c h d i e j 10 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons and Designation Card Handset Jack Volume Control Button Mute Button Speaker Button Conference Button Transfer Button Figure 16-5. 4 Display Control Buttons Message Light Volume Mute Redial Speaker Exit Conf Drop Transfer The ISDN 8510T Voice/Data Terminal Hold 1 GHI ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 3 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 * 8 Oper O 9 # Redial Button Exit Button Drop Button Hold Button Adjunct Jack (on bottom of voice terminal) Dial Pad DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-30 The 8510T voice/data terminal is used with the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. The 8510T voice/data terminal offers the following: 10 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red and green status light, buttons for the Mute, Redial, Conference, Drop, Transfer, and Hold features (the MUTE, SPEAKER, CONF, and TRANSFER buttons have a red light next to them), a Speakerphone which can also be optioned as a listen-only Speaker, a Volume control, the K-type handset which offers improved acoustic quality, an Adjunct jack for adjunct equipment, and touch-tone dialing. Four softkeys (the keys with arrows printed on them) and four display control buttons located below a 2-line by 24-character liquid crystal display can be used to access such features as a personal Directory, a Call Log which lists the most recent incoming and outgoing calls, the Self-Test feature, and a personalized ringing pattern for the terminal. Applications The 8510T voice/data terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. It can be used as a voice terminal, data terminal, or a video phone. For the last two applications, you will need to install a special (data or video) board in the 8510T voice terminal. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 8510T voice/data terminal are approximate. Width = 7-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/2 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) The desk-mounted model = 5-1/4 inches The wall-mounted model = 4-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-31 Features Nine Fixed Features ■ CONF button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ EXIT button ■ REDIAL button ■ VOLUME control button Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. This light goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons These 10 buttons are devoted either to handling incoming and outgoing calls (call appearances) and are labeled with the exchange (numbers) and extension number or they can be used as feature buttons to access voice features such as Call Forward or Send All Calls; these are labeled with the feature name. Each of these 10 call appearance/feature buttons has a red light, which indicates the selected line and a green light which indicates the status of that line or feature. REDIAL button With the Redial feature, the user can redial the telephone number last dialed from the dial pad. (The handset must be off-hook, or the speaker must be active.) Up to 37 digits can be redialed. Speakerphone (Listen and Speak) Feature The 8510T voice/data terminal is equipped with a built-in S201A-type speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free 2-way conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on with the SPEAKER button; it can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be controlled with the VOLUME “arrow” button. With the softkeys, the user can adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. The user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user should reset the speakerphone whenever the voice terminal (or the table or desk on which the terminal is situated) is moved to another place (even in the same room). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-32 Speaker (Listen-only) Feature The 8510T voice/data terminal can be optioned for the Speakerphone (listen and speak) or the Speaker (listen-only) feature. (The voice terminal is shipped with the Speakerphone setting in place.) The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a one-way conversation with the far-end. The user can only listen to the far-end; the user is not able to transmit his voice over the speaker. Use the SPEAKER button on the front of the voice terminal for turning on and off the speaker or speakerphone. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset. Lifting the handset turns off the speaker. MUTE button While on a call, the user can press the MUTE button (the red light next to the button goes on), so the user can converse with someone in the same room without the other party hearing the conversation. The user is placed in listen-only mode. To disable the feature, the user presses the MUTE button a second time (the red light goes off). The Mute function works only with the handset or with the built-in speakerphone. EXIT button The EXIT button is used for exiting a softkey feature and returning to Normal call-handling Mode. VOLUME control button When the user is on a call using the speakerphone, the VOLUME “arrow” button raises or lowers the volume on the speakerphone Likewise, when the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME control changes the receive level of the handset. When the handset is on-hook and the speakerphone is off, this button raises or lowers the ringer volume and tones such as the confirmation and error tone. Softkeys The four buttons located below the display and labeled with arrows ( ), correspond to words on the display screen. Softkeys are used along with display control keys to access the following features: ■ Setting the clock ■ Setting the speakerphone ■ Adding, editing, and deleting the numbers and associated names in the voice terminal Directory ■ Viewing a Directory entry and then placing a call to the number currently shown on the display screen ■ Using ■ Using the Call Log to view incoming and/or outgoing calls Dir to quickly place a call to a number located in your Directory DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-33 ■ Choosing to display an indicator when new calls are logged ■ Locking and unlocking the Directory, Call Log, and all softkey functions ■ Changing or removing your password ■ Initiating a self-test of the voice terminal’s lights, ringer, buttons, and dial pad keys ■ Selecting the contrast level for the display ■ Selecting a personalized ringing pattern ■ Setting the rate at which the display messages are shown on the screen ■ Adding confirmation or error tones to display messages ■ Setting the number of names on a Directory page ■ On an 8510 voice/data terminal, setting data features (See “Data Features” later in this section for more information on data features.) Display control buttons These four buttons are labeled Menu , ■ ■ Menu Dir Dir , Prev , and Next . is used to access the main softkey menu. allows you to quickly access Directory entries in order to place a call. ■ Prev and Next can be used to help you go back and forth through menu options, to add, edit, or search for an entry in your Directory, and to view entries in your Call Log. Other Physical Features Handset The 8510T is equipped with a K-type handset. A K-type Noisy Environment Handset (PEC: 31052A) can also be purchased and connected to the 8510T terminal. Dial pad The 8510T is equipped with a standard 12-button touch-tone dial pad for dialing telephone numbers or accessing features. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-34 Kickstand The kickstand on the bottom of the terminal can be lifted from the desktop stand or can be left level with the bottom of the terminal. The user should check which kickstand adjustment allows the best viewing angle of the display. NOTE: When the kickstand is raised or lowered, the speakerphone should be re-calibrated to compensate for the new position. Ringing The 8510T has electronic tone ringing with eight possible personalized ringing patterns that can be selected through the softkeys and the display control buttons. Ringer volume is controlled by the VOLUME “arrow” button when the terminal is on-hook. Jacks The 8510T voice/data terminal housing contains three jacks. The Handset cord jack, for connecting the handset to the terminal, is located on the bottom of the housing, near the front of the terminal. The Line jack, for connecting the line cord to the terminal, is located on the bottom (left center) of the terminal. The Adjunct jack, which is located on the bottom of the voice terminal directly below the Line jack, is used for connecting optional adjunct equipment such as an S201A Speakerphone or a 500A Headset Adapter to the terminal. NOTE: When an ADB (board) is installed in the 8510T terminal for data operations, the RS232 jack is visible on the rear of the set for connecting data equipment. When a TMI board is installed in the 8510T, two jacks are visible on the rear of the set: the RS232 for the data connection and an 8-pin round connector for connection of a video cable. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8510T: a coiled 9-foot modular Handset cord and a 7-foot Line cord. An optional 12-foot Handset cord is available. ADB and TMI Boards An Asynchronous Data Board (ADB) can be installed in the 8510T for data applications. A TMI (Telephone Multimedia Interface) board can be installed if the 8510T is to be used as a video terminal. Mounting Options The 8510T comes equipped with a desk stand. However, the desk stand can be removed, and the terminal can be mounted on the wall. If you choose to wall-mount the voice terminal, use the instructions included in the 8510T Voice Terminal Wall Mounting Kit (Comcode: 106614894). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-35 Color Options The 8510T is available in black or in white. Data Features ■ Asynchronous full-duplex operation at data rates from 1200 bits per second (bps) to 57.6 kilobits per second (kbps) through an EIA-232 interface. ■ Circuit switched data communication over 56 or 64 kbps facilities via industry standard V.120 rate adaption protocol. ■ Circuit switched data communication over 64 kbps facilities via Lucent Technologies’ Digital Multiplexed Interface (DMI) Mode 2 or Mode 3 rate adaption protocols. ■ API allows a PC to control all aspects of the set’s interaction with the user and with the network. ■ The four softkeys and four display control buttons located below the liquid crystal display can be used to access data features such as view current options, change options, answer a data call, place a data call, reset a locked data set, and selecting to display a data indicator. ■ A user friendly command interface with on-screen help, nine programmable named data memory numbers, and four programmable data option profiles. ■ ■ An expanded Hayes® AT command set interface for compatibility with applications which require this command format. Remote and local loopback tests. For more information about the data features on an 8500-Series terminal, see the ISDN 8500 Series Display Terminal ADM User’s Manual, 555-021-730. Distance Limitations For the DEFINITY G2 and G3 and DEFINITY ECS, in which multipoint configuration is used, the maximum signaling distance possible from the port board to the work location jack is: NOTE: The terminating resistor should be within 250 feet of the work location; the distances listed are applicable for up to two voice/data terminals. ■ If 24 AWG cable is used = 1600 feet ■ If 26 AWG cable is used = 1330 feet DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-36 Power Requirements Phantom or Auxiliary Power The 8510T can receive power from the switch or from an auxiliary power supply. NOTE: A voice/data set should be auxiliary powered only. The installer can select the type of power used by placing the two power jumpers over the correct set of pins. The power option jumpers are located at the bottom center of the terminal. On the right side of the pins, on the plastic housing, you will see the label POWER and a diagram of the correct settings. The jumpers are labeled PHAN (phantom power) and AUX (auxiliary power). The terminal is shipped in the AUX position. You must verify that the jumper settings are set correctly for your configuration. NOTE: The power jumpers must be set only by qualified service personnel. ■ PHAN (phantom power) should be selected when power is provided by the PBX. When the jumpers are set to PHAN, in idle condition, less than one Watt of power will be drawn from the switch. The power option resistors are set to PHAN if each of the two jumpers covers the two top pins in each set. (The bottom pin in each set is left uncovered.) ■ AUX (auxiliary power) should be selected when power is provided in the closet. When the jumpers are set to AUX, the 8510T will operate on a nominal 40 or 48 Vdc, UL-listed Communications Circuit Power source. The power option resistors are set to AUX if each of the two jumpers covers the two lower pins in each set. (The top pin in each set is left uncovered.) NOTE: It is a requirement that 8510T voice only terminals in a multipoint configuration (two or more terminals per port) be auxiliary powered. If used ONLY in a point-to-point configuration (one terminal per port), 8510T terminals may be phantom powered. When used in a mixed point-to-point and multipoint configuration, all 8510T terminals MUST be auxiliary powered. If a phantom powered 8510T is moved from an existing point-to-point to a multipoint configuration, the power jumper must be changed from PHAN to AUX, and the terminal connected to an auxiliary power source. The terminal will still work in the PHAN mode, but the power jumper must still be changed. Exceeding the phantom power capacity will trip the breaker in the carrier, causing a loss of service. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-37 Recommended power supplies are the MSP-1 (local) Power Supply and the 1145A Bulk Power Supply. Terminating Resistors The terminating resistor jumpers are located on the upper left side on the bottom of the terminal. Above the pins, on the plastic housing, you will see the label TERM RESISTOR and a diagram of the correct settings. These jumpers enable (ON) or bypass (OFF) the terminating resistor. The set is shipped with the jumpers in the OFF position bypassing the terminating resistor. You must verify that the jumper settings are set correctly for your configuration. NOTE: The terminating resistor jumpers must be set only by qualified service personnel. ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to OFF when the set is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet or a 440A4 is connected on the line. When set to OFF, each of the two terminating resistor jumpers covers the two top pins in each set. (The bottom pin in each set is left uncovered.) ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to ON when the set is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is not in the closet or a 440A4 is not connected to the line. When set to ON, each of the two terminating resistor jumpers covers the two lower pins in each set. (The top pin in each set is left uncovered.) ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to OFF when the set is in a multipoint configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet, a 440A4 is connected on the line, or the jumper is set to ON in one of the other sets on the line. When set to OFF, each of the two terminating resistor jumpers covers the two top pins in each set. (The bottom pin in each set is left uncovered.) ■ The terminating resistor jumpers must be set to ON when the set is in a multipoint configuration and the terminating resistor is not in the closet, a 440A4 is not connected on the line, or the jumper is not set to ON in any of the other sets on the line. When set to ON, each of the two terminating resistor jumpers covers the two lower pins in each set. (The top pin in each set is left uncovered.) Switch Administration Use the following information for administering an ISDN 8510T voice terminal. ■ An 8510T voice terminal connected to a DEFINITY G2 should be aliased as a 7507 voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-38 ■ An 8510T voice terminal connected to a DEFINITY G3 or a DEFINITY ECS can be administered as itself. ■ An 8510T data terminal connected to a DEFINITY G2 or G3 or to a DEFINITY ECS should be aliased as a 7507 with data. Button Numbering The following information can be used to administer the ISDN 8510T voice terminal. ■ When the terminal is connected to a DEFINITY G3 or to a DEFINITY ECS, the 10 call appearance/feature buttons should be administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 10. The Normal feature (the Exit button) should be administered on Button #11. ■ When the terminal is connected to a DEFINITY G2, the 10 call appearance/feature buttons should be administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 12. The Normal feature (the Exit button) should be administered on Button #13. The Service Profiler ID (SPID) When ISDN terminals are initially installed, a unique SPID number must be entered into the terminal. This number identifies the terminal to the network. Usually, the system manager provides the SPID for each terminal in the system. Use the following procedure for entering the SPID in an ISDN 8510T terminal. 1. Press Menu and then press Mute . 2. Dial the numbers, “43” (ID). 3. Press * on the dial pad. 4. Enter digits from the dial pad for a new SPID number. If, at any point, you make a mistake, press # to erase the number and re-enter the SPID. 5. When the SPID number is correct, press new SPID in the terminal. * on the dial pad to save the Hidden/Craft Features The ISDN Terminals Installation and Tests Manual, Issue 3, 555-021-101, contains information on completing the following tasks for the ISDN 8510T voice/data terminal: ■ How to enable or disable the listen-only speaker or the speakerphone ■ How to enable Selectable Ring Preference ■ How to clear all parameters stored in memory ■ How to clear a user’s password DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal ■ How to set a password known only by the system manager ■ How to send or disable Button Number 11 Page 16-39 Power Failure Operation The 8510T cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8510T voice/data terminal is FCC registered as a Class A terminal. Hearing Aid Compatible This terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids as required by the FCC. 8510T Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8510T voice/data terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal PEC: 3117-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106604382; White=106604390 ■ ISDN 8510T Data Terminal PEC: 3117-002 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106604424; White=106604432 ■ ISDN 8510T TMI Terminal Comcode: Black=106899982; White=106899990 ■ Handset PEC: 31149 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ Handset for Noisy Environments PEC: 31052A (Black=COL09; White=COL10) ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=102401445; White=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet) PEC: 2725-07G Comcode: 103786778 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8510 Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-40 ■ Designation card PEC: 31170 Comcode: 847065467 (package of six 8 1/2’’ by 11’’ cards, 67 sheets) 846819530 (package of tractor feed 9 8’’ by 17’’ cards, 34 sheets, to be used with LabelMaster) ■ 8510 Data Upgrade Kit PEC: 32254A Comcode: 106811979 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8510T voice/data terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters'' in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8510T voice/data terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal User’s Manual, 555-021-736 ■ ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal Quick Reference Guide, 555-021-735 ■ ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal Instructions for Changing the Jumper Settings for the Terminating Resistors and for AUX and PHAN Power Options, 555-021-738 ■ ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal Instructions for Installing the Asynchronous Data Board (ADM) or Telephone Multimedia Interface (TMI) Board, 555-021-754 ■ DEFINITY Generic 3 ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-748 ■ ISDN 8500 Series Display Terminal ADM User’s Manual, 555-021-730 ■ Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Terminals Installation and Tests, 555-021-101 ■ ISDN Application Programming Interface (API) Programmer’s Reference Manual, 533-705-200 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-41 The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal RS232 Connector Display ISDN 8520T Menu Dir Prev Next 4 Display Control Buttons 10 Softkeys Handset Telephone Number Card Volume Control Button Designation Card a f k p b g l q r c h m d i n s e j o t Volume ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV 7 8 WXYZ * Oper 1 Mute Redial Speaker Exit Conf Drop Transfer Hold 4 Handset Jack Transfer Button 5 O Message 3 6 9 # Redial Button Exit Button Drop Button Hold Button Conference Button Speaker Button Mute Button Figure 16-6. 2 20 Call Appearance/ Feature Buttons The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Dial Pad Message Light Adjunct Jack (on bottom of voice terminal) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-42 The 8520T voice/data terminal is used with the ISDN communication system through a 4-wire “T”-interface. The 8520T voice/data terminal offers the following: 20 call appearance/feature buttons, each with a red and green status light, buttons for the Mute, Redial, Conference, Drop, Transfer, and Hold features (the MUTE, SPEAKER, CONF, and TRANSFER buttons have a red light next to them), a Speakerphone which can also be optioned as a listen-only Speaker, a Volume control, improved acoustic quality with the K-type handset, an Adjunct jack for adjunct equipment, and touch-tone dialing. Ten softkeys and four display control buttons located on either side of the 7-line by 24-character liquid crystal display can be used to access such features as a personal Directory, a Call Log which lists the most recent incoming and outgoing calls, the Self-Test feature, and a personalized ringing pattern for the voice/data terminal. Applications The 8520T voice/data terminal can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS. It can be used as a voice terminal or a data terminal. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions given here for the 8520T voice/data terminal are approximate. Width = 11-1/2 inches Depth (front to back) = 10-1/4 inches Height (maximum with handset in place) = 5-3/8 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-43 Features Nine Fixed Features ■ CONF button ■ DROP button ■ TRANSFER button ■ HOLD button ■ MUTE button ■ SPEAKER button ■ EXIT button ■ REDIAL button ■ VOLUME button Message Light The red Message light goes on when a message is left for the user. This light goes off when the user retrieves the message. Call Appearance/Feature buttons These 20 buttons are devoted either to handling incoming and outgoing calls (call appearances) and are labeled with the exchange (numbers) and extension number or they can be used as feature buttons to access voice features such as Call Forward or Send All Calls; these are labeled with the feature name. Each of these 20 call appearance/feature buttons has a red light, which indicates the selected line, and a green light which indicates the status of that line or feature. REDIAL button With the Redial feature, the user can redial the telephone number last dialed from the dial pad. (The handset must be off-hook, or the speaker must be active.) Up to 37 digits can be redialed. Speakerphone (Listen and Speak) Feature The 8520T voice/data terminal is equipped with a built-in S201A-type speakerphone. The Speakerphone capability allows a user to engage in a hands-free 2-way conversation with the far-end party. The speakerphone can be turned off or on with the SPEAKER button; it can be muted with the MUTE button, and the volume can be controlled with the VOLUME “arrow” button. With the softkeys, the user can adjust the speakerphone for optimal performance. The user hears a set of tones as the speakerphone performs an acoustic test of the environment. When the tones stop, the speakerphone has finished adjusting itself and is ready for use. The user should reset the speakerphone whenever the voice/data terminal (or the table or desk on which the terminal is situated) is moved to another place (even in the same room). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-44 Speaker (Listen-only) Feature The 8520T voice/data terminal can be optioned for the Speakerphone (listen and speak) or the Speaker (listen-only) feature. (The terminal is shipped with the Speakerphone setting in place.) The Speaker (listen-only) capability allows a user to engage in a one-way conversation with the far-end. The user can only listen to the far-end; the user is not able to transmit his voice over the speaker. Use the SPEAKER button on the front of the terminal for turning on and off the speaker or speakerphone. To speak with the far-end, the user must use the handset. Lifting the handset turns off the speaker. MUTE button While on a call, the user can press the MUTE button (the red light next to the button goes on), so the user can converse with someone in the same room without the other party hearing the conversation. The user is placed in listen-only mode. To disable the feature, the user presses the MUTE button a second time (the red light goes off). The Mute function works only with the speakerphone and the handset. EXIT button The EXIT button is used for exiting a softkey feature and returning to the user-selected Home Screen. The top two lines again show you the time and date and any relevant system information. VOLUME control button When the user is on a call using the speakerphone, the VOLUME “arrow” button raises or lowers the volume on the speakerphone. Likewise, when the user is on a call using the handset, the VOLUME control button changes the receive level of the handset. When the handset is on-hook and the speakerphone is off, this button raises or lowers the ringer volume or tones such as the confirmation or error tone. Softkeys The 10 unlabeled buttons located on both sides of the display correspond to words on the display screen. Softkeys are used along with display control keys to access the following features: ■ Setting the clock ■ Setting the speakerphone ■ Adding, editing, and deleting the numbers and associated names (and optional group names) in the voice terminal Directory ■ Organizing your Directory in alphabetical order or by group name, renaming a group, and moving Directory entries from one group into another DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-45 ■ Searching the Directory for a particular entry, by name or by number, and then placing a call to the number currently shown on the display screen ■ Viewing the contents of your Directory, and then editing, deleting, or placing a call to the number currently shown on the display screen ■ Using ■ Using the Call Log to view incoming and/or outgoing calls ■ Choosing to display an indicator when new calls are logged ■ Locking and unlocking any Directory Changes, the Call Log, and all Softkey functions ■ Changing or removing your password ■ Selecting a home screen, which your display will return to whenever you press Exit ■ Initiating a self-test of the voice/data terminal’s lights, ringer, buttons, and display ■ Selecting the contrast level for the display ■ Selecting a personalized ringing pattern ■ Selecting the type of display messages shown on the display screen (all messages or only error messages) and setting the rate at which the display messages are shown ■ Adding confirmation or error tones to display messages ■ Setting the number of names on a Directory page ■ Providing Service Information if the terminal is used for data functions ■ Choosing if and when the speaker becomes active while placing a voice call using your PC Dir to quickly place a call to a number located in your Directory Display control buttons These four buttons are labeled Menu , ■ ■ Menu Dir Dir , Prev , and Next . is used to access the main softkey menu. allows you to quickly access Directory entries in order to place a call. ■ Prev and Next can be used to help you go back and forth through menu options, to add, edit, or search for an entry in your Directory, and to view entries in your Call Log. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-46 Other Physical Features Handset The 8520T voice/data terminal is equipped with a K-type handset. A K-type Noisy Environment Handset (PEC: 31052A) can also be purchased and connected to the 8520T terminal. Dial pad The 8520T is equipped with a standard 12-button touch-tone dial pad for dialing telephone numbers or accessing features. The letters “Q” and “Z” have been added to the appropriate dial pad keys for directory access, and the “5” button on your dial pad has raised bars for visually-impaired users. Ringing The 8520T has electronic tone ringing with eight possible personalized ringing patterns that can be selected through the softkeys and the display control buttons. Ringer volume is controlled by the VOLUME “arrow” button when the terminal is on-hook. Jacks The 8520T housing contains three jacks. The Handset cord jack, for connecting the handset to the voice/data terminal, is located on the bottom of the housing, near the front of the terminal. The Line jack, for connecting the line cord to the 8520T, is located on the bottom (left center) of the set. The Adjunct jack, which is located on the bottom of the set directly below the Line jack, is used for connecting optional adjunct equipment such as an S201A Speakerphone or a 500A Headset Adapter to the voice/data terminal. The RS232 jack on the rear of the set can be used for connecting data equipment. Cords Two cords are supplied with the 8520T voice/data terminal: a coiled 9-foot modular Handset cord and a 7-foot Line cord. An optional 12-foot Handset cord is available. Mounting Options The 8520T comes equipped with a desk stand. This voice/data terminal cannot be wall-mounted. Color Options The 8520T is available in black or white. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-47 Data Features The ISDN 8520T voice terminal has the following data features: ■ Asynchronous full-duplex operation at data rates from 1200 bits per second (bps) to 57.6 kilobits per second (kbps) through an EIA-232 interface. ■ X.25 packet switched data communication including receipt of X.29 commands from a remote X.25 host for setting packet switched data parameters. ■ Circuit switched data communication over 56 or 64 kbps facilities via industry standard V.120 rate adaption protocol. ■ Circuit switched data communication over 64 kbps facilities via Lucent Technologies’ Digital Multiplexed Interface Mode 2 or Mode 3 rate adaption protocols. ■ API allows a PC to control all aspects of the set’s interaction with the user and with the network. ■ The 10 softkeys and four display control buttons located to the left and right of the liquid crystal display can be used to access data features such as view current options, change options, answer a data call, place a data call, reset a locked data set, and selecting to display a data indicator. Note, the first two lines of the 7-line display contain switch information; the remaining five lines contain softkey information. ■ A user-friendly command interface with on-screen help, nine programmable named data memory numbers, and four programmable data option profiles. ■ An expanded Hayes AT command set interface for compatibility with applications which require this command format. ■ Remote and local loopback tests. For more information about the data features on an 8500-Series terminal, see the ISDN 8500 Series Display Terminal ADM User’s Manual, 555-021-730. Distance Limitations For the DEFINITY G2 and G3 and the DEFINITY ECS, in which multipoint configuration is used, the maximum signaling distance possible from the port board to the work location jack is: (The terminating resistor should be within 250 feet of the work location; the distances listed are applicable for up to two voice/data terminals.) ■ If 24 AWG cable is used = 1600 feet ■ If 26 AWG cable is used = 1330 feet DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-48 Power Requirements Auxiliary Power Supply The 8520T needs auxiliary power from an auxiliary power supply. Recommended power supplies are the MSP-1 (local) Power Supply and the 1145A Bulk Power Supply. Terminating Resistor The terminating resistor setting must be set by either a service representative or the system administrator. ■ The terminating resistor setting should be set to OUT when the voice/data terminal is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet. ■ The terminating resistor setting on the terminal should be set to IN when the voice/data terminal is in a point-to-point configuration and the terminating resistor is not in the closet. ■ When terminals are part of a multipoint configuration and the terminating resistor is in the closet, all sets should be set to OUT. ■ When the terminating resistor is not in the closet and the terminals are part of a multipoint configuration, only one of the sets in this configuration needs to be set to IN. All the rest of the sets in this configuration should be set to OUT. To change the terminating resistor setting, do the following: 1. Press Menu and then Mute . 2. Dial the numbers “87” (TR). 3. The display screen shows you the current terminating resistor setting (IN or OUT). Use the softkeys to toggle between the two settings, whichever is correct for that terminal. 4. When the correct setting is shown on the display screen, press the softkey beside Done. Switch Administration An 8520T voice/data terminal connected to a DEFINITY G2, G3i, G3r, or to a DEFINITY ECS, should be aliased as a 7507 with data. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-49 Button Numbering The ISDN 8520T voice terminal must be administered in the following ways: ■ When the terminal is connected to a DEFINITY G3 or a DEFINITY ECS, the 20 call appearance/feature buttons should be administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 1 through 20. NOTE: On a DEFINITY G3 or a DEFINITY ECS, the Normal or Exit feature should be administered on Button #21. ■ When the terminal is connected to a DEFINITY G2, the call appearance/feature buttons should be administered as “BUTTON ASSIGNMENTS” 3 through 22. The Service Profiler ID (SPID) When ISDN terminals are initially installed, a unique SPID number must be entered into the terminal. This number identifies the terminal to the network. Usually, the system manager provides the SPID for each terminal in the system. Use the following procedure for entering the SPID in an ISDN 8520T terminal. 1. Press Menu and then press Mute . 2. Dial the numbers, “43” (ID). 3. Press * on the dial pad. 4. Enter digits from the dial pad for a new SPID number. If, at any point, you make a mistake, press * to erase the number and re-enter the SPID. 5. When the SPID number is correct, press new SPID in the terminal. # on the dial pad to save the Hidden/Craft Features For information on the hidden or craft features, those features that can be done only by qualified service personnel, use the procedures listed for the 8510T terminal in the ISDN Terminals Installation and Tests Manual, Issue 3, 555-021-101. The section titled ISDN 8500-Series T-Interface Terminals in that manual contains information on completing the following tasks for the ISDN 8510T voice/data terminal (the procedures for these tasks can also be used for the 8520T): ■ How to enable or disable the listen-only speaker or the speakerphone ■ How to enable Selectable Ring Preference ■ How to clear all parameters stored in memory ■ How to clear a user’s password DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal ■ How to clear a password known by the system administrator ■ How to send or disable Button Number 11 Page 16-50 Power Failure Operation The 8520T cannot be used as an emergency station during power failure transfer conditions. FCC Registration The 8520T voice/data terminal is FCC registered as a Class A terminal. Hearing Aid Compatible This voice/data terminal is compatible with the inductively coupled hearing aids as required by the FCC. 8520T Equipment PECs and Comcodes The 8520T voice/data terminal and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ ISDN 8520T Voice Terminal PEC: 3116-001 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106906431; White=106906449 ■ Handset PEC: 31149 (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=106050065; White=106053408 ■ Handset for Noisy Environments PEC: 31052A (Black=COL09; White=COL10) ■ Handset cord (9 feet) Comcode: Black=105635429; White=105701809 ■ Handset cord (12 feet) PEC: 2725-01L (Black=COL09; White=COL10) Comcode: Black=102401445; White=104211339 ■ Line cord (7 feet) PEC: 2725-07G Comcode: 103786778 ■ Designation cards 6 sheets (each sheet has enough designation cards for 6 sets) Comcode: 847244274 18 sheets (each sheet has enough designation cards for 6 sets) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 16 ISDN Voice Terminals The ISDN 8520T Voice/Data Terminal Page 16-51 Comcode: 847244282 68 sheets (each sheet has enough designation cards for 6 sets) Comcode: 847244290 Adjuncts The following adjuncts can be used with the 8520T terminal: ■ 500A Headset Adapter (and a standard headset; see “Headsets” below) ■ S101A Speakerphone (no longer orderable) ■ S201A Speakerphone Headsets A list of compatible headsets, consisting of both modular and plug prong base units and selection of headpieces, appears in “Headset Adapters” in the Adjuncts section (behind the Adjuncts tab) later in this manual. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8520T voice/data terminal: (Use the 9-digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ ISDN 8520T Voice Terminal User’s Manual, 555-021-758 ■ DEFINITY Generic 3 ISDN 8520T Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-230-767 ■ ISDN 8500 Series Display Terminal ADM User’s Manual, 555-021-730 ■ ISDN Application Programming Interface (API) Programmer’s Reference Manual, 533-705-200 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones Page 17-1 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones 17 The following cordless and wireless telephones are described in this section: ■ The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone ■ The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-2 The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone User Instructions (pull-up) To Update Display Press Stat Antenna Headset On/Off Button Handset Display Directory Card (behind) Headset Jack P STAT ON MSG RANGE BATT Battery Charging Contacts Earpiece Volume Control Switch P STAT ON RANGE MSG BATT Drop Stat (Status) Button On/Off Button Stat On/Off Hold 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 5 Dual Purpose Outside Line/ Programmable Buttons Drop Button Hold Button 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7PQRS 8TUV 9WXYZ Conf (Conference) Button * Dial Pad 0Oper # Conf Trans Feat Feat (Feature) Button Trans (Transfer) Button MDC 9000 Ext. Figure 17-1. 14 Handset Extension Label The MDC 9000 Telephone, Top View of Handset, Including Enlarged Display Area DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-3 MDC 9000 Battery Charging Contacts Talk Indicator Handset Hook Ringer Volume Talk Charge Message Figure 17-2. Message Indicator Ringer Volume Controls Base Ringer Base Extension Label Charge Indicator Ext. 14 The MDC 9000 Telephone, Top View of Charging Base The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone has two basic parts, the handset and the charging base. ■ The handset has line/programmable feature/intercom buttons, Conference, Drop, Hold, Transfer, Status, and Feature buttons, Headset On/Off and Handset On/Off buttons, a LCD display, an earpiece volume control switch, battery charging contacts, a directory card, and a headset jack. ■ The charging base has a handset hook, ringer volume controls, battery charging contacts, a Talk indicator, a Charge indicator, a Message indicator, and a base ringer. In order to provide you with the freedom of mobility, the MDC 9000 is not connected physically (by a line cord or wire from the handset) to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, or Generic 3, a DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS), System 75, or System 85. Instead, the MDC 9000 handset communicates by way of a radio link to its radio base, which connects to the telephone system. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-4 Applications The MDC 9000 Wireless Telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the MDC 9000 handset and charging base are approximate. For the Handset: Width = 2.44 inches Length = 12.1 inches Height = 2.3 inches For the Charging Base: Width = 7.52 inches Length = 9.4 inches Height = 3.43 inches Handset Features Fixed Feature Buttons The MDC 9000 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE button — labeled CONF ■ DROP button — The DROP button is NOT labeled. It is located in the lower right corner of the LCD display. ■ TRANSFER button — labeled TRANS ■ HOLD button ■ FEATURE button — The Feature button (labeled FEAT) is not used. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-5 ■ STATUS button — The Status button (labeled STAT) is used to update all handset visuals if pressed when the STAT indicator appears (the handset is on), and to turn on the display when the handset is off. ■ Headset On/Off button — This button is used for turning the headset on and off. ■ Handset (labeled ON/OFF) button — This button is used for turning the handset on and off. (This button can also turn the headset on and off.) Outside Line or Intercom/ Programmable Feature Buttons When labeled with an extension number, these buttons indicate lines used for incoming and outgoing calls (call appearances) and for using the telephone as an intercom; when programmed and labeled with feature names, these buttons access features (feature buttons). In use, the light next to that button is lit; when a call is on hold, it winks. LCD Display The display provides information on line status, whether the telephone is out of range, whether the battery is low, if you have a message, and when you are in program mode. Dial Pad The telephone has a standard 12-button pad for dialing telephone numbers and accessing features. Directory Card The set has a directory card for writing or typing names of frequently dialed telephone numbers or extensions. It is located on the bottom of the handset cover. User Instructions The set also provides you with a quick reference that you can pull up to review basic procedures for using this telephone’s features. Antenna The antenna is used for receiving the transmissions from the radio module. This antenna is flexible and is permanently attached to the handset. Earpiece Volume Control Switch This volume control is used for sliding between the two earpiece volume control positions, Normal and High. Battery Charging Contacts The contacts are used for charging the handset when contact is made with the charging base. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-6 Headset Jack This jack is used for connecting the headset to the handset. Charging Base Features Talk Indicator This indicator is lit when the handset is off-hook. (The ON icon on the handset is also lit.) Charge Indicator This indicator is lit when the battery is charging and the handset is properly placed on the base. Message Indicator This indicator is lit when you have a message. (MSG also appears on the handset display.) Ringer Volume Controls This volume control is used for adjusting the base’s ringing volume. Press the left button to decrease the ringer volume; press the right button to increase the ringer volume. NOTE: When the handset is on the base, only the base rings. Both ring when the handset is out of the base. Base Ringer This is the ringer located in the base. Handset Hook This hook is used for hanging up the handset in the base. Battery Charging Contacts These charging contacts are used for charging the handset when contact is made with the charging base. Power Cord Jack This jack is used for connecting the power cord to your telephone. This cord is then plugged into a wall outlet. This jack is located on the other side of the base. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-7 Display Information The telephone display provides visual call and telephone status information through the following set of icons: ■ or or shows the status of the adjacent button. If the triangle and rectangle both appear, you are using that line; if only the rectangle appears, the line is in use. ■ ON appears when the handset is on. ■ RANGE flashes to indicate that you are out of range and appears steadily when you have lost communication. ■ P is not used with a DEFINITY switch or System 75 or System 85. ■ STAT appears when the status mode is active, refreshing the icons and indicating that you should move closer to the base. ■ MSG appears when there is a message waiting for you. ■ BATT appears when the battery is low. Out-of-Range Indication While the set is still active, it gives an audible indication (double beep) and visual indication (the RANGE icon appears on the LCD display) when the handset is getting out of range. Distance and Installation Limitations (for the Charging Base) The MDC 9000 uses radio transmissions to communicate. The range depends on your particular operating environment, and the range can be improved by placing the base in an optimum location. The base can be placed on a desk or mounted on a wall. Before you install the phone, note the following considerations: ■ Mount the base near the center of the area in which the handset will be used, but at least 20 feet away from the phone system switch. ■ Install the base within 6 feet of a properly grounded 3-prong electrical outlet that is not controlled by an on/off switch. ■ If your phone system uses an uninterruptible power supply, such as a backup generator, be sure to connect the base for the cordless phone to that power supply. ■ The base should not share the same power line or be within 6 feet of equipment with microprocessors such as answering machines, personal computers, and fax machines, 900 MHz wireless LANS and other DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-8 equipment, phone system control units, uninterruptible power supplies, copier machines or electric motors and industrial machinery. A distance of 20 feet is advisable for minimum interference. ■ The base should be located at least 3 feet from metal sources. These include metal reinforced ceilings, metal window frames, concrete reinforced with metal, sheet metal walls, steel 1-beams, metal studs in walls, screens, and fences. ■ Some solid structures, such as moist concrete walls, brick walls, and steel reinforced concrete walls, will inhibit the range. ■ If more than one cordless phone is being used, do not place a handset from one cordless phone into the base of another. If this accidentally occurs, place each handset in the correct base for at least 10 seconds. Switch Administration Aliasing For all System 75, System 85, DEFINITY Generic 1, and Generic 2 switches, and DEFINITY Generic 3, Versions 1 and 2, the MDC 9000 terminal must be administered as a 7303S Hybrid terminal. Beginning with the DEFINITY Generic 3, Version 3 (or later), the MDC 9000 can be administered as itself. For the System 85, R2V1 through R2V4 switch which does not accommodate Universal modules, an ANN17B Hybrid pack in conjunction with a DS-1 carrier must be used to connect the switch and the MDC 9000 terminal. On all other switches, including System 75, DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, and the DEFINITY ECS, a TN62B Hybrid pack must be used with the Universal carrier for this purpose. NOTE: A DEFINITY Generic 2 may use either an ANN17B or a TN62B pack. In either case, the latest vintage packs are recommended. Button Numbering Only the system manager should administer feature button assignments on the telephone. It is recommended that you not use a feature that requires visuals (that is, the light next to each administrable button) to be updated while the set is turned off, or any feature that may be activated by button depression while the set is turned off (for example, Send All Calls). Use Figure 17-3 for button numbering on the MDC 9000 set when it is connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1 or Generic 3, or to a DEFINITY ECS. Use DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-9 Figure 17-4 for button numbering on the MDC 9000 set when it is connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY Generic 2. NOTE: On System 75, the DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3, or a DEFINITY ECS, button numbering begins with “1,” the button on the upper right of the display. On System 85 and the DEFINITY Generic 2, button numbering starts with “3.” 3 2 1 P STAT ON MSG RANGE BATT 5 Figure 17-3. 4 DROP Button Numbering for a MDC 9000 Connected to System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1 or Generic 3, or a DEFINITY ECS 5 4 3 P STAT 7 Figure 17-4. ON MSG RANGE BATT 6 DROP Button Numbering for a MDC 9000 Connected to System 85 or a DEFINITY Generic 2 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-10 FCC Registration The MDC 9000 telephone has been tested and has been found to comply with FCC Part 15 Rules. Hearing Aid Compatibility This wireless telephone is compatible with inductively-coupled hearing aids. MDC 9000 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The MDC 9000 Telephone and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ MDC 9000 Telephone Black Set = PEC: 3203-03B Comcode: 106738073; White Set = PEC: 3203-03W Comcode: 106739089 ■ Headset PEC: 3122-041 ■ Battery Pack Black PEC: 32036 Comcode: 106760804 White PEC: 32034 Comcode: 106760812 ■ Holster Gray Comcode: 846628527 Black Comcode: 846501401 ■ Line Cord 14-foot (From Lucent Technologies Catalog Sales) 10095X (From Lucent Technologies National Parts Sales Center) 32008A 25-foot (From Lucent Technologies Catalog Sales) 10096X (From Lucent Technologies National Parts Sales Center) 32009A 50-foot (From Lucent Technologies Catalog Sales) 10097X (From Lucent Technologies National Parts Sales Center) 32010A 75-foot (From Lucent Technologies Catalog Sales) 10098X (From Lucent Technologies National Parts Sales Center) 32900A 100-foot (From Lucent Technologies Catalog Sales) 10094X (From Lucent Technologies National Parts Sales Center) 32011A ■ Supra RF Headset PEC: 32030 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone Page 17-11 Additional Documents The following documents contains additional information relating to the MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Generic 1, 2, and 3, System 75 and System 85 MDC 9000 Cordless Telephone User’s Guide, 555-230-769 ■ MDC 9000 Cordless Business Telephone Installation Manual, 503-801-101 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-12 The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Antenna Headset On/Off Button Handset Display 18 PMUTE ON MSG RANGE BATT Battery Charging Contacts 5 Outside Line/Programmable Intercom Buttons Volume Control Switch Drop Button Mute Button On/Off Button Mute On/Off Hold 1 4 2 ABC 3 DEF GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7PQRS 8TUV 9WXYZ Conf (Conference) Button Hold Button Dial Pad 0Oper # * Conf Trans Feat Feat (Feature) Button Trans (Transfer) Button MDW 9000 Headset Jack Ext. Figure 17-5. Handset Extension Label The MDW 9000 Telephone, Including Enlarged Display Area DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-13 Battery Charging Contacts Handset Hook Spare Battery Cover Charging Cradle Extension Label Figure 17-6. Ext. 16 Charge Spare Charge Charge Indicator Spare Charge Indicator The MDW 9000 Telephone, Top View of Charging Cradle DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-14 Antenna Top Hook LED Indicators Power Radio Pass Power Plug Connector Card Edge Snap Lock Line Connector Figure 17-7. The MDW 9000 Telephone, Radio Module The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone is part of the TransTalk™ 9000 Digital Wireless System family of telephones. This wireless telephone has three basic parts, the handset the charging cradle, and the radio module. ■ The handset has line/programmable feature/intercom buttons, Drop, Mute, Hold, Conference, and Transfer buttons, a Headset On/Off button and a Handset On/Off button, a LCD display, a Volume control switch, battery charging contacts, a flexible antenna, and a Headset jack. ■ The charging cradle has a handset hook, a spare battery cover, a spare battery. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone ■ Page 17-15 The radio module has Power, Pass, and Radio indicator lights, a top hook, card edge, and snap lock which connect the radio module to the carrier assembly/backplane, an antenna, and power plug and line connectors. In order to provide you with the freedom of mobility, the MDW 9000 is not connected physically (by a line cord or wire from the handset) to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, or Generic 3, or the DEFINITY ECS. Instead, the MDW 9000 communicates by way of a radio link to its matched radio module, which, in turn, connects it to the DEFINITY switch or the DEFINITY ECS. The telephone needs merely an electrical outlet, and a test check to make sure that the handset is in range of its matching radio module. The handset communicates through a matching radio module. When up to six wireless phones are used within a single location, a carrier assembly is required. When the radio modules are placed in the carrier assembly, it is considered a radio base station. Applications The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Physical Features Dimensions NOTE: The dimensions described here for the MDW 9000 telephone are approximate. For the Handset: Width = 1.5 inches Length = 10 inches Height = 2.43 inches For the Cradle: Width = 3.94 inches Length = 9.75 inches Height = 5.13 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-16 For the Radio Module: Width = 5.5 inches Length = 12.1 inches Height = 1.5 inches Handset Features Fixed Feature Buttons The MDW 9000 has the following eight fixed feature buttons: ■ CONFERENCE button — labeled CONF ■ DROP button — The DROP button is NOT labeled. It is located in the lower right corner of the LCD display. ■ TRANSFER button — labeled TRANS ■ HOLD button ■ FEATURE button — The Feature button (labeled FEAT) is not used. ■ MUTE button — The MUTE button is used to turn on and off the microphone associated with the handset or the headset. ■ Headset On/Off button — This button is used for turning the headset on and off. Located on top of the handset, it is used when the headset jack is in use. At all other times, the Headset On/Off button is deactivated to prevent accidental call termination. ■ Handset (labeled ON/OFF) button — This On/Off button is used for turning the handset on and off. (It can also be used to turn the headset on or off.) Outside Line or Intercom/ Programmable Feature Buttons When labeled with an extension number, these buttons indicate lines used for incoming and outgoing calls (call appearances) and for using the telephone as an intercom; when programmed and labeled with feature names, these buttons access features (feature buttons). LCD Display The display provides information on the status of lines and range, battery power, mute usage, etc. (See “Display Information” later in this section.) Dial Pad This is the standard 12-button pad for dialing telephone numbers and accessing features. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-17 Volume Control Switch The Volume control adjusts the receiver volume (higher or lower) when the handset is off-hook and adjusts the ring volume (higher or lower) when the handset is on-hook. Antenna The antenna is used for receiving the transmissions from the radio module. This antenna is flexible and is permanently attached to the handset. Battery Charging Contacts These contacts are used for charging the handset when contact is made with the charging cradle. Headset Jack This jack is used for connecting the headset to the handset. Charging Cradle Features Charge Indicator The green Charging Indicator light on the cradle’s faceplate indicates when the handset battery is charging. This LED is labeled Charge. Spare Charge Indicator The green Charge Indicator light on the cradle’s faceplate indicates when the spare battery (in the spare battery garage) is charging. This LED is labeled Spare Charge. Battery Charging Contacts The battery charging contacts are used for charging the handset when contact is made with the charging cradle. Handset Hook This hook is used for hanging up the handset in the cradle. Spare Battery Cover The battery cover covers the spare battery garage. It opens by sliding to the left. Modular Power Pack This rechargeable, replaceable battery pack provides at least 3 hours of “talk time” and should hold its charge for at least 22 hours. The power pack is located inside the cradle. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-18 Power Cord Jack This jack is used for connecting the power cord to your charging cradle. This cord is then plugged into a wall outlet. This jack is located on the back of the cradle. Radio Module Features Power and Pass Indicator Lights The Power and Pass lights indicate when the module is powered up and completes its self-diagnostic. The Radio light goes on when the handset is in use. Top Hook and Card Edge The top hook and the card edge connect the radio module to the carrier assembly/backplane mounting rod. Snap Lock This lock locks the radio module into the carrier assembly. Antenna The sturdy and flexible antenna sends signals between the handset and the radio module. Power Plug Jack The AC adapter should be inserted into this jack. Line Jack The line cord should be inserted into this jack. Display Information The LCD Display provides visual call and telephone status information through the following set of icons: ■ or or shows the status of the adjacent button. If the triangle and rectangle both appear, you are using that line; if only the rectangle appears, the line is in use. ■ 18 appears during Local Test Mode; 0 through 10 can appear during the Wireless Test Mode. ■ ON appears when the handset is on. ■ RANGE flashes to indicate that you are out of range and appears steadily when you have lost communication. ■ P is not used with a DEFINITY switch or System 75 or System 85. ■ MUTE appears when the handset microphone is muted. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone ■ T appears when the Wireless Test Mode is active. ■ MSG appears when there is a message waiting for you. ■ BATT appears when the battery is low. Page 17-19 Out-of-Range Indication While the set is still active, it gives an audible indication (double beep) and visual indication (the RANGE icon appears on the LCD display) when the handset is getting out of range of the radio module. Distance and Installation Limitations The MDW 9000 uses radio transmissions to communicate. The range depends on your particular operating environment. For indoor use, intervening walls will reduce the phone’s range. Try to stay away from concentrations of structural metal, such as steel and aluminum, or reinforced concrete. At least 6 feet is required between the radio module/radio base station and the phone system switch. Before you install the radio module or radio base station, note the following considerations: ■ When positioning the radio module or radio base station, try to place the unit in a central location, relative to the handset usage area. If your switch is located in a distant area, you may have to run line cord from your phone system to the centrally positioned radio module(s). The maximum distance is 1000 feet of 26 gauge cable. ■ The radio module or radio base station should not share the same power line or be within 6 feet of equipment with microprocessors such as answering machines, personal computers, and fax machines, or electromagnetic equipment such as electric motors. ■ For remote locations, an individual radio module can be installed in that area and attached via line cord to the phone system. IROBs should be used in outdoor area. ■ The radio module or radio base station should be placed high on the wall for optimum voice quality and range. Allow at least 1 foot of space between the top of the antenna on the radio module(s) and the ceiling. ■ Install the single radio module within 3 feet of either side of, and within 6-8 feet above, a properly grounded 3-prong electrical outlet that is not controlled by an on/off switch. ■ Install the radio base stations within 15 feet of either side of, and within 6-8 feet above, a properly grounded 3-prong electrical outlet that is not controlled by an on/off switch. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone ■ Page 17-20 If your phone system uses an uninterruptible power supply, such as a backup generator, be sure to connect the radio or radio base station to that power supply. Switch Administration Aliasing For all System 75 and System 85 releases and DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, Versions 1 and 2, the MDW 9000 terminal must be administered as a 7303S Hybrid terminal. If your MDW 9000 is connected to a DEFINITY Generic 3, Version 3 (or later), the MDW 9000 can be administered as itself. For the System 85, R2V1 through R2V4 switch which does not accommodate Universal modules, an ANN17B Hybrid pack in conjunction with a DS-1 carrier must be used to connect the switch and the MDW 9000 terminal. On all other switches, including System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 3, or a DEFINITY ECS, a TN62B Hybrid pack must be used with the Universal carrier for this purpose. NOTE: A DEFINITY Generic 2 may use either an ANN17B or a TN62B pack. In either case, the latest vintage packs are recommended. Button Numbering Only the system manager should administer feature button assignments on the telephone. It is recommended that you not use a feature that requires visuals (that is, the light next to each administrable button) to be updated while the set is turned off, or any feature that may be activated by button depression while the set is turned off (for example, Send All Calls). UseFigure 17-8 for button numbering on the MDW 9000 set when it is connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 3 switch, or a DEFINITY ECS. Use Figure 17-9 for button numbering on the MDW 9000 set when it is connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY Generic 2. NOTE: On System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1 and 3, or a DEFINITY ECS, button numbering begins with “1,” the button on the upper right of the display. On System 85 and a DEFINITY Generic 2, button numbering starts with “3.” DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-21 3 2 10 P MUTE ON MSG RANGE BATT 5 Figure 17-8. 4 DROP Button Numbering for an MDW 9000 Connected to a System 75, a DEFINITY Generic 1 or 3, or a DEFINITY ECS 5 7 Figure 17-9. 1 4 3 10 P MUTE ON MSG RANGE BATT 6 DROP Button Numbering for an MDW 9000 Connected to a System 85 or a DEFINITY Generic 2 FCC Registration The MDW 9000 telephone has been tested and has been found to comply with FCC Part 15 Rules. Hearing Aid Compatibility This wireless telephone is compatible with inductively-coupled hearing aids. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Page 17-22 UL and CSA Approval This voice terminal has been tested and has met the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards UL 1459 and have also met the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standards CSA-C22.2 No.225-M90. MDW 9000 Equipment PECs and Comcodes The MDW 9000 telephone and components can be ordered with these PECs and Comcodes: ■ MDW 9000 Telephone (sold separately) Black = PEC: 3204-01B Comcode: 107017022 White = PEC: 3204-01B Comcode: 107017030 ■ MDW 9000 Multiple Unit (sold as a unit) Black = PEC: 3204-W1B Comcode: 107077444 White = PEC: 3204-W1W Comcode: 107077463 ■ Carrier Assembly/Backplane PEC: 3204-CR1 Comcode: 107073330 ■ Headset PEC: 3122-041 ■ Battery Pack Black = PEC: 32036 Comcode: 106760804 White = PEC: 32034 Comcode: 106760812 ■ Holster Gray Comcode: 846628527 Black Comcode: 846501401 ■ 8-foot Line Cord Comcode: 103786794 ■ Charging Cradle Black = PEC: 107076754 White = PEC: 107076762 ■ Carrier Assembly Comcode: 107073330 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 17 Cordless and Wireless Telephones The MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone ■ Carrier Assembly AC Adapter Comcode: 847224227 ■ Radio Module AC Adapter Comcode: 847180890 ■ Charging Cradle AC Adapter Comcode: 847180890 Page 17-23 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone: (Use the 9 digit number listed after each document to order that book from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies.) ■ DEFINITY Generic 1, 2, and 3, System 75 and System 85 MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone User’s Guide, 555-230-768 ■ MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Installation Manual, 503-801-111 ■ MDW 9000 Wireless Telephone Quick Reference, 503-801-110 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Voice Terminals Reusable from Other Systems 18 Other Voice Terminals Page 18-1 18 Voice Terminals Reusable from Other Systems The customer may have voice terminals that were used with a previous system that are compatible with System 75 and System 85. The installation of these reusable voice terminals in a System 75 or System 85 is possible, but not recommended. Advantages of Reusable Terminals The main advantage of reusable terminals is a modest cost savings. Disadvantages of Reusable Terminals Reusable terminals have the following disadvantages: ■ No access to data communications ■ Incompatible with System 75 and System 85 adjuncts ■ No alphanumeric displays ■ Difficult administration DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Models 7302H, 7303H, 7305H01B, and 7305H02B Page 18-2 Models 7302H, 7303H, 7305H01B, and 7305H02B These MERLIN communication system voice terminals are similar in appearance and functions to System 75 and System 85 multi-appearance terminals. The 7302H is a 5-button voice terminal that can be desk or wall mounted. This set can no longer be ordered. The 7303H is a 10-button voice terminal that can be desk or wall mounted. This set can no longer be ordered. The 7305H series is a 34-button voice terminal. This terminal can be equipped with or without different features such as built-in speakerphone or display. Some versions of the 34-button series can be ordered using PEC code 3162 and the appropriate suffix. Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets These DIMENSION® PBX voice terminals have some of the capabilities of System 75 and System 85 multi-appearance terminals (see Figure 18-1). The MET sets are available in 10-, 20-, and 30-button versions. These three types of MET sets can be used with DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, a DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The 10-button version can be desk or wall mounted. All the others must be desk mounted. The 10-button version can be equipped with a built-in speakerphone. The MET sets can be ordered using PEC code 3140 and the appropriate suffix. NOTE: On System 85 and DEFINITY G2, the bottom five buttons on a MET set become fixed feature buttons. On a 5-button MET set, that leaves no room for call appearances. Therefore, the 5-button MET set cannot be used with System 85 and DEFINITY G2. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets Page 18-3 11 GHI GHI 44 PRS PRS 77 ** R Figure 18-1. The 10-Button MET (Desk) Set ABC ABC DEF DEF JKL JKL MNO MNO 22 55 33 66 TUV TUV WXY WXY OPER ## 88 O O 99 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets Page 18-4 ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PRS PRS TUV TUV WXY WXY ** OPER 11 44 77 22 55 88 O O R Figure 18-2. The 10-Button MET (Wall) Set 33 66 99 ## DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets Page 18-5 ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PRS PRS TUV TUV WXY WXY 11 44 77 ** 22 55 88 O O 33 66 99 ## ON QUIET R Figure 18-3. The 10-Button MET Set with Speakerphone OFF DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets 11 GHI GHI 44 PRS PRS 77 ** Page 18-6 ABC ABC DEF DEF JKL JKL MNO MNO 22 55 TUV TUV 88 O O R Figure 18-4. The 20-Button MET (Desk) Set 33 66 WXY WXY 99 ## DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 18 Other Voice Terminals Multi-Button Electronic Telephone (MET) Sets Page 18-7 ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PRS PRS TUV TUV WXY WXY 11 44 77 ** 22 55 88 O O 33 66 99 ## R Figure 18-5. The 30-Button MET (Desk) Set DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Page 19-1 19 Adjuncts 19 This section describes the devices that can be used with voice terminals to supplement services and features. The information provided here includes specifics on the controls, buttons, lights, and functions of voice terminal adjuncts that can be connected to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITYECS, System 75, and System 85. Adjuncts that are identical in appearance and function, but have different codes, are covered under the same heading. Adjuncts that are basically data modules are covered in the DATA MODULES section of this manual. The adjuncts covered in this section are: ■ Call Coverage Modules ■ Digital Display Modules ■ Function Key Modules ■ 801A Expansion Module ■ Headset Adapters ■ Z34A Message Waiting Indicator ■ Speakerphones ■ Loudspeaker ■ 7404D (Voice Terminal) Messaging Cartridge ■ 2870A1 37Automatic Dialer DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Call Coverage Modules Page 19-2 Call Coverage Modules C201A Call Coverage Module Indicator Lights Conference Buttons for CustomerDesignated Call Appearances and/or Features Transfer Hold Drop ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY Oper # 1 4 7 * Message 2 5 8 O 3 6 9 Select Ring 7434D Voice Terminal Figure 19-1. The C201A Call Coverage Module Mounted on a 7434D Voice Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Call Coverage Modules Page 19-3 The C201A Call Coverage Module and the C401A and C401B Call Coverage Module are identical in appearance, operation, and function. The Call Coverage Module provides 20 call appearance/feature buttons to supplement those on the associated voice terminal. NOTE: The C201A module and 7205H voice terminal were discontinued in March 1988. The C102A module has also been discontinued. Applications The Call Coverage Module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The C201A is used with the 7205H multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal (System 85 and G2 only), while the C401A and C401B are used with the 7405D and 7434D digital terminals. Physical Description Features Buttons Each of the 20 call appearance/feature buttons has a triangular red light and a square green status light. The buttons used for features have only their status lights operational. The module buttons can be used for a variety of purposes: ■ Bridged appearances of extension numbers of other voice terminals ■ Additional appearances of the primary extension number of the voice terminal to which it is attached (up to a total of 12 for both terminal and module) ■ Identification of incoming calls for a call coverage answer group, a Direct Department Calling (DDC) group, or a Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) group ■ Optional features as designated by the System Manager Other Physical Features Mounting The Call Coverage Module is mounted to the back of the associated voice terminal at an angle that allows it to be easily used. Color Options The Call Coverage Modules are available in black or misty cream. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Call Coverage Modules Page 19-4 Power The C201A Call Coverage Module draws its required power from the system switch through the 7205H voice terminal to which it is attached; no auxiliary power is required. However, when a C401A or C401B module is used with a 7405D or 7434D voice terminal, auxiliary power must be fed through the terminal’s mounting cord from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Considerations A Call Coverage Module and a Digital Display Module cannot be mounted on the same voice terminal simultaneously. The voice terminal cannot be wall mounted if equipped with the Call Coverage Module. Call Coverage Module PECs The C201A, C401A, and C401B Call Coverage Modules can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ C201A Call Coverage Module — 31720 (not orderable) ■ C401A Call Coverage Module — 31743 (not orderable) ■ C401B Call Coverage Module (black) — 31743-003 ■ C401A Call Coverage Module (misty cream) — 31743-215 (not orderable) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Digital Display Modules Page 19-5 Digital Display Modules D401A Digital Display Module 40 Character Alphanumeric Display On/Off Switch a = OUTSIDE CALL On/Off Conference Transfer Hold Drop ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY Oper # 1 4 7 * Message 2 5 8 O 3 6 9 Select Ring 7434D Voice Terminal Figure 19-2. The D401A Digital Display Module Mounted on a 7434D Voice Terminal DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Digital Display Modules Page 19-6 The D401A and D401B Digital Display Modules add a large easy-to-read 40-character display to the top of the 7405D or 7434D voice terminal. The D401 provides a vacuum-fluorescent display, which is significantly brighter than LCD displays and visible from any angle. It provides prompt retrieval of Leave Word Calling or Message Center messages, can identify incoming calls, both names and number, and perform other functions. Applications The Digital Display Module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It is used with the 7405D and 7434D voice terminals. It is particularly useful for receptionists and executives. Physical Description Features Automatic Displays The D401A/B Digital Display Module automatically provides a visual display of the following call-related information: ■ Calling and called party identification ■ Calling and called number ■ Call coverage status Auxiliary Displays In its various auxiliary modes, the Digital Display Module also provides other services: ■ Time and date display ■ Elapsed time on calls ■ Message retrieval ■ Display of stored abbreviated dialing numbers ■ Access to Integrated Directory (except on System 85 or a DEFINITY G2) Display A vacuum-fluorescent 40-character alphanumeric display that presents numerical digits, uppercase and lowercase letters, and punctuation marks. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Digital Display Modules Page 19-7 On/Off Switch The On/Off switch turns the module on and off. The associated green status light goes on when the module is on and is dark when the module is off. Assignable Function Buttons Seven additional buttons with associated green status lights. The system manager assigns these buttons to display the control functions. Display Functions The following display functions are available on buttons (the actual labeling on some buttons is shortened). If more than seven buttons are required, the additional buttons may be assigned on the associated voice terminal. ■ Normal Mode — used to place the display in the Normal mode, in which the display provides call-related information automatically. ■ Inspect Mode — used to place the display in the Inspect mode to permit the user to see caller identification on an incoming or held call while active on another call. ■ Message Retrieval — used to place the display in the Message Retrieval mode, in which the user can retrieve messages for the voice terminal on which the module is mounted ■ Coverage Message Retrieval — used to place the display in the Coverage Message Retrieval mode, in which coverage agents can retrieve messages for other terminals. ■ Next — used in Message Retrieval mode to step from one message to the next; also used in the Integrated Directory feature to display the next name (except on System 85 or a DEFINITY G2). ■ Delete Message — used in Message Retrieval mode to delete messages. ■ Make Call — used in Message Retrieval mode to automatically initiate a call to the caller identified by the last displayed message (for internal calls only); also used to automatically call internal extension numbers displayed by the Integrated Directory feature (except on System 85 or a DEFINITY G2). ■ Integrated Directory (except on System 85 or a DEFINITY G2) — used to place the display in the Integrated Directory mode, in which the user can search the system directory by entering the desired name with the dial pad, and names with their corresponding extension numbers will be displayed. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Digital Display Modules Page 19-8 ■ Stored Number — used to enable inspection of numbers stored in Abbreviated Dialing (AD) lists or on individual AD buttons, or stored by the Last Number Dialed feature. On System 85, this function is available on some versions of R2V3 and R2V4, and G2. ■ Timer — used to start or stop the elapsed timer function on the display module; displays hours, minutes, and seconds. ■ Date/Time — used to place the display in the Time of Day and Date mode which initiates a display of the current time of day and the date. Other Physical Features Mounting Options The Digital Display Module is mounted to the back of the associated voice terminal at an angle that allows it to be easily used. Color Options The Digital Display Module is black or misty cream. Power The Digital Display Module requires auxiliary power from an external source. The ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual lists the recommended power supplies for the module alone or in combination with other adjuncts. Considerations A Digital Display Module and a Call Coverage Module cannot be mounted on the same voice terminal simultaneously. The voice terminal cannot be wall mounted if equipped with the Digital Display Module. Digital Display Module PECs The D401A Digital Display Module can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ D401A Digital Display Module — 31742 ■ D401B Digital Display Module(black) — 31742-003 ■ D401B Digital Display Module (misty cream) — 31742-215 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Function Key Modules Page 19-9 Function Key Modules Function Key Module Conference Transfer Drop Hold 1 GHI 4 PRS 7 * Message Recall ABC DEF JKL MNO 2 5 TUV 8 Oper O 3 6 WXY 9 # Disconnect 7405 Voice Terminal Figure 19-3. Status Light The F201 or F401A Function Key Module Mounted on a 7405D Voice Terminal The Function Key Module greatly extends the feature access capability of the voice terminal where it is used. The module provides 24 buttons that can be assigned only to features. The F201A Function Key Module and the F401A Function Key Module are identical in appearance, operation, and function. NOTE: Both the F201A and F401A function key modules have been manufacture discontinued. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Function Key Modules Page 19-10 Applications The Function Key Module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The F201A is used with the 7205H multi-appearance hybrid voice terminal (System 85 and the DEFINITY G2 only), while the F401A is used with the 7405D digital terminal. Physical Description Features Feature buttons The module provides 24 buttons that can only be assigned features. Each button has a square green status light. Other Physical Features Mounting Options As Figure 19-3 shows, the module attaches to the right side of the voice terminal, adjacent to the terminal’s two columns of feature buttons. If a Digital Terminal Data Module is also installed, it must be mounted on the right side of the Function Key Module. Color Options The Function Key Module is silver. Power The F201A Function Key Module draws its required power from the system switch through the 7205H voice terminal to which it is attached; no auxiliary power is required. However, when an F401A module is used with a 7405D digital terminal, auxiliary power must be fed through the terminal’s mounting cord from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Considerations Either a Digital Terminal Data Module, a Call Coverage Module, or a Digital Display Module can be mounted on the same terminal with a Function Key Module. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Function Key Modules Page 19-11 Digital Terminal Data Module PEC Codes The F201A and F401A Function Key Modules were ordered using the following PECs: ■ F401A Function Key Module — 31744 ■ F201A Function Key Module — 31721 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 801A Expansion Module Page 19-12 The 801A Expansion Module 801A 18 Dual LED call appearance/ feature buttons 6 Feature buttons, each with a green light Figure 19-4. The 801A Expansion Module The 801A Expansion Module is an optional device which can be connected to an 8434DX (8434D02A) voice terminal to extend the number of call appearance and feature buttons available on the voice terminal. NOTE: This expansion module can be connected ONLY to an 8434DX model connected to a DEFINITY G3V3.3 (or later). The 8434DX has an Ex Mod jack (labeled “EX MOD”) to which the 801A can be connected. Before installing the expansion module to an 8434DX, make sure that the set is labeled “8434DX,” has the “EX MOD” jack on the bottom of the set, and is connected to a DEFINITY G3V3.3 (or later). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 801A Expansion Module Page 19-13 Applications At this time, the 801A Expansion Module can be connected only to an 8434DX voice terminal. Physical Description Features Buttons The expansion module has 24 buttons arranged in two columns. ■ The top 18 buttons (that is, the top nine buttons in each column) have a red and a green light next to them. These buttons can be used for call appearances or features. ■ The bottom six buttons (that is, the last three buttons in each column) have a single green status light next to them. These buttons can be used for features only. Other Physical Features Mounting The 801A Expansion Module is connected to an 8434DX voice terminal with a DW-67AP cord. This cord is plugged into the LINE jack on the voice terminal and then plugged into the TELSET jack on the expansion module. Color Options The Expansion Module is available in black or in white. Power The expansion module requires auxiliary power. ■ The only suitable stand-alone power supply is the MSP-1. NOTE: Since the 8434DX voice terminal requires auxiliary power, it is likely that an MSP-1 will already be connected to the 8434DX terminal. ■ Suitable bulk power supplies are the 1145A and the 1145B1. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 801A Expansion Module Page 19-14 Administering the Expansion Module The 8434DX with an attached expansion module can be used ONLY with systems such as a DEFINITY G3V3.3 or later that allow native support. That is, the 8434DX MUST BE ADMINISTERED AS ITSELF, not aliased as any other type of voice terminal. On the first station administration screen of the 8434DX, put a “Y” (for Yes) next to the “Expansion Module?” entry. On the last page of the administration screens, type the telephone or extension numbers or feature names next to the appropriate expansion module buttons in the following sequence. NOTE: You can place ONLY features on expansion module Buttons #10, 11, 12, 22, 23, and 24. You CANNOT administer these buttons as call appearances. 801A Figure 19-5. 1 13 2 14 3 15 4 16 5 17 6 18 7 19 8 20 9 21 10 22 11 23 12 24 Button Numbering for Administering the 801A Expansion Module DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 801A Expansion Module Page 19-15 801A Expansion Module PECs The 801A Expansion Module can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Black ZE801A-003 Expansion Module — 32300 Comcode: 106702921 White ZE801A-264 Expansion Module — 32301 Comcode: 106702764 ■ 2-foot D6AP-87 line cord Comcode: 105644744 Additional Documents The following document is shipped with the expansion module. Additional copies are available from the BCS Publications Center for Lucent Technologies: ■ 801A Expansion Module Instruction Manual, 555-015-136 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Headset Adapters Page 19-16 Headset Adapters Headset Light Off Switch On/Quiet Switch Figure 19-6. The 500A Headset Adapter Two adapters are available to allow the use of standard headsets with voice terminals connected to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server (ECS), System 75, and System 85. The 500A and the 502A Headset Adapters are identical in appearance, operation, and function but different in internal circuitry. Applications The 500A and 502A headset adapters can be used with the DEFINITY G1,G2, and G3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The 500A adapter can be used with single-line Models 7103A, 7102A, and 7102A Plus and multi-appearance Models 7203H, 7205H, 7403D, 7405D, 7406D, 7406BIS, 7406 Plus, Enhanced 7407D, 7407 Plus, 7410D, 7410 Plus, 7434D, 7444, 8403, 8405, 8410, 8411, 8434, 8434DX, and 8102 voice terminals/telephones and the 6508, 7505, 7506, 7507, 8503T, 8510T, and 8520T ISDN terminals. The 502A adapter is intended for use with multi-appearance Models 7303S and 7305S voice terminals only. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Headset Adapters Page 19-17 Physical Description Features On/Quiet Switch This dual-purpose switch is used to: ■ Turn on the adapter connecting the headset to the voice terminal. Pressing the On switch is equivalent to going off-hook with the handset. ■ Disable the transmitter of the headset temporarily for privacy. Off Switch ■ Turns off the adapter and disconnects the headset. ■ Pressing the Off switch is equivalent to going on-hook with the handset. Headset Jack Used to connect the double phone plug of the headset. Headset Light Indicates when the headset is active. Other Physical Features Cords A modular cord is needed for connecting the headset adapter to the associated voice terminal. The cord carries audio signals between the adapter and the terminal and power for the adapter. Mounting Options The headset adapter is mounted close to its associated voice terminal. Color Options The 500A headset adapter is silver while the 502A is black. Power The 500A Headset Adapter requires either AC or DC auxiliary power from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power, from the source supply, is applied by way of the voice terminal’s mounting cord and the adapter’s connecting cord. The 502A draws its power from the system switch through the associated voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts Headset Adapters Page 19-18 Considerations The use of a headset provides hands-free terminal operation with more privacy than a speakerphone. A headset is especially convenient for users who must frequently type or look up information during calls. NOTE: A speakerphone and a headset adapter cannot be connected to the same voice terminal simultaneously. Typical Headsets The following are typical headsets (consisting of either modular or plug prong base units and choice of headpieces) that can be connected to the 500A, the new 500A1, and the 502A adapters: ■ Plug Prong Base Unit PEC: 3122-010 Black NOTE: Plug Prong Base Units require a headset adapter. ■ Modular Base Unit PEC: 3122-020 Black/modular ■ Starset Headpiece PEC: 3122-030 Black/behind the ear ■ Supra Headpiece PEC: 3122-040 Black/over the ear ■ Mirage Headpiece PEC: 3122-050 Black/behind the ear ■ Supra Noise-Cancelling Headpiece PEC: 3122-060 Black/over the ear 500A and 502A Headset Adapter PECs The 500A and 502A headset adapters can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 500A Headset Adapter — 3122-001 ■ 502A Headset Adapter — 3164-HFA DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator Page 19-19 The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator Z34A Message Waiting Light D4BU 1-Foot Line Cord 500/2500-Type Telephone Mounting Bracket Screw Figure 19-7. The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator is an adjunct that can be attached to analog voice terminals to allow these terminals to take advantage of the Leave Word Calling feature or message retrieval via AUDIX. Applications The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It is used with the Model 2500 voice terminal. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator Page 19-20 Physical Description Features Light The Z34A contains a red light that flashes automatically when a message has been left for the terminal user. Other Physical Features Mounting Options The Z34A mounts on the right side of the voice terminal and is electrically connected between the terminal’s line jack and the wall jack. Color Options The Z34A is available in ultra light gray only. Power The Z34A Message Waiting Indicator receives its power from the same tip and ring leads as its associated voice terminal receives its power. Message Waiting Indicator PECs The Z34A can be ordered using the following PEC: ■ Z34A Message Waiting Indicator — 3152-004A DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 4A, S101A, and S102A Speakerphones Page 19-21 The 4A, S101A, and S102A Speakerphones Speakerphone On/Off Button Speakerphone Microphone On/Off Microphone On/Off Button On/Off Volume Volume Control Figure 19-8. Low High The S101A and S102A Speakerphones Speakerphones are available for providing total voice terminal operation without the use of the handset. Turning on the speakerphone is equivalent to lifting the voice terminal handset when placing or answering a call. Turning off the speakerphone is equivalent to hanging up the handset. The microphone switch temporarily cuts off transmission to the distant party during a call. Applications The speakerphones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The S101A Speakerphone can be used with the single-line Models 7103A and 7102A and multi-appearance Models 7203H, 7205H, 7403D, 7405D, 7406D, 7406BIS, 7406 Plus, Enhanced 7407D, 7407 Plus, 7410D, 7410 Plus, 7434D, 7444, 8403, 8405, 8410, 8411, 8434, 8434DX, and 8102 voice terminals/telephones, and the 6508, 7505, 7506, 7507, 8503T, 8510T, and 8520T DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 4A, S101A, and S102A Speakerphones Page 19-22 ISDN terminals. The S102A is intended for use with multi-appearance Models 7303S and 7305S voice terminals only. The 4A speakerphone is used only with the basic 2500-series terminals and METs on an “in place” basis. Physical Description S101A and S102A Speakerphones Features On/Off button for Speakerphone There is a nonlocking On/Off button and adjacent green light for the speakerphone. On/Off button for Microphone There is also a nonlocking On/Off button and adjacent green light for the microphone. Sliding volume control The volume of the speaker is controlled by this slide switch. Cord A modular cord for connecting the speakerphone to the associated voice terminal; the cord carries audio signals between the speakerphone and the terminal and power for the speakerphone. Color Options The S101A and S102A speakerphones are silver. 4A Speakerphone Features ON or QUIET button This nonlocking button turns the speakerphone on (same as going off-hook). This button is also used to place the speakerphone in a listen-only mode. OFF button This locking button turns the speakerphone off (same as going on-hook). Volume The volume of the speaker is controlled by this knob. Color Options The 4A Speakerphone is available in avocado, black, white, beige, and ivory. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 4A, S101A, and S102A Speakerphones Page 19-23 Power The S101A and S102A Speakerphones require either AC or DC auxiliary power from one of the sources listed the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power from the source supply is applied by way of the voice terminal’s mounting cord and the speakerphone’s connecting cord. The S102A draws its power from the system switch through the associated voice terminal; it does not require an auxiliary power source. The 4A Speakerphone requires auxiliary power from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. The power from the source supply is applied to the loudspeaker set and the transmitter through an adapter or connecting block provided with the 4A Speakerphone. Considerations A speakerphone and a headset adapter cannot be connected to the same voice terminal simultaneously. Speakerphone PECs The speakerphones can be ordered by using the following PECs: ■ S101A Speakerphone — 31711 (not orderable) ■ S102A Speakerphone — 31730 (not orderable) ■ 4A Speakerphone (Avocado) — 3120-02W-COL01 ■ 4A Speakerphone(Black) — 3120-02W-COL09 ■ 4A Speakerphone (White) — 3120-02W-COL10 ■ 4A Speakerphone (Beige) — 3120-02W-COL11 ■ 4A Speakerphone (Ivory) — 3120-02W-COL12 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S201A and S202A Speakerphones Page 19-24 The S201A and S202A Speakerphones Reset Button Speakerphone Button Volume Indicator Bar and Buttons Speakerphone Mute Button Mute Figure 19-9. Volume The S201A and S202A Speakerphones The S201A and S202A speakerphones are available for providing total voice terminal operation without the use of the handset. Turning on the speakerphone is equivalent to lifting the voice terminal handset when placing or answering a call. Turning off the speakerphone is equivalent to hanging up the handset. The Mute switch temporarily cuts off transmission to the distant party during a call. The S201A and S202A speakerphones automatically adapt to room acoustics, thereby dramatically improving the sound quality. Applications These speakerphones can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITYECS, System 75, and System 85. The S201A Speakerphone can be used with the single-line Models 7103A, 7102A, and 7102 Plus and multi-appearance Models 7203H, 7205H, 7403D, 7405D, 7401 Plus, 7406D, 7406BIS, 7406Plus, Enhanced 7407, 7407 Plus, 7410D, 7410 Plus, 7434D, 7444, 8403, 8405, 8410, 8434, 8434DX, and 8102 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S201A and S202A Speakerphones Page 19-25 voice terminals/telephones, and the 7505, 7506, and 7507, 8503T, 8510T, and 8520T ISDN terminals. The S202A is intended for use with multi-appearance Models 7303S and 7305S voice terminals only. Physical Description Features Speakerphone button This locking button turns the speakerphone on and off. When the green light is on, the speakerphone is on. Mute button This nonlocking button and its red light are for the microphone. When the light is on, the microphone is muted. Volume control The volume of the speaker is controlled by the volume buttons associated with the arrows. The lights on the volume indicator bar shows the selected volume level. Reset button The RESET button automatically performs an acoustic test of the environment. Other Physical Features Cord A modular cord connects the speakerphone to the associated voice terminal. This cord carries audio signals between the speakerphone and the terminal and power for the speakerphone. Jack A modular jack is located on the rear of the speakerphone. Color Options The S201A and S202A speakerphones can be misty cream or black. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S201A and S202A Speakerphones Page 19-26 Power The S201A Speakerphone requires either AC or DC auxiliary power from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. Power from the source supply is applied by way of the voice terminal’s mounting cord and the speakerphone’s connecting cord. A 24 volt, 7.5 Va AC transformer with a 400 B2 adapter is packed with the S201A Speakerphone. The transformer may be located up to 125 feet from the speakerphone. The S202A Speakerphone draws power from the associated telephone. ! WARNING: Do not use the 2102D wall transformer due to incorrect voltage. Considerations A speakerphone and a headset adapter cannot be connected to the same voice terminal simultaneously. S201A and S202A Speakerphone PECs The speakerphones can be ordered by using the following PECs: ■ S201A Speakerphone — 3152-007A ■ S202A Speakerphone — 3152-008A Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 19 Adjuncts The S203A Speakerphone Page 19-27 The S203A Speakerphone Reset Button Speakerphone Button Volume Indicator Bar and Buttons Speakerphone Mute/Auto Answer Button Figure 19-10. Mute Auto Answer Volume The S203 Speakerphone The S203A Speakerphone is an analog speakerphone with Auto-Answer and Automatic Disconnect capabilities. The S203A can be used in conjunction with any single-line analog set (an additional 267A2 bridging adapter is included for this arrangement) or as a stand-alone unit. When it is used in a stand-alone operation, the S203A provides no dialing functionality. When the Auto-Answer feature is enabled, an incoming call will cause the S203A to automatically go off-hook and emit a special tone that is heard by both the calling and called parties. This tone indicates that the call has been automatically answered. The S203A Speakerphone automatically adapts to room acoustics, thereby dramatically improving the sound quality. NOTE: This speakerphone is available with a wall-mounting bracket. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S203A Speakerphone Page 19-28 Applications The S203A Speakerphone can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Its Auto-Answer and Auto-Disconnect capabilities make it very suitable for environments where hands-free mode of answering is desirable. Such scenarios include hospital emergency rooms, laboratories, nursing homes, storerooms, and warehouses. Physical Description NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Dimensions Width = 4-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 6-1/8 inches Height = 2-1/4 inches Features Speakerphone with light This non-locking switch turns the S203A on and off. The green light goes on when the speakerphone is on. Mute/Auto Answer with light This button toggles between the Mute and Auto-Answer features. When the speakerphone is on, the button functions as a Mute button; the red light is on. When the speakerphone is off, the button functions as the Enable/Disable button for the Auto-Answer feature; when the Auto-Answer feature is enabled, the light flashes. Two Volume buttons These two nonlocking buttons are labeled with arrows. Between these two buttons is a row of 10 green lights that indicate the loudness. When the S203A is on, each depression of an up/down button causes the loudspeaker volume to be raised or lowered and an light on the right end of the string of illuminated lights to be turned on or off. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S203A Speakerphone Page 19-29 Recalibrate button The Recalibrate button is located on the rear of the S203A Speakerphone. When this button is pressed (or when the S203A is powered up), the S203A executes an acoustical calibration of its environment. It is necessary to recalibrate the S203A each time it has been moved or its surroundings have been altered. Other Physical Features Jacks The S203A Speakerphone has a 8-pin modular phone connector on the rear. Color Options The S203A Speakerphone can be misty cream or black. Mounting Options The S203A Speakerphone is desk mounted. Power The S203A Speakerphone is powered from an external AC transformer through two pins of the eight pin jack on the rear of the unit. A PS3081096 Wall transformer with a 304B adapter is provided with the S203A. NOTE: The S203A requires AC power. DO NOT use the 2012D Wall transformer or any DC powering arrangement. Bridging Software bridging (that is, translating an extension number to appear on both an analog and digital port) is not recommended when using the S203A Speakerphone because it directly affects the functionality and operations of both the telephone and the S203A. Automatic disconnect may not work as documented. Transferring a call from one digital phone that has an S203A as an adjunct, to another digital phone may not work as documented. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The S203A Speakerphone Page 19-30 FCC Registration The S203A Speakerphone is FCC registered (AS5USA-61382-SP-N Ringer Equivalence 0.4A, 0.9B USOC Jack RJ11C, RJ11W). S203A Speakerphone PECs The S203A Speakerphone can be ordered with the following PEC: ■ S203A Speakerphone — 3131-008 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 107-Type Loudspeaker Page 19-31 The 107-Type Loudspeaker Figure 19-11. The 107-Type Loudspeaker The 107-Type Loudspeaker amplifies the received voice signal. This allows the user to hear better in an noisy environment. Applications The loudspeaker can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It is used only with 2500-type voice terminals on “in place” basis. It is particularly useful in a conference room or noisy room. Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 5-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 3-3/4 inches Height = 4 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 107-Type Loudspeaker Page 19-32 Features Volume control The loudspeaker is equipped with a rotary volume control. ON/OFF switch The ON/OFF switch turns the loudspeaker on and off when placed in the appropriate setting. Power The 107-Type Loudspeaker requires an external AC or DC power source. This power may be provided by an 2012D Transformer, 18-volt AC terminals of an available power plant, or a 24-volt DC key system battery. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 7404D (Voice Terminal) Messaging Cartridge Page 19-33 The 7404D (Voice Terminal) Messaging Cartridge Figure 19-12. The Messaging Cartridge This adjunct can be added to a 7404D Voice Terminal to provide displays on an associated data terminal. The messaging cartridge plugs into the bottom of the 7404D Voice Terminal. The basic messaging cartridge generates displays of call-related and personal-service information only. NOTE: The 7404D Messaging Cartridge was discontinued in July 1990. Applications The messaging cartridge is used with a 7404D voice terminal that is equipped with a data terminal. The 7404D and messaging combination can be used with a DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 7404D (Voice Terminal) Messaging Cartridge Page 19-34 Considerations A selection of the following display functions must be assigned to letter keys on the keyboard of the associated data terminal: ■ Normal Mode ■ Inspect ■ Message Retrieval ■ Next ■ Make Call ■ Delete Message ■ Date/Time Messaging Cartridge PECs The messaging cartridge attached to the 7404D voice terminal was ordered using the following PEC: ■ Messaging Feature Cartridge — 31810 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer Page 19-35 The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer RECORD OFF RECORD WAIT ABC ABC DEF DEF GHI GHI JKL JKL MNO MNO PRS PRS TUV TUV WXY WXY Oper Oper ## 11 44 77 ** 22 55 88 OO 33 66 99 LAST NUMBER DIALED Figure 19-13. The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer is an optional add-on adjunct for a MET set that is provided on an “in place” basis only. The dialer provides the capability to record and automatically dial 31 numbers of up to 15 digits each. It also provides last number dialed (manually) memory and the capability to pause for subsequent dial tones during automatic dialing (WAIT input). Applications The automatic dialer can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It is particularly useful for applications where several numbers must be repeatedly dialed. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 19 Adjuncts The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer Page 19-36 Physical Description Features Programmable buttons The automatic dialer has 31 buttons on which telephone numbers of up to 15 digits can be stored for one button dialing. Four Fixed function buttons ■ Record Off ■ Record (Equipped with an Indicator) ■ Wait ■ Last Number Dialed Other Physical Features Dial pad The automatic dialer is equipped with a 12-button touch-tone dial pad. Power The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer requires auxiliary power from an external source. Refer to theChapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual for the recommended power supply. Automatic Dialer PECs The 2870A1 Automatic Dialer can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 2870A1 Automatic dialer (Silver)— 3113-030FPC01 ■ 2870A1 Automatic dialer (Teak)— 3113-030FPC02 ■ 2870A1 Automatic dialer (Walnut)— 3113-030FPC03 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules Page 20-1 20 Data Modules 20 This section describes the devices that provide a data communications interface. Information on the data modules and other related data equipment used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85 is provided here. The following devices described in this section provide data interface functions such as modems, protocol converters, and data units. ■ 7400A Data Module ■ 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module ■ 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module ■ 8400B Plus Data Module ■ 7500B Data Module ■ ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) ■ Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) ■ Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) ■ 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) ■ DEFINITY High Speed Link (HSL) ■ Processor Data Module (PDM) ■ Trunk Data Module (TDM) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules Page 20-2 ■ Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) ■ Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) ■ 3270 Data Module ■ Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) ■ Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) ■ DCIU Interface Units ■ 2500-Series Data Service Unit (DSU) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400A Data Module Page 20-3 RD TD CTS RTS DTR DCD RI DSR DTR The 7400A Data Module HOME POWER/ TEST Figure 20-1. NEXT / NO 7400A Data Module BACK ENTER / YES DATA The 7400A Data Module The 7400A Data Module is a full duplex asynchronous data module designed to replace both the TDM (MTDM) and PDM (MPDM) for asynchronous applications. The 7400A provides a DCP interface to the PBX and an RS-232-D (formerly RS-232-C) interface to a DTE such as host computers, personal computers, and terminals or DCE modems in external modem pool installation. Applications The 7400A data module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It can be used in the modem pooling feature or for host access. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400A Data Module Page 20-4 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front and rear) = 8-3/4 inches Height = 1-3/4 inches Features Lights ■ POWER/TEST light — This red light goes on when the 7400A data module is on and flashes during all tests. ■ DATA light — This green light goes on during a data call and flashes when receiving an incoming call. Display The 16-character LCD display shows the status, option information, test information, and also information about the RS-232-D interface of the data module. NEXT/NO, BACK, and ENTER/YES buttons These buttons are used to view and set data communication options and functions, adjust the contrast of the display, and to conduct tests. Other Physical Features Jacks The 7400A data module is equipped with the following jacks. ■ PORT 1 (EIA RS-232-C or -D) ■ PHONE (not used) ■ LINE (to switch) (RJ-45) ■ POWER DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400A Data Module Page 20-5 Mounting Options The 7400A data module can be configured as a stand-alone unit or in a multiple-mount housing. (The multiple-mount housing must be used if D-lead modems are used in the modem pool. The multiple-mount can also be used to support Hayes-compatible modems.) Color Options The 7400A Data Module is available in misty cream only. Tests The 7400A data module supports the following test and maintenance features: ■ Self-test ■ Local loopback and remote loopback ■ Local Loop self test and remote loop self test ■ DCP looparound ■ Maintenance activate ■ Make busy ■ Manual on-hook/off-hook Capabilities The basic features and capabilities of the 7400A data module are: ■ DCP mode 2 operation only ■ Full-duplex, 10-bit start/stop, asynchronous operation ■ Asynchronous data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Even, odd mark, and space parity options ■ Automatic answer option ■ Signal loss disconnect option ■ Autobaud ■ Autoparity ■ Long-break and triple-break disconnect options Data features for modem pooling applications include: ■ EIA RS-232-D DTE interface, enhanced with CI2 and CH2 leads ■ Interface for D-lead control modems ■ Interface for Hayes-compatible modems DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400A Data Module Page 20-6 Data features for host or terminal applications include: ■ EIA RS-232-D DCE interface ■ Keyboard dialing and Hayes user interface emulation option ■ Answer only ■ Cyclic Ring-indicator option ■ Ignore DTR input option Power The stand-alone 7400A data module operates with power from a WP90110 L7 AC power converter. This is a modular AC to DC adapter that is normally plugged into a wall outlet. The Z77A Data Mounting has a built-in power supply for powering data modules in the multiple-mount arrangement. Considerations The 7400A data module will NOT support the following: ■ Linked operation with associated DCP telephone ■ Synchronous Data transmission ■ Asynchronous User Interface (AUI) ■ DCP Mode 0, 1, 3, and Mode 2/3 adaptive FCC Registration No digital phones or data modules are FCC registered. The 7400A data module meets Part 15 Class A requirements and is labeled as such. 7400A Data Module PECs The 7400A data module can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 7400A Data Module — 2171-ADM ■ Stand-alone Power Supply — 21625 ■ 7400A Multiple Mounting — 21626 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400A Data Module Page 20-7 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7400A data module: ■ 7400A Data Module User’s Manual, 555-020-706 ■ 7400A Data Module Installation Guide, 555-020-708 ■ System 85 Application Notes for External Modem Pooling, 555-109-005 ■ System 85 Application Notes for Host Access Operation, 555-109-004 ■ System 75 Application Notes for External Modem Pooling, 555-209-016 ■ System 75 Application Notes for Host Access Operation, 555-209-015 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module Page 20-8 The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module DATA METERING CHECK AA CD RD SD TR OH POWER TEST SPEED DATA 7400B Data Module Figure 20-2. The 7400B Plus Data Module The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Modules are full-duplex asynchronous, Hayes-compatible data modules that provide for simultaneous voice-data communications at the desk top over standard twisted pair wiring. The 7400B data module has been discontinued; however, the 7400B Plus data module has all of the basic characteristics of the 7400B, with the following added benefits: ■ Supports the semicolon dial modifier, which enables an automatic return to the command mode after dialing a data call; ■ Offers a storable S7 register, which supports increased call set-up time; ■ Offers the voice dial capability, which provides the ability to dial a voice call from the PC package in the attached PC. Both of these data modules replace the existing PDM (MPDM) for asynchronous communication, DTDM, and data stands for 7406D and 7407D voice terminals (703A DSU and 702AL1) and the 7404D integrated voice/data phone. In the linked mode, the 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules provide for simultaneous voice data communications over standard twisted pair wiring. In this mode, the 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules can be used with all DCP voice DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module Page 20-9 terminals to provide data service. The 7400B Plus provides the voice dial feature for all DCP voice terminals except the following: ■ 7403D voice terminal (all models) ■ 7404D voice terminal (all models) ■ 7405D voice terminal (all models) ■ 7407D01A voice terminal Applications The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The data modules are used as a DCE for host access services, PC, or terminal (DTE) connectivity (see Figure 20-3). Figure 20-3 shows a diagram of the connections between the 7400B or 7400B Plus and the data terminal, the digital voice terminal, and the switch. Digital Switch Data Terminal RS-232C Data 7400B or Service 7400B Plus Unit DCP Digital Line Port Digital Voice Terminal Figure 20-3. A Block Diagram of the 7400B Interface Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following measurements for the 7400B and 7400B Plus data module are approximate. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module Page 20-10 Width = 7 inches Depth (front and rear) = 8-3/4 inches Height = 1-3/4 inches Features Lights ■ POWER/TEST light — The red POWER/TEST light goes on when AC power is supplied to the 7400B or 7400B Plus data module and flashes during all tests. This light, together with the DATA light, also flashes if there is a DCP line problem. ■ DATA light — The green DATA light goes on during a data call. This light, together with the POWER/TEST light, flashes if there is a DCP line problem. ■ Other lights — The eight other lights show the RS-232 status information, the status of two options, and call status information. These lights are red. Other Physical Features Jacks The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules are equipped with the following jacks: ■ Port 1 (RS-232-C or -D) ■ PHONE (to voice terminal) (RJ-45) ■ LINE (to switch) (RJ-45) ■ POWER Mounting Options The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules can be desk-mounted as a stand-alone unit. Color Options The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules are available only in misty cream. Tests The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules support the following test and maintenance features: ■ Local Loopback and Remote Loopback ■ Local Loopback Self Test and Remote Loop Self Test DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module ■ DCP Looparound ■ Self-Test ■ Make Busy on Local Loop Page 20-11 Capabilities The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules have the following basic features and capabilities: ■ DCP mode 2 operation only ■ Full-duplex, 10-bit start/stop, asynchronous operation ■ Asynchronous data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Even, odd, mark, and space parity options ■ Autobaud and autoparity ■ Linked operation with the associated DCP voice terminal ■ Data metering — Data metering allows the data module and associated terminal to operate at higher speeds than the far-end data point. ■ Supports the semicolon modifier which enables an automatic return to the command mode after dialing a data call (for 7400B Plus). ■ Voice Dial (for 7400B Plus) — This feature allows you to initiate voice calls from your PC using the dial command “atdp number.”These calls must be terminated manually, however. ■ Speakerphone Activation before Dialing (for 7400B Plus) — For terminal dialed voice calls, you can delay speakerphone activation until after a call is dialed. You would not hear touch tones or dial tone in this case. ■ Wait Time for Carrier (for 7400B Plus) — The number stored in the S7 register establishes the time the 7400B Plus data module will wait for call set up to be completed. This number can be set for any value up to a maximum of 255 seconds (with a default to 60 seconds). Data features for host or terminal applications include: ■ EIA RS-232-D DCE interface ■ Hayes SMARTMODEM 2400™ user interface emulation Power The stand-alone 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules operate with power from a WP91508L5 AC power converter. This is a modular AC to DC adapter that is normally plugged into a wall outlet. The data module allows phantom power to be transmitted to the attached DCP voice terminal even if AC power to the data module is interrupted. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module Page 20-12 Setting Options After removal of the top access panel of the data module during installation, it is important to verify that the eight option switches are set to provide the desired features. ■ SW1-1—With/Without Telephone Option This switch must be set to ON for operation without an associated telephone. This switch must be set to OFF for operation with an associated telephone. ■ SW1-2 (Not used) ■ SW1-3 (Not used) ■ SW1-4 (Not used) ■ SW1-5—Data Metering Option When this switch is set to ON, the data module and associated terminal can operate at higher speeds than the far-end data point. This switch is usually set to OFF. ■ SW1-6—Suppress Touch-Tone/Dial Tone (for 7400B Plus) Leave this switch set to OFF if the user prefers listening to Touch-Tones as voice calls are being dialed. Set the switch to ON if the user wants to suppress Touch-Tones. If the user is using a speakerphone, ringing will be heard after the call has been made. ■ SW1-7—Speakerphone Enable/Disable Option (for 7400B Plus) Leave this switch set to OFF if the user wants the speakerphone to turn on automatically when the terminal is used to make a voice call. Set the switch to ON if there is no speakerphone or if the user wants to disable the speakerphone automatic activation feature. ■ SW1-8—Make Busy on Local Loop Option This switch should be set to ON if the user wants the telephone line to appear busy when the local loopback test feature is used to check the interface between the data module and the terminal. Notes for Use with PC Packages The 7400B Plus voice and data feature has been tested with the following PC communication packages: ■ CARBON COPY Plus™ V5.1 ■ Crosstalk®- XVI V3.71 ■ Crosstalk Mk.4 V1.1 ■ Hot Line V2.2 (voice dialing packages) ■ HyperACCESS® V3.32 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module ■ MicroPhone V1.5 (MacIntosh package) ■ PC TOOLS Deluxe V6 (voice dialing packages) ■ Procomm Plus® V1.1B ■ Relay Gold® V3.0 ■ SideKick® V1.5 and SideKick Plus (voice dialing packages) ■ Smartcom™ II V2.2 ■ Smartcom II V3.1 ■ Smartcom III V1.1 ■ Smarterm 240 V3.0a ■ Terra Nova® V1.1.1 ■ White Knight V11 (MacIntosh package) Page 20-13 For those PC packages used to dial voice calls, the modem configuration must be set to PULSE (P) (even though the 7400B Plus will use Touch-Tone for voice calls). If given a choice, set modem type to HAYES. NOTE: While the 7400B Plus supports simultaneous voice and data, the packages listed here support alternate voice/data dialing only. Voice dialing packages interfere with data operation by remapping the COM port or by hanging up the data call. You can dial a data call while on a voice call. In all cases, the linked telephone will work. FCC Registration These data modules are not FCC registered. The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules meet Part 15 Class A requirements and are labeled as such. 7400B Data Module PECs The 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 7400B Plus Data Module PEC: 2172-101 Comcode: 106545841 NOTE: The 7400B Plus data module comes with a stand-alone power supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400B and 7400B Plus Data Module Page 20-14 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7400B and 7400B Plus data modules: ■ 7400B Data Module User’s Guide, 555-020-707 ■ 7400B Plus Data Module User’s Guide, 555-020-710 ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and System 75 R1V2 Through R1V3 7400B Data Module Application Notes, 555-209-017 ■ 7400B Data Module PC Applications Guide, 555-035-203 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-15 RD TD CTS RTS DTR RI DCD DSR DTR The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module HOME POWER TEST DATA NEXT/NO BACK ENTER/YES 7400D Data Module Figure 20-4. The 7400D Data Module The 7400D Data Module is a full-duplex, 4-wire synchronous data module for the DCP environment and is designed to work where the integration of voice and data is not required. The 7400D supports synchronous connections at speeds up to 19.2 Kbps via an EIA-232-D interface. NOTE: This data module is configured for an Answer-Only-type interface. You CANNOT originate calls with this data module. The 7400D data module is intended for use in a switch room to support the AUDIX systems, the Call Management System (CMS), and the Distributed Communications System (DCS) low speed synchronous data applications, connections in which the MPDM was formerly used. Applications The 7400A Data Module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-16 Physical Description Dimensions The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front and rear) = 8-3/4 inches Height = 1-3/4 inches Features Front Panel The front panel is comprised of: Two LEDs, one red and one green — POWER/TEST light — This red light goes on when the 7400D data module is on, and it flashes during all tests — DATA light — This green light goes on when a data call is in progress, and it flashes when receiving an incoming call. This light also flashes synchronously with the red light indicating that the connection to the PBX is lost. ■ A single line, 16-character LCD display — The 16-character LCD display first shows a start-up sequence consisting of self-test results, hardware configuration, software release and version, and copyright information. Following start-up, the Home screen is displayed. ■ Three non-locking push-buttons — NEXT/NO button — This button is used to scroll forward through the menu and/or reject the function displayed. By keeping this button depressed, you are able to quickly scroll through menu items. NOTE: When you press NEXT/NO and BACK simultaneously, you are automatically returned to the Home screen from many menus. However, do not press these two keys simultaneously while changing option values. If this is done, rather than returning you to the Home screen, the system queries if you want to save the changes you have made. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-17 — BACK button — This button is used to scroll backward through the menu. By keeping this button depressed, you are able to quickly scroll back through menu items. — ENTER/YES button — This button is used to set an option or execute the function displayed. The Main Menu The Main Menu has several levels of options and suboptions. By pressing NEXT/NO, you are able to scroll through the entire first level to view each option shown in the flowchart below. After scrolling to the desired Main Menu option and selecting it by pressing ENTER/YES, you are now one level deeper within the options, and a suboptions choice is presented to you. Other Physical Features Jacks The 7400D data module is equipped with the following jacks: ■ PHONE — not used by the 7400D ■ LINE — accepts one end of the D8W telephone cord that connects the data module and the PBX wall jack ■ POWER — accepts the output cable of the separate power supply unit used with the 7400D ■ PORT 1 — accepts a male plug from the EIA-232-D cable that connects between the data module and associated equipment ■ PORT 2 — not used by the 7400D Mounting Options The 7400A data module can be configured as a stand-alone unit or in a multiple-mount housing. The parts required for installing a single 7400D are: ■ The 7400D data module ■ An AC power converter ■ A D8W telephone line cord ■ An EIA RS-232-D cable The 7400D data module can also be mounted in a new or existing 77A Data Mounting for multiple data module applications. The data mounting rack is provided with a built-in power supply and cables for distributing power for up to eight data modules. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-18 Power Supply Unit An individual power supply unit is required with the 7400D data module only when it is used as a stand-alone module. When the 7400D is rack-mounted in a 77A rack-mount, the rack-mount provides powering capabilities for up to eight units. The power supply unit connects a grounded AC outlet and the “POWER” connector at the rear of the data module. This power supply unit provides the necessary operating voltages for the data module. Tests The 7400D data module supports only the Self- test. Data Module Features You can control the following operations via the 7400D’s front panel: ■ Option settings ■ Self-Test and Reset Options features ■ Adjustment of the contrast on the display ■ Answer/disconnect and busyout The following features are also available: ■ Automatic or manual answering of incoming data calls ■ Synchronous full-duplex operation ■ Data rates of 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, and 19,200 bits per second Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-19 Setting Options The following table presents the choices for each option of the Answer Only user interface and the order in which the are presented in the menu. All options must be set from the front panel. This table also shows the factory default for each option. (The FACTORY DEFAULT values are typed in larger type and in bold.) Table 20-1. Options Available to the Answer Only Interface and Their Default Settings Set Option Displays Option Abbreviations Possible Values SET 300 SPEED? 300 ON, OFF SET 1200 SPEED? 1200 ON, OFF SET 2400 SPEED? 2400 ON, OFF SET 4800 SPEED? 4800 ON, OFF SET 9600 SPEED? 9600 ON, OFF SET 19200 SPEED? 19200 ON, ANS AUTO, MANUAL SET CI LEAD? CI ON, OFF SET CH LEAD? CH ON, OFF SET CTS LEAD? CTS NORMAL, ON SET DCD LEAD? DCD NORMAL, ON SET DSR LEAD? DSR NORMAL, ON SET DTR DETECT? DTR 0,10,20,30,50,100 MSEC SET DTR LEAD? DTR EIA STANDARD, SET RI LEAD? RI CYCLE, SET SIGLS DISC?* SIGLS DISC ON, OFF SET TM LEAD? TM ON, SET 1. ANSWER?1 OFF ON OFF On the MPDM, the SET ANSWER option is labeled AANS/OFF. the SET SIGLS DISC option on the MPDM is labeled SIGLS/OFF. IGNORE DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7400D Low-Speed Asynchronous Data Module Page 20-20 FCC Registration No digital phones or data modules are FCC registered. The 7400D data module meets Part 15 Class A requirements and is labeled as such. 7400D Data Module PECs The 7400D Data Module can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 7400D Data Module PEC: 2161-LSS Comcode: 107669954 ■ Domestic Stand-alone Power Supply PEC: 21625 Comcode: 405509852 ■ Power Supply for Western Europe PEC: 2161-CEP Comcode: 407573559 Additional Documents The following document contains additional information relating to the 7400D Data Module: ■ 7400D Data Module User’s Guide, 555-020-712 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-21 The 8400B Plus Data Module The red and green lights on front panel Figure 20-5. The 8400B Plus Data Module Like the 7400B Plus data module, the 8400B Plus Data Module is a full-duplex asynchronous, data module that provides for simultaneous voice-data communications at the desktop over standard twisted pair wiring. However, it has been designed explicitly to work, in the linked mode, with 2-wire DEFINITY DCP circuits. That is, this data module is a data service link between a DTE device, a 2-wire voice terminal such as the 8400-Series voice terminals, and a DEFINITY G3V2 or later. At the desk, the 8400B Plus data module provides asynchronous communication speeds ranging from 0.3 to 19.2 kbps. The 8400B Plus data module’s ability to emulate a Hayes compatible modem interface makes it compatible with many standard PC communications packages that use Hayes Command sets. In addition, the 8400B Plus data module provides a voice dial capability that allows you to initiate voice calls from a PC using industry standard “auto-dialer” PC communications packages. Applications The 8400B Plus data module can be used with the DEFINITY ECS G3V2 or later. The data module is used as a DCE for host access services, PC, or terminal (DTE) connectivity. The PC or other terminal device is connected to the 8400B Plus data module using a standard EIA-232-D cable and, if needed, the supplied DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-22 M9/F25 Adapter, an adapter which allows connection from a 9-pin jack to a 25-pin jack. A DCP interface (using a D8W-type modular telephone cord) is used to connect the 8400B Plus data module to the digital PBX. The 8400B Plus data module may be optioned for use either with or without a telephone. In the stand-alone case, the 8400B Plus data module supports data service only. Otherwise, the 8400B Plus data module provides simultaneous data and voice service. The 8400B Plus works with all DCP voice terminals that support 2-wire operations (such as the 8400-Series voice terminals), to provide simultaneous data and voice service. The voice dial feature allows you to dial a voice call without touching the telephone. Depending on your communications package, you may also store telephone numbers on a PC and recall them for dialing, log phone calls for easy billing, and take notes for later reference during a telephone conversation. In addition, the 8400B Plus data module can be used to automatically turn on the speakerphone of the voice terminal when a voice call is dialed from your terminal device. Figure 20-6 shows a standard configuration in the United States, using a telephone and separate power supply. Figure 20-7 shows a standard international configuration using a telephone and separate power supply. Both the US configuration and the international configuration may be installed using a closet power supply as shown in Figure 20-8. This last installation eliminates the need for the separate power supply. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-23 (Rear Endplate) Telephone (Optional) PHONE LINE/ ! POWER D8W M9/F25 Adapter (use only with 25-pin EIA-232-D Connector Cord) USE ONLY WITH COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT PO WER SOURCE EIA-232-D (9-pin or 25-pin) Connector Cord D8W AC Outlet Wall Jack KS-22911, L2 Power Supply 400B2 Adapter D6AP Figure 20-6. Typical Installation of the US Configuration, Including Telephone and Separate Power Supply DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-24 (Rear Endplate) PHONE Telephone (Optional) ! LINE/ POW ER M9/F25 Adapter (use only with 25-pin EIA-232-D Connector Cord) USE ONLY W IT H CO MMUNICAT IO N CIRCUIT POW ER SOURCE EIA-232-D (9-pin or 25-pin) Connector Cord D8W D8W AC Outlet Wall Jack D8W PHONE OTHER -7 +8 -2 +5 LINE Actual connection may vary according to the configuration of your local AC outlet MSP-1 Power Supply Figure 20-7. Typical Installation of the International Configuration, Including Telephone and Separate Power Supply DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-25 (Rear Endplate) PHONE Telephone (Optional) ! LINE/ PO WER M9/F25 Adapter (use only with 25-pin EIA-232-D Connector Cord) USE ONLY W ITH COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT PO WER SOURCE D8W D8W EIA-232-D (9-pin or 25-pin) Connector Cord Wall Jack Figure 20-8. Typical Installation of the US and International Configuration, Including Telephone and Closet Power Supply Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following measurements for the 8400B Plus data module are approximate. Width = 5 inches Depth (front and rear) = 7-3/4 inches Height = 1-1/4 inches Features Lights The front panel of the 8400B Plus has two lights, one red light and one green light. These lights indicate the status of the set during normal operation and the result of self-tests when initially powered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-26 When power is first applied to the 8400B Plus data module, the unit performs a self-test to verify that it is in working order. During the self-test, both lights will remain ON. When the self-test is complete, the green light turns OFF ■ If self-test passed, the red light will remain ON. This indicates that your 8400B Plus data module is installed and ready for data communications operation. ■ If self-test failed, the red light will FLASH (A Flash is a repeated pattern of 500 ms ON and 500 ms OFF.) three times, and then remain ON. Other light indications are: ■ Idle in Normal Mode — The green light is OFF; the red light is ON — This is the unit’s normal mode if no active data call exists. ■ Incoming Call — The green light FLASHES; the red light is ON — This indicates an incoming call. ■ Active Data Call — Both the green and red lights are ON — This indicates an active data call. ■ Test Modes (Other Than Self-Test) — Both green and red lights FLASH — This indication shows that the data module is in test mode. ■ Memory Error Mode — The green light is OFF; the red light FLASHES — This indicates that the unit is defective. Call the Lucent Technologies Technical Service Center at 1 800 242-2121. ■ Switch Link Down — The green light WINKS (A Wink is a repeating pattern of 750 ms ON and 250 ms OFF.); the red light emits an INVERTED WINK (An Inverted Wink is a repeating pattern of 250 ms ON and 750 ms OFF) — This indication shows that the unit is unable to communicate with the PBX. Restore the connection between the 8400B Plus and the PBX wall jack. ■ Phone Link Down — The green light emits an INVERTED WINK; the red light WINKS — This indicates that the unit is unable to communicate with the telephone. Restore the connection between the 8400B Plus and the telephone. Other Physical Features Jacks The 8400B Plus data module is equipped with the following jacks: ■ PHONE — This connector accepts one end of the D8W telephone line cord used to connect a 2-wire voice terminal to the 8400B Plus data module. ■ LINE/POWER — This connector accepts one end of the D8W telephone cord that connects the 8400B Plus data module and either: — a PBX wall jack already powered by a closet supply, or — a power supply, which is connected to the PBX wall jack. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module ■ Page 20-27 EIA CONNECTOR INTERFACE — This connector provides an interface between the 8400B Plus data module and the terminal (DTE) device. — If the communications port on the terminal device is a 9-pin interface, use a cord with DB9 male connectors on each end to connect the data module to the terminal device. — If the communications port on the terminal device is a 25-pin interface, use a 25-pin EIA-232-D cord, plus the supplied M9/F25 Adapter to connect the data module to the terminal device. Mounting Options The 8400B Plus data module can be desk-mounted. Color Options The 8400B Plus data module is available only in black. Tests The 8400B Plus data module supports the following test and maintenance features: ■ Local Loopback and Remote Loopback ■ Local Loopback Self Test and Remote Loop Self Test ■ DCP Looparound ■ Self-Test ■ Make Busy on Local Loop Capabilities The 8400B Plus data module has the following basic features and capabilities: ■ Nonvolatile, read-write memory for storing installation options, two data options profiles, and up to four telephone numbers ■ Full-duplex, 10-bit start/stop, asynchronous operation ■ Asynchronous data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Even, odd, mark, and space parity options ■ Autobaud and autoparity ■ Linked operation with the associated DCP voice terminal ■ An AT command interface that emulates a Hayes 2400 Smartmodem and supports the following: DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-28 — storage of the wait time for carrier detect interval (S-register S7) The number stored in the S7 register establishes the time the 8400B Plus data module will wait for call set up to be completed. This number can be set for any value up to a maximum of 255 seconds (with a default to 60 seconds). — voice call origination from your PC using the ATDP command (however, these calls must be terminated manually) ■ Data metering which allows the data module and associated terminal to operate at higher speeds than the far-end data point ■ Supports the semicolon modifier which enables an automatic return to the command mode after dialing a data call ■ Speakerphone Activation before Dialing For terminal dialed voice calls, you can delay speakerphone activation until after a call is dialed. You would not hear touch tones or dial tone in this case. ■ Power-up self-test ■ Local and remote loopback tests with test duration timer ■ Voice terminal powered by the PBX is not affected if AC power is removed from the 8400B Plus data module Data features for host or terminal applications include: ■ EIA/RS-232-D DCE interface ■ Hayes SMARTMODEM 2400™ user interface emulation Power A Lucent Technologies power supply unit is shipped with each 8400B Plus data module. This unit connects to a grounded AC outlet, and provides a connection between the PBX wall jack and the 8400B Plus data module. The power supply unit provides the necessary operating voltages for the 8400B Plus data module. Setting Options There are 28 S-registers in the 8400B Plus data module. Twenty-two S-registers are used to store configuration parameters; one is used to store installation options, and the remaining five are unused. Eleven registers can be stored in nonvolatile memory, which will be restored when the unit is powered up. There are two sets of stored registers, or profiles. When the 8400B Plus is first powered on, the values that were last stored in the S-registers are the values in effect until AT commands are issued to change them. You can check the current value stored in all S-registers with the &V command. To look at the contents of just one register, use the command Smm? where “mm” DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-29 is the number of the S-register. The data module will return 3-digits, representing the decimal value of the specified S-register. To change the value in any one S-register directly, use the command Smm=nnn where “mm” is the number of the S-register and “nnn” is the number you wish to place in the register. For a full description of all 28 S-registers, see Appendix C in the 8400B Plus Data Module User’s Guide, 555-020-708. Notes for Use with PC Packages Like the 7400B Plus, the 8400B Plus is able to use the following PC communication packages: ■ CARBON COPY Plus V5.1 ■ Crosstalk XVI V3.71 ■ Crosstalk Mk.4 V1.1 ■ Hot Line V2.2 (voice dialing packages) ■ HyperACCESS V3.32 ■ MicroPhone V1.5 (MacIntosh package) ■ PC TOOLS Deluxe V6 (voice dialing packages) ■ Procomm Plus V1.1B ■ Relay Gold V3.0 ■ SideKick V1.5 and SideKick Plus (voice dialing packages) ■ Smartcom³³ II V2.2 ■ Smartcom II V3.1 ■ Smartcom III V1.1 ■ Smarterm 240 V3.0a ■ Terra Nova V1.1.1 ■ White Knight V11 (MacIntosh package) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 8400B Plus Data Module Page 20-30 For those PC packages used to dial voice calls, the modem configuration must be set to PULSE (P) (even though the 8400B Plus will use Touch-Tone for voice calls). If given a choice, set modem type to HAYES. NOTE: While the 8400B Plus supports simultaneous voice and data, the packages listed here support alternate voice/data dialing only. Voice dialing packages interfere with data operation by remapping the COM port or by hanging up the data call. NOTE: You can dial a data call while on a voice call. In all cases, the linked telephone will work. FCC Registration These data modules are not FCC registered. The 8400B Plus data module meets Part 15 Class A requirements and is labeled as such. 8400B Plus Data Module PECs The 8400B Plus data module can be ordered in the United States using the following PECs: ■ 8400B Plus Data Module PEC: 2172-2WB Comcode: 407444835 (This package contains the data module, a D8W telephone cord, an M9/F25 Adapter, and an adjunct power kit containing a 400B2 Adapter, a D6AP-87 cord, and a KS-22911.L2 power supply.) NOTE: The 8400B Plus data module comes with a stand-alone power supply. However, it can also be closet powered. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 8400B Plus data module: ■ 8400B Plus Data Module User’s Guide, 555-020-709 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7500B Data Module Page 20-31 RD TD CTS RTS DCD DSR DTR PORT The 7500B Data Module ISDN 7500 HOME NEXT / NO 1 3 POWER/TEST Figure 20-9. 5 7 9 11 13 BACK ENTER / YES 15 DATA The 7500B Data Module The 7500B Data Module is a terminal adapter primarily intended for connecting DTE or DCE to the ISDN network. It can be configured in a number of ways to allow the attached DTE and DCE to send and receive data through the digital network. The 7500B has no voice functions. Applications The 7500B Data Module can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 through a 4-wire “T”-interface. It is used by the customer who wants to connect his DCE and DTE with DTE, DCE, or host processor at another location using an ISDN network. The 7500B data module cannot be used in a modem pooling or Host Access arrangement on a DEFINITY G2. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7500B Data Module Page 20-32 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front and rear) = 8-3/4 inches Height = 1-3/4 inches Features Lights The 7500B data module has the following light indications: ■ POWER/TEST Light — This red light goes on when the 7500B data module is on and flashes during all tests. ■ DATA Light — This green light goes on when a data call is in progress. It flashes during self-test and when receiving an incoming data call that has not been answered. Display The 16-character LCD display shows the status information and option settings. NEXT/NO, BACK, and ENTER/YES buttons These buttons are used to step through each menu, set data communication options and functions, and adjust the contrast of the display. Other Physical Features Jacks The 7500B data module is equipped with the following jacks. ■ LINE — used to connect the 7500B to the ISDN telephone network ■ PHONE — (not used) ■ POWER — used to connect the 7500B to its DC power supply. The power supply is connected in turn to a standard AC receptacle. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7500B Data Module ■ Page 20-33 COMMUNICATIONS PORT 1 AND 2 — Port 1 is used to connect the 7500B to a data terminal, computer or modem. Depending upon which enhancement board is installed, port 2 can be used to connect automatic calling equipment (RS-366 interface) or a data terminal equipment with a V.35 interface. Mounting Options The 7500B data module can be configured as a stand-alone unit or in a multiple-mount housing. Color Options The 7500B data module is available in misty cream only. Capabilities Using the available hardware and software options, the 7500B data module can be configured as an asynchronous DCE or a synchronous DCE. The capabilities of the different configurations are: Asynchronous DCE Features The following data features can be used with the 7500B. ■ EIA RS-232D interface ■ Circuit switched data communications. Data options can be changed and data calls can be setup via commands from the EIA-432D interface. ■ Ability to change options without dropping a data call ■ Automatic or manual answering of incoming data calls ■ Data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Asynchronous full-duplex operation ■ RS-366 Automatic Calling Unit (ACU) interface (requires Multiple Enhancement Board) ■ Hayes AT interface support Synchronous DCE Features The synchronous DCE features with the Multipurpose Enhancement Board are as follows: ■ EIA RS-232D interface ■ Circuit switched or nailed-up data communication ■ Data rates of 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64 kbps ■ Full-duplex operation at all speeds DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7500B Data Module ■ Synchronous half-duplex emulation at 1.2 to 56 kbps ■ Automatic answering of incoming data calls ■ RS-366 Automatic Calling Unit (ACU) interface ■ Autodial Page 20-34 The synchronous DCE features with the High Speed Synchronous Enhancement Board are as follows: ■ V.35 interface ■ Circuit switched or nailed-up data communication ■ Data rates of 48, 56, and 64 kbps ■ Full-duplex operation at all speeds ■ Synchronous half-duplex emulation at 56 kbps only ■ Automatic answering of incoming data calls ■ Autodial Distance Limitations The maximum signaling distance from the port board to the work location jack based on DIW 24 AWG cable is: ■ Terminating resistor in work location — 1,900 feet ■ Terminating resistor in satellite closet — 1,600 feet Power Requirements The stand-alone 7500B Data Module operates with power from a modular AC to DC adapter that is normally plugged into a wall outlet. When the 7500B is used in a multiple mount arrangement, a built-in power supply is provided in the 77A Data Mounting. Terminating Resistor A 440A4 Terminating Resistor adapter is required with the 7500B. The 440A4 can be located at the work location or in the satellite closet. FCC Registration The 7500B data module is not FCC registered. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 7500B Data Module Page 20-35 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 7500B Data Module: 7500B Data Module User’s Manual, 555-021-717 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) Page 20-36 The ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) The ISDN ADM is used in conjunction with an ISDN 7505, 7506, or 7507 voice terminal to provide integrated voice/data. With the ADM, an attached data terminal or personal computer can send and receive data through the switch. This unit mounts in the base of the voice terminal and is used instead of the Voice Only Module (VOM). The VOM cannot be upgraded to an Asynchronous Data Module. Physical Description The following are physical characteristics of the ISDN ADM. ■ The ISDN ADM is a printed circuit board built into the ISDN 7505, 7506, and 7507 Voice Terminal. ■ Data and EIA RS-232-D connections — An EIA RS-232-D and an 8-pin modular jack are located on the back of the ADM. Features The ISDN ADM offers the following features: ■ Speed — Data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Full-duplex ■ Asynchronous ■ DATA/SEND/OFF button with two indicator lights; allows alternative data call setup from dial pad ■ Data call setup from an ASCII keyboard through an EIA RS-232-D interface ■ Ability to change options without dropping the data call ■ Automatic or manual answering of incoming calls ■ Remote and local loopback test ■ Local mode operation for option setting and call control via terminal keyboard ■ Hayes AT interface support DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The ISDN Asynchronous Data Module (ADM) Page 20-37 Power Requirements Refer to the Power Requirements description in the ISDN 7505, 7506, and 7507 Voice Terminal section of this manual. ISDN ADM PECs Refer to the PEC list in the ISDN 7505, 7506, and 7507 Voice Terminal section of this manual. Additional Documents The following document contains information relating to the ISDN ADM: ■ ISDN Asynchronous Data Module Feature Package 2 User’s Manual, 555-021-716 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Page 20-38 The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Conference TERMINAL READY 9600 CALL IN PROGRESS 4000 CARRIER ON Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO 4 5 1 PRS 7 * Message 192K Recall 2 TUV 8 Oper O 2400 3 6 1200 TEST IN PROGRESS 300 CHECK OPTIONS LOW DATA CALL ORIGINATE/ DISCONNECT WXY 9 # Disconnect 7405 Voice Terminal Figure 20-10. The Digital Terminal Data Module mounted on a 7405D Voice Terminal The DTDM provides a DCE interface to a DTE device that is connected to the DTDM (see Figure 20-11) and allows the DTE to communicate with the switch through the voice terminal and its mounting cord. Data calls and voice calls can be carried on simultaneously, or data calls can be initiated independently of voice calls. The DTDM and the digital voice terminal integrate data and voice into the DCP interface with the system digital switch. The voice terminal user can continue to access all voice features while the module is active on a data call. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Page 20-39 Addition of a DTDM allows an in-place 7403D or 7405D voice terminal to be upgraded for data communications at low cost. Digital Switch DCE DTE Data Terminal Figure 20-11. RS-232C DTDM Digital Voice Terminal DCP Digital Line Port A Block Diagram of DTDM Interfaces Physical Description The DTDM is contained in a molded plastic housing styled to match the associated voice terminal. Status lights, switches, and controls are located on the faceplate and behind a hinged side cover. Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 4-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 8-3/4 inches Thickness = 1-1/2 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Page 20-40 Features Lights The DTDM is equipped with the following lights: ■ Terminal Ready ■ Call in Progress ■ Carrier On ■ Test in Progress ■ Check options ■ Receive Data ■ Send data ■ Test Result Speed Indicator lights The DTDM is equipped with seven indicator lights that show the speed at which the DTDM is operating. Switches The following switches can be used on the DTDM. ■ Speed selector switch — The thumbwheel speed selector switch (located behind the side cover) selects data rates of LOW, 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, or 19.2 kbps. ■ Test switch — The Self-Test and Local Loop/Remote loop switches are located behind the side cover. ■ Option switches — The seven option switches are located behind the side cover. ■ Data Call Switch — The DTDM is equipped with a Data Call Switch labeled Originate and Disconnect. Other Physical Features Mounting Options The DTDM is physically mounted to a 7403D or 7405D voice terminal. It attaches to the right side of the voice terminal. The entire unit can be desk or wall mounted with one exception: if the voice terminal is equipped with a Function Key Module, Call Coverage Module or Digital Display Module and a DTDM, it cannot be wall mounted. Color Options The DTDM is available only in silver. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Digital Terminal Data Module (DTDM) Page 20-41 Capabilities The DTDM offers the following features and capabilities: ■ Synchronous and asynchronous operation ■ Half- and full-duplex operation ■ Data transmission at standard rates up to 19.2 kbps ■ Automatic answer option ■ Self-test ■ Remote and local loopback Power The DTDM requires auxiliary power from one of the sources listed in the ADJUNCT POWER section of this manual. FCC Registration The DTDM is not FCC registered. DTDM Equipment PECs The DTDM can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ Digital Terminal Data Module for 7403D—31745MTG05 ■ Digital Terminal Data Module for 7405D—31745MTG06 ■ Digital Terminal Data Module for 7405D and Function Key Module— 31745MTG07 ■ Digital Terminal Data Module for 7405D and Call Coverage Module or Digital Display Module—31745MTG08 ■ Digital Terminal Data Module for 7405D and Function Key Module, and Call Coverage Module or Digital Display Module—31745MTG09 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the DTDM: ■ System 75 and System 85 DTDM User’s Guide, 999-700-027 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-42 The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) SPEED Figure 20-12. TEST RESULTS TEST/DISC PARITY EVEN-ODD The Optional Z702AL1 Data Service Unit shown with a 7407D01B Voice Terminal The Z702AL1 DSU, when connected to the 7407D01B voice terminal, allows the user to transmit and receive voice and data over the same standard two pair of wires. The DSU provides the RS-232-C connection the data terminal needs to communicate with other data equipment without separate lines or modems. (SeeFigure 20-13.) The DSU supports asynchronous, full duplex operation. Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 20 Data Modules The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-43 Digital Switch DCE DTE Data Terminal Figure 20-13. RS-232C Data Service Unit Digital Voice Terminal DCP Digital Line Port A Block Diagram of Z702AL1 Data Service Unit Interfaces Applications The Z702AL1 DSU can be used with a 7407D01B voice terminal connected to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. Typical applications are users with data terminals requiring a large number of features and lines. Physical Description Features Data Speed wheel The Data Speed wheel selects the speed of operation. It is located on the right side of the DSU. Self-Test light The Self-Test light is located on the right side of the DSU. Self-test or disconnect button The Self-Test or Disconnect button is located on the right side of the DSU. Parity switch The parity switch is located on the right side of the DSU. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-44 Other Physical Features Mounting Options The optional Z702AL1 DSU Data Module Base is installed on the 7407D01B voice terminal. Color Options The DSU is available in black only. Capabilities The Z702AL1 DSU provides the following features: ■ Selector for standard data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Asynchronous full duplex operation ■ Automatic data call answering ■ Data terminal keyboard dialing ■ Data terminal keyboard disconnect ■ Simultaneous voice operation ■ Self-Test or Disconnect button ■ Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) RS-232-C interface Power The Z702AL1 DSU is powered by the 7407D01B which, in turn, is powered by a 110-volt AC wall receptacle. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-45 Z702AL1 DSU PECs The Z702AL1-DSU can be ordered using the following PEC: ■ Z702AL1 DSU—31800A Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the DSU: ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-705 ■ System 85 Application Notes, 555-102-515 ■ System 75 Application Notes, 555-209-006 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-716 ■ System 75 7407D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-716 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-46 The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) Figure 20-14. The 703A Data Service Unit The 703A DSU is used with the 7406D voice terminal to provide asynchronous data communications through the switch. The DSU replaces the desk stand under the 7406D voice terminal and allows a data terminal (such as a 610 BCT) to be connected to the 7406D and data calls to be made to and from the switch. (See Figure 20-15.) DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-47 Digital Switch DCE DTE Data Terminal Figure 20-15. RS-232C Data Service Unit Digital Voice Terminal DCP Digital Line Port A Block Diagram of 703A Data Service Unit Interfaces Applications The 703A DSU can be used with 7406D voice terminal connected to the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, or System 85. Typical applications are users with data terminals requiring a large number of features. Physical Description Features Option switches The option switches for setting the operating speeds, disconnect sequence, and parity are located on the bottom of the DSU. Self-Test button The Self-Test button is located on the rear of the data stand adjacent to the RS-232-C connector. It is recessed and can be depressed with a pointed object such as a straightened paper clip. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-48 Other Physical Features Jacks The DSU contains four jacks. The handset cord jack is on the bottom of the DSU housing just under the left side of the housing. The mounting cord jack and the audio cord jack are on the bottom of the DSU housing just under the rear of the housing. The RS-232-C connector is on the rear of the DSU. Mounting Options The optional 703A Data Service Unit Data Module Base is installed on the 7406D Voice Terminal. When the 7406D is equipped with the DSU, it cannot be wall mounted. Color Options The DSU is available in black only. Capabilities The 703A DSU provides the following features and capabilities: ■ Selector for standard data rates of 0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps ■ Asynchronous full-duplex operation ■ Automatic answering of data calls ■ Data terminal keyboard dialing ■ Parity switch (even / odd) ■ Disconnect sequence switch (escape, break) ■ Quiet option switch ■ Button for self-test and data call disconnect ■ Simultaneous voice operation ■ Speed matching to a lower speed of remote data endpoint ■ Remote loop test (from a distant data module) ■ EIA RS-232-C interface ■ Appearance of dialed number on the DTE screen (7406D02A only) during data call setup with the ASCII DTE ■ Display features for the 7406D02A on the attached CRT DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 703A Data Service Unit (DSU) Page 20-49 Power The 703A DSU requires an external power source. Refer to Chapter 5, ‘‘Adjunct Power’’ section of this manual for the correct power source. 703 DSU PECs The 703A DSU can be ordered using the following PEC: ■ 703A Data Stand — 31824A Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 703A DSU: ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 and System 85 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-104-702 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide, 555-204-719 ■ System 75 7406D Voice Terminal User’s Guide , 555-200-719 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-50 RD TD CTS RTS DCD RI DSR DTR The DEFINITY High Speed Link HOME POWER/ TEST Figure 20-16. NEXT / NO DEFINITY High Speed Link BACK ENTER / YES DATA The DEFINITY High Speed Link The DEFINITY HSL is a data service unit that allows data equipment to access the data services of System 75 and System 85 and the DEFINITY switch. It is used where the integration of voice and data is not required. The HSL supports synchronous data transmission at speeds of 56 and 64 kbps, and provides a link to high speed data networks. The DEFINITY HSL provides access to various switched and dedicated (private) data networks, including Group 4 Fax, Video Teleconferencing, LAN Interconnect, and Cluster Controller/Front-End Processor Connections. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-51 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 7 inches Depth (front and rear) = 9-1/4 inches Height = 1-3/4 inches Weight = 1 pound 5 ounces Features Lights The DEFINITY HSL is equipped with the following lights: ■ POWER/TEST light — This red light goes on steadily when there is power to the HSL; winks during all tests; and flashes with the DATA light for line fault indication. ■ DATA light — This green light goes on steadily indicating a data call is in progress; flashes when receiving an incoming call; and flashes with the POWER/TEST light for line fault indication. Display This 16-character LCD display shows the start-up sequence, status, option information, and test information. NEXT/NO, BACK, and ENTER/YES buttons These buttons are used to step forward and backward through the menus. These buttons are also used for executing functions. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-52 Tests The DEFINITY HSL supports the following tests and maintenance features: ■ Self-test ■ Local loopback ■ Data loopback ■ Remote loopback (V.54 and AT&T proprietary protocol) ■ Remote loopback with self-test ■ DCP looparound test ■ DDS latching/non-latching loopback Connectors The following connectors are located on the rear panel of the HSL: ■ RS-366/RS-232 (user must provide interface cable) ■ V.35 (user must provide interface cable) ■ LINE (cord shipped with set) ■ POWER (for single installations, power is provided by a separately ordered stand-alone power supply — PEC 21625; for rack mounted installations, power is included with the Z77A Data Mounting — PEC 21626) Other Physical Features Mounting Options The HSL can be used as a stand-alone unit. It can also be installed in a Z77A multiple-mount rack. Color Options The DEFINITY HSL is available in misty cream only. Capabilities The basic features and capabilities of the DEFINITY HSL are: ■ DCP operation up to 5,000 feet from the switch ■ Supertwist LCD and three push-buttons for displaying status, setting options, controlling tests, storing telephone numbers, originating and manually answering calls ■ Two LEDs for power, incoming calls, data mode, test mode and fault indications ■ V.35 internally timed, synchronous interface for 56 kbps half duplex operation, 56 kbps full duplex operation, and 64 kbps full duplex operation DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-53 ■ RS-366 ACU interface for originating data calls ■ RS-232 AT command interface with autobaud for originating and disconnecting calls ■ Test features for system fault isolation ■ Non-volatile memory for storing an option profile and four telephone numbers ■ Reset options for easy loading of default options ■ Data inversion option for compatibility with older 64 kbps DCP data modules ■ Automatic or manual answer option ■ DTR lead ignore option for operation with terminals that normally interface with private line DCE equipment ■ DSR lead ON option for operation with terminals that normally interface with private line DCE equipment ■ Optional DTR lead activated dial feature for stored number dialing ■ Permanent connection option for operation in private line applications ■ Memory cartridge interface for firmware upgrades Applications Administration The DEFINITY HSL is administered and/or aliased as an MPDM. Routing, trunking and other administration considerations mirror those of the MPDM. The uses of the DEFINITY HSL are compatible with those of an MPDM. Switched Requirements The following sections describe switched requirements. Releases for Switched Applications The switch releases which support the applications of the DEFINITY HSL are: ■ System 75 R1V2 or later ■ System 85 R2V3 or later ■ DEFINITY Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3 ■ DEFINITY ECS All versions of the switch do not provide the same level of support. The biggest difference is in the type of network access arrangement that is supported. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-54 Switched Endpoints The DTE must be capable of communicating at 56 kbps or 64 kbps. Proper switched operation requires that the DTE supports a Data Terminal Ready (DTR) lead on its V.35 interface. The DTR lead provides the signal to the HSL that it is ready to receive or originate a call. Before the High Speed Link can originate (dial) or answer a call, the DTR lead must be asserted (high) by the DTE. In addition, the DTE uses the DTR lead to signal the HSL to drop a call. This is accomplished by turning off its DTR lead. Switched Applications Switched applications are applications using the switched network. ACCUNET Switched Digital Services (SDS) and Software Defined Data Network (SDDN) are examples of switched applications. See Figure 20-17 for an example of a switched configuration. For additional information on switched applications, implementations, and administration, refer to the DEFINITY High Speed Link User’s Manual, 555-020-711, Appendix D: Applications and Switch Administration. Figure 20-17. Switched Network Application DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-55 Permanent (Private Line) Requirements The following sections describe Permanent (Private Line) requirements. Releases for Permanent Applications Permanent applications require the switch to establish and maintain the connection. The switch release and corresponding feature that support permanent connections are: ■ System 75 R1V2 or later - Permanent Switched Call (PSC) ■ System 85 R2V4 or later - Dedicated Switch Connection (DSC) ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 - Administered Connection (AC) or Permanent Switched Call (PSC) ■ DEFINITY Generic 2 - Dedicated Switch Connection (DSC) ■ DEFINITY Generic 3 and the DEFINITY ECS - Administered Connection (AC) These various switch features provide different levels of support for permanent applications. The DEFINITY G3 and DEFINITY ECS provide the broadest level of support with the Administered Connection Feature. The Permanent Switch Call in System 75 and DEFINITY G1 and the Dedicated Switch Connection in System 85 and DEFINITY G2 provide a subset of that functionality. Permanent Endpoints If DTE does not support the DTR lead, then the DTR IGNORE option must be used. This will allow a permanent connection to be established and maintained. Permanent Applications A permanent connection uses a DS0 channel on a private T1 between sites, or a DS0 channel on a DS1 to a private digital network such as ACCUNET Spectrum of Digital Services (ASDS). See Figure 20-18 for an example of a Front End Processor/Cluster Controller application in a permanent connection configuration. For additional information on permanent applications, implementations, and administration, refer to the DEFINITY High Speed Link User’s Manual, 555-020-711, Appendix D: Applications and Switch Administration. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Figure 20-18. Page 20-56 Permanent (Private Line) Applications Power The DEFINITY HSL is powered by an external power supply. The connection to the power supply uses a six position male connector with one pin removed for polarization. Power requirements: ■ AC Voltage — 104 to 129 volts ■ Frequency — 57 to 63 Hz ■ Power Consumption — 9 watts DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The DEFINITY High Speed Link Page 20-57 Considerations The DEFINITY HSL will not support the following: ■ Asynchronous data transmission ■ Integrated voice and data FCC Registration Digital phones and data modules are not FCC registered. The DEFINITY HSL meets FCC Part 15 approval, and is labeled as such. DEFINITY HSL PECs The DEFINITY HSL can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ DEFINITY High Speed Link PEC 2161-201 Comcode: 106654478 ■ Stand-alone Power Supply — PEC 21625 ■ Z77A Data Mounting (rack with power for up to 8 HSL units) PEC 21626, Attribute 1— Z77A with WP90780L2 digital line installation harness PEC 21626, Attribute 6 — Z77A only Additional Documents The following document contains additional information relating to the DEFINITY HSL: ■ DEFINITY High Speed Link User’s Manual, 555-020-711 Issue 8 December 1996 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 20 Data Modules The Processor Data Module (PDM) Page 20-58 The Processor Data Module (PDM) POWER TERMINAL READY LINE STATUS CALL IN PROGRESS CARRIER ON PDM TEST IN PROGRESS Figure 20-19. ORIGINATE DISCONNECT CHECK OPTIONS The Processor Data Module, The Stand-alone Model The PDM provides a DCE interface for connection to data terminals, Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) output device, on-premises administration terminal, Applications Processor (AP), Call Management System (CMS), Property Management System (PMS), Audio Information Exchange (AUDIX), and host computers. It also provides a DCP interface for connection to the digital switch. NOTE: The PDM can no longer be ordered. It has been replaced by the MPDM. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Processor Data Module (PDM) Page 20-59 Physical Description Features Switches The PDM is equipped with the following switches: ■ Originate/Disconnect — This switch is located on the front panel. It is used when originating and disconnecting from a call. ■ Self-Test — This switch is located behind the front faceplate. Pressing this button performs the self-test. ■ LOC LOOP/REM LOOP — This switch is located behind the faceplate. It is used to perform the Local loop test or Remote loop test. ■ Options — The option switches are located behind the front faceplate. There are 30 option switches, 25 for options, and 5 spares. Lights The PDM is equipped with the following lights: ■ Power ■ Terminal Ready ■ Line Status ■ Call in Progress ■ Carrier on ■ Test in Progress ■ Check option ■ Test Result ■ Send Data ■ Receive Data Other Physical Features Mounting Options The PDM can be configured either in a stand-alone or multiple mounted version. The stand-alone version is installed in a 70A Data Mounting aluminum housing that is equipped with plastic front and rear covers. A maximum of eight PDM’s can be installed in the 71A Data Mounting. The stand-alone version can be mounted on a surface or desk top near the associated data terminal. The multiple mount is normally contained in an auxiliary cabinet. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Processor Data Module (PDM) Page 20-60 Capabilities The PDM offers the following features: ■ Synchronous or asynchronous operation ■ Full- or half-duplex operation for data calls up to 56 kbps ■ Full-duplex operation for data calls at 64 kbps ■ Data transmission at standard rates up to 19.2 kbps ■ Automatic answer option ■ Self-test Power Both mounting arrangements require power from a 115-volt AC receptacle to power the PDM(s). PDM Equipment PECs The PDM cannot be ordered; therefore, no PEC is available. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the PDM: ■ Processor Data Module User’s Guide, 999-700-028 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Trunk Data Module (TDM) Page 20-61 The Trunk Data Module (TDM) POWER DATA SET CALL IN READY PROGRESS LINE STATUS CARRIER ON TRUNK DATA MODULE TEST IN PROGRESS Figure 20-20. ORIGINATE DISCONNECT CHECK OPTIONS The Trunk Data Module, The Stand-alone Model The TDM provides an RS-232-C DTE interface for connection to off-premises private line trunk facilities or a switched network telecommunications network and a DCP interface for connection to the digital switch. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Trunk Data Module (TDM) Page 20-62 The TDM can serve as part of a conversion resource for modem pooling. The conversion resource performs the analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversions that allow the analog and DCP data endpoints to communicate. A single conversion resource consists of a modem and a TDM connected at the RS-232-C interface. NOTE: The TDM can no longer be ordered. It has been replaced by the MTDM. Physical Description Features Switches The TDM is equipped with the following switches: ■ Originate/Disconnect — This switch is located on the front panel. It is used when originating and disconnecting from a call for test purposes. ■ Self-Test — This switch is located behind the front faceplate. Pressing this button performs the self-test. ■ LOC LOOP/REM LOOP — This switch is located behind the faceplate. It is used to perform the Local loop test or Remote loop test. ■ Options — The option switches are located behind the front faceplate. There are 30 option switches, 24 for options, and 6 spares. Lights The TDM is equipped with the following lights: ■ Power ■ Data Set Ready ■ Line Status ■ Call in Progress ■ Carrier on ■ Test in Progress ■ Check option ■ Test Result ■ Send Data ■ Receive Data DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Trunk Data Module (TDM) Page 20-63 Other Physical Features Capabilities The TDM offers the following features and capabilities: ■ Synchronous or asynchronous operation ■ Full- or half-duplex ■ Selected standard data rates up to 19.2 kbps ■ Automatic answer ■ Self-test Mounting Options The TDM can be configured either in a stand-alone or in a multiple mounted version. The stand-alone version is installed in a 70A Data Mounting aluminum housing that is equipped with plastic front and rear covers. A maximum of eight TDMs may be installed in the 71A Data Mounting. The stand-alone version can be mounted on a surface or desk top near the associated data equipment. The multiple-mounting carrier unit is normally installed in an auxiliary cabinet. Power Both mounting arrangements require power from a 115-volt AC receptacle to power the TDM. TDM Equipment PECs The TDM is no longer orderable; therefore, no PEC is available. Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the PDM: ■ Trunk Data Module User’s Guide, 999-700-029 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-64 The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) POW ER TER REAMINA TES DY L T IN PR OG LIN RESS STAE OR TUS DISIG/ C MPD AC M CU NE T® CH EC SEN D D OPTIOK ATA NS CA PRLL IN RE OG CE RE IVE SS DAT A CA R R ON IER Figure 20-21. The Stand-Alone Modular Processor Data Module The MPDM is a multi-purpose data module configured to provide the digital switch interface to support various data interface requirements.The MPDM is similar in appearance and function to the PDM. The MPDM can be configured to support the Data Call Setup or Off-Premises Data-Only Extensions features. In addition to standard data transmission rates DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-65 supported by previous versions of the PDM’s (0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps), the MPDM supports data rates of 56 and 64 kbps. The individual piece parts for the MPDM can be purchased either separately or in one of the three different preassembled packages described below. ■ AUDIX/CMS MPDM This MPDM package provides connectivity from either Lucent Technologies AUDIX® or CMS to the DCIU link of the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The AUDIX/CMS MPDM supports any endpoint that requires low speed (below 19.2 kbps) synchronous connectivity. ■ The Video Teleconferencing MPDM This MPDM package allows high speed data endpoints to be switched through the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85, to high speed public or private networks. The Video Teleconferencing MPDM supports an RS-366 Automatic Calling Unit (ACU) interface to permit dialing through the endpoint (for example, a Video Teleconference unit or Group 4 FAX machine). In addition to the RS-366 interface, the Video Teleconferencing MPDM also uses the ACCUNET® D-Kit which allows transmissions over 56 kbps and 64 kbps facilities such as ACCUNET Switched Digital Service. (ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service is an end-to-end switched digital service accessed by the switch through a DS-1 interface.) ■ The High Speed Synchronous MPDM This MPDM package is designed to support high-speed data applications that do not require the use of an RS-366 ACU interface (for example, nailed-up or dedicated calls such as Cluster Controller to Front End Processor). With the addition of an optional interface card, the High Speed Synchronous MPDM supports connections over switched or private networks through System 75, System 85, and a DEFINITY G1 and G2. NOTE: All three MPDM preassembled packages use the same housing and main circuit card. The distinguishing components are, therefore, the interface cards that each uses. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-66 General Features of the MPDM Both the MPDM stand-alone and multiple mount versions are contained in a 70A Data Mounting aluminum housing that is equipped with plastic front and rear covers. The MPDM, in general, offers the following data features: ■ Selected data rates up to 64 kbps ■ Synchronous or asynchronous operation ■ Synchronous operation at 56 kbps and 64 kbps ■ Full- or half-duplex operation up to 56 kbps ■ Full-duplex operation at 64 kbps ■ Automatic answer option ■ ACCUNET digital service interface support ■ Local Area Network (LAN) bridging: Token Rings, Ethernet, AppleLan Functional elements ■ The Main module comes in one version that is common to all of the MPDM packages and provides the basic digital interface and protocol conversion functions. ■ The Interface module comes in three versions providing a choice of V.35, RS-232-C, or RS-449 interfaces (balanced--RS-422A electrical interface). ■ The ACU module comes in one optional version. The ACU module interface provides the capability to emulate an ACU and supports the RS-366 interface. This module is required for the data terminal dialing function of the Data Call Setup feature. Mounting The MPDM can be configured either in a stand-alone or in a multiple mount version. A maximum of eight MPDMs can be installed in the 71A Data Mounting. The stand-alone version can be mounted on a surface or desk top near the associated data equipment. The multiple-mounting carrier unit is normally installed in an auxiliary cabinet. Power Both mounting arrangements require power from a 115-volt AC receptacle to power the MPDM(s). DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-67 Switches The MPDM is equipped with the following switches: ■ ORIGINATE/DISCONNECT — This switch is located on the front panel. It is used when originating and disconnecting a call from a terminal that does not have a BREAK key. ■ SELF-TEST — This switch is located behind the front faceplate. It is used to perform the self-test. ■ LOC LOOP/REM LOOP — This switch is located behind the faceplate. It is used to perform the Local loop test or Remote loop test. NOTE: If you are using the Video Teleconferencing MPDM or the High Speed Synchronous MPDM preassembled package, and the OFF/ANET switch is set to ANET), the user-activated Remote Loop will not function since Remote Loop requires Mode 2 handshake operation. ■ Options — The option switches are located behind the front faceplate. There are two Dual In-line Package (DIP) option switches, one with 10 positions, the other with 12 positions. Twenty-one of the positions are used to set the options. The other is a spare reserved for future use. The RS-232-C interface card has eight DIP switches to set its options. Lights The MPDM is equipped with the following lights: ■ Power ■ Terminal Ready ■ Line Status ■ Call in Progress ■ Carrier on ■ Test in Progress ■ Check option ■ Test Result ■ Send Data ■ Receive Data Features of the AUDIX/CMS MPDM Package Functional Elements This preassembled package consists of the following parts: DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) ■ ■ Page 20-68 Stand-alone housing Modular PDM ■ RS-232 interface card ■ Option Switch Settings Since the AUDIX/CMS MPDM is preassembled, you will need only to make the connections to the PBX, and set the DIP switches. Use the following table to verify that the DIP switch settings connected to AUDIX or CMS are correctly set. Table 20-2. DIP Switch Settings on the AUDIX/CMS MPDM DIP Switch Setting OFF/LOW OFF OFF/300 OFF OFF/1200 OFF OFF/2400 OFF OFF/4800 OFF OFF/9600 9600 OFF/19.2 OFF OFF/56K OFF OFF/64K OFF OFF/TRBK OFF FDX/HDX FDX ASYN/SYNC SYNC EXT/INT INT OFF/DISC OFF OFF/KYBD OFF OFF/PRTY OFF O/EV-I/OD ignored OFF/DMLL OFF OFF/MKBY OFF Spare OFF OFF/SIGLS SIGLS OFF/AANS AANS DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-69 Features of the Video Teleconferencing MPDM Functional Elements The preassembled Video Teleconferencing MPDM consists of the following parts:. ■ Stand-alone housing ■ Modular PDM ■ V.35 interface card ■ RS-366 ACU interface card ■ V.35 M1 (ACCUNET D-Kit) NOTE: The label on the front of this MPDM renames the data module from “MPDM” to “MPDM ACCUNET.” Option Settings The Video Teleconferencing MPDM offers a new option switch, OFF/ANET. ■ If this switch is set to OFF, the MPDM/ACCUNET functions as a standard MPDM. ■ If this switch is set to ANET, the Video Teleconferencing MPDM can be optioned for compatibility with ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service or non-MPDM endpoints such as a DSU. In this mode: — No Mode 2 handshaking is required to go into data mode — Keyboard dialing is not supported — User activated remote loopback test is not supported The baud rate depends on the setting of the speed option switches. When using ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service, the OFF/56K must be set to 56K. All other speed switches must be set to OFF. NOTE: Only one speed selection is allowed when the OFF/ANET switch is set to ANET. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-70 The Video Teleconferencing MPDM requires the following DIP switch settings for operation with ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service or non-MPDM endpoints. Table 20-3. DIP Switch Settings on the Video Teleconferencing MPDM DIP Switch Setting OFF/LOW OFF OFF/300 OFF OFF/1200 OFF OFF/2400 OFF OFF/4800 OFF OFF/9600 OFF OFF/19.2 OFF OFF/56K 56K1 OFF/64K 64K* OFF/TRBK OFF FDX/HDX FDX ASYN/SYNC SYNC EXT/INT INT OFF/DISC OFF OFF/KYBD OFF OFF/PRTY OFF O/EV-I/OD ignored OFF/DMLL OFF2 OFF/MKBY OFF† OFF/ANET ANET OFF/SIGLS OFF OFF/AANS AANS† 1. 2. Must be set at either 56K or 64K. Must be set as appropriate for the installation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-71 Features of the High Speed Synchronous MPDM Optional Interface Cards There are two optional interface cards can be used with this MPDM package: ■ V.35 — Normal DTR operation — Endpoint controls (asserts) the DTR lead ■ V.35 DTR — DTR lead on the MPDM is always high — Endpoint has no control over the DTR lead — Call is typically under PBX control, for example, permanent switched call (a DEFINITY G1 and G3) or dedicated switched call (a DEFINITY G2) Functional Elements The preassembled High Speed Synchronous MPDM consists of the following parts: ■ Stand-alone housing ■ Modular PDM ■ V.35 M1 * (ACCUNET D-Kit) NOTE: On the front panel the data module is renamed from “MPDM” to “MPDM ACCUNET.” Optional Settings A new option switch, OFF/ANET, has been added, allowing the High Speed Synchronous MPDM to be optioned in two different ways: ■ When the OFF/ANET switch is set to OFF, this MPDM can be optioned to function as a standard MPDM ■ When the OFF/ANET switch is set to ANET, this MPDM can be optioned to be compatible with ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service. [Set OFF/ANET to ANET for Dedicated Switch Call (DSC) arrangements.] — No Mode 2 handshaking required to go into data mode — Keyboard dialing is not supported — Remote loopback test is not supported DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-72 The baud rate depends on the setting of the speed option switches. When using ACCUNET Switched 56 kbps Digital Service, OFF/56K must be set to 56K. All other speed switches must be set to OFF. NOTE: Only one speed selection is allowed when the OFF/ANET switch is set to ANET. When FDX/HDX is set to HDX (half-duplex), it can be used only on a 64 kbps facility, such as alternate voice/data trunk, PRI facility, or switched-64. (The speed can be set to 56 kbps, but requires a 64 kbps facility for proper HDX operation.) REM/LOOP does not function when the OFF/ANET switch is set to ANET since Remote Loop requires Mode 2 handshake operation. MPDM PECs and Comcodes The preassembled MPDM(s) can be ordered with the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ AUDIX/CMS MPDM PEC: 2161-101 Comcode: 106504574 ■ Video Teleconferencing MPDM PEC: 2161-102 Comcode: 106504582 ■ High Speed Synchronous MPDM PEC: 2161-103 Comcode: 106504590 The MPDM parts can be ordered using the following PECs and Comcodes: ■ Modular MPDM main circuit card PEC: 2161-PDM Comcode: 103954541 ■ Stand-alone housing PEC: 21702 Comcode: 103954863 ■ RS-232C interface card PEC: 21611 Comcode: 103954558 ■ RS-449 interface card PEC: 21612 Comcode: 103954566 ■ V.35 interface card PEC: 21613 Comcode: 103954574 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Processor Data Module (MPDM) Page 20-73 ■ RS-366 ACU interface card PEC: 21614 Comcode: 103954582 ■ V.35 DTR interface card (This card has DTR always on) PEC: 21615 Comcode: 105218101 ■ V.35 M1 * ACCUNET D-Kit (used to support communications over DS1-robbed bit and ACCUNET facilities) PEC: 21616 Comcode: 105040141 ■ 71A multiple mounting PEC: 21711 Comcode: 103872149 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the MPDM: ■ Modular Processor Data Module User’s Guide, 999-700-300IS ■ DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) Page 20-74 The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) POWER DATA SET READY TEST IN PROGRESS LINE STATUS ORIG/ DISC MTDM CHECK OPTIONS RECEIVE DATA CALL IN PROGRESS SEND DATA CARRIER ON Figure 20-22. The Modular Trunk Data Module, the Stand-alone Model Similar in appearance and function to the TDM, the MTDM is a multi-purpose data module configured to provide the digital switch interface to off-premises private line trunk facilities or a switch network telecommunications network. Similar in appearance and function to the TDM, the MTDM is a multi-purpose data module configured to provide the digital switch interface to off-premises private line trunk facilities or a switched network telecommunications network. The MTDM may also serve as a conversion resource for modem pooling. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) Page 20-75 The MTDM can be configured to support the Data Call Setup, Modem Pooling, or Off-Premises Data-Only Extensions features. In addition to the standard data transmission rates supported by previous versions of the TDM (0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, and 19.2 kbps), the MTDM supports data rates of 56 and 64 kbps for downloading and other high speed data transfer requirements. Physical Description Features Functional elements ■ Main module — Comes in one version that is common to all modular modules and provides the basic digital interface and protocol conversion functions. ■ Interface module — Provides an RS-232-C interface Switches The MTDM is equipped with the following switches: ■ ORIG/DISC — This switch is located on the front panel. It is used when originating and disconnecting from a call for test purposes. ■ Self-Test — This switch is located behind the front faceplate. Pressing this button performs the self-test. ■ LOC LOOP/REM LOOP — This switch is located behind the faceplate. It is used to perform the Local loop test or Remote loop test. ■ Options — The option switches are located behind the front faceplate. There are two Dual In-line Package switches, one a 10-position, the other a 12-position, located behind the front faceplate. Nineteen of the switches are used to set the options. The other three are spares reserved for future use. Lights The MTDM is equipped with the following lights: ■ Power ■ Data Set Ready ■ Line Status ■ Call in Progress ■ Carrier on ■ Test in Progress ■ Check option ■ Test Result DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) ■ Send Data ■ Receive Data Page 20-76 Other Physical Features Mounting Options The MTDM can be configured either in a stand-alone or a multiple mounted version. The stand-alone version is contained in a 70A Data Mounting aluminum housing that is equipped with plastic front and rear covers. A maximum of eight MTDMs may be installed in the 71A Data Mounting. The stand-alone version can be mounted on a surface or desk top near the associated data equipment. The multiple-mounting carrier unit is normally installed in an auxiliary cabinet. Capabilities The MTDM offers the following features and capabilities: ■ Selected rates up to 64 kbps ■ Asynchronous rates up to 19.2 kbps ■ Synchronous operation at 56 kbps and 64 kbps ■ Full- or half-duplex operation up to 56 kbps ■ Full-duplex at 64 kbps ■ Self-test ■ Automatic answer ■ Private line and switched modes Power Both mounting arrangements require power from a 115-volt AC receptacle to power the MTDM. MTDM Equipment PECs The MTDM can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ MTDM — 2162TDM ■ RS232C Interface card — 21621 ■ Stand-alone housing — 21702 ■ 71A Multiple mount — 21711 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Modular Trunk Data Module (MTDM) Page 20-77 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the MTDM: ■ Modular Trunk Data Module User’s Guide, 999-700-301 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 3270 Data Module Page 20-78 The 3270 Data Module TERMINAL COMPUTER FAULT Originate/Disconnect Switch Figure 20-23. The 3270A or 3270T Data Module The 3270 Data Module provides a Category A coaxial DCE interface for connection to 3270-type data terminals or a cluster controller. It also provides a DCP interface for connection to the digital switch. The 3270 Data Module is available in the following three models: ■ 3270T (Terminal) — Connects to a Category A 3270-type terminal, such as the IBM™ 3278 Information Delivery System. The 3270T Data Module must connect through the switch to a 3270C (Controller) Data Module. ■ 3270A (Asynchronous) — Provides the same function as the 3270T Data Module. It also allows the 3270-type terminal to emulate a DEC VT100 or Lucent Technologies’ asynchronous terminal. ■ 3270C (Controller) — Connects an IBM 3274 or 3276 cluster controller to the switch. A 3270C Data Module (See Figure 20-24) can contain as many as eight ports. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 3270 Data Module Page 20-79 3270C Data Module 4 3 2 1 PORT A PORT B B U S Y Figure 20-24. R S E T F A U L T L I N E The 3270C Data Module C O A X B U S Y R S E T F A U L T L I N E C O A X DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 3270 Data Module Page 20-80 The 3270A and 3270T Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 5-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-1/4 inches Height = 1-1/2 inches Lights The following is a list of the lights on the 3270A and 3270T. ■ Terminal ■ Computer ■ Fault Switches The 3270A and 3270T have the following switches: ■ Orig/Disc — located on the front ■ Reset — located on the rear Connectors The 3270A and 3270T have the following connectors: ■ Power ■ Terminal ■ Aux Phone ■ Wall Jack Mounting Options The 3270A and 3270T are desk mounted near the terminal with which it is used. Cords A D8W-87 cord is provided with the data module. The coaxial cable with BNC male connectors for use between the data module and the terminal is customer DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 3270 Data Module Page 20-81 provided. If an analog telephone is to be connected, the required modular cord must be provided with the telephone. Power An external power supply and the required cord is provided with the data module. The power supply requires a 115-volt AC wall receptacle not under the control of a wall switch. The 3270C Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 19 inches Depth (front to back) = 16-1/2 inches Height = 5-3/4 inches Lights There are two sets of the following lights on the front panel of the data module: ■ Coax ■ Line ■ Fault Switches There are two sets of the following lights on the front panel of the data module: ■ Busy ■ Reset Connectors The 3270 has the following connectors: ■ Power ■ DCP ■ Port — The port connectors are labeled 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 3270 Data Module Page 20-82 Mounting Options The data module assembly may be stacked, wall mounted, or rack mounted near the cluster controller to which it is connected. Cords A 7-1/2 foot AC power cord is provided with the unit. A 25-pair cable for the connection to the DCP connector must be ordered separately. The coaxial cable with BNC connectors for connection to the cluster controller must be provided by the customer. Power All of the mounting arrangements require power from a 115-volt AC receptacle to power the data module. 3270 Equipment PECs The 3270 Data Modules can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 3270A Data Module — 2168-A10 (not orderable) ■ 3270T Data Module — 2167-T10 (not orderable) ■ 3270C Data Module — 2166-C10 ■ 3270C Data Module Circuit Card — 21660 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the 3270 data module: ■ 3270 Data Module User Manual, 555-030-701 ■ DEFINITY Generic 1 and Generic 2, System 75, and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Installation and Test, 555-015-104 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) Page 20-83 The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) RS-232C Connector Interface Telephone Jack Wall Jack Optional Originate/ Disconnect Switch Figure 20-25. The Z3A Asynchronous Data Unit The Z3A ADU is a small DCE-type limited-distance modem that allows direct connection between RS-232 equipment and the system digital switch.The Z3A ADU is a small DCE-type limited-distance modem that allows direct connection between RS-232 equipment and the system digital switch. Used in conjunction with the Data Line circuit pack (System 75 or a DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1 and Generic 2) or the EIA Port circuit pack (System 85), the ADU completes the direct link between the system switch and EIA terminals, printers, and host computer ports. In these applications, DTE devices can access the switch without using a separate data module or modem. The ADU is installed at the device end of the EIA connection. ADUs can also be hard-wired in pairs with other ADUs to interface data terminals directly to a host computer. This application is typical when access to the host is not made through the system. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) Page 20-84 Physical Description Dimensions NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 2-1/4 inches Depth = 4-3/4 inches Height = 1 inch Features Switch An optional Originate/Disconnect switch can be used with the Z3A1, Z3A2, and Z3A4 ADUs. Other Physical Features Jacks The ADU has the following jacks: ■ Originate/Disconnect The Z3A1/2/4 are equipped with a jack used to connect the optional Originate/Disconnect switch. ■ Telephone The Z3A1/2/4 are equipped with modular jack to connect the optional analog telephone. ■ Data and RS-232 connections. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) Page 20-85 Refer to the following table for the different data and RS-232 connections. Table 20-4. Data Connections for the ADU ADU Model Connector to RS-232 Data Connector Z3A1 25-pin plug on 3-foot cable Modular Z3A2 25-pin plug (no cable) Modular Z3A3 110-type patch cord 110-type patch cord Z3A4 25-pin receptacle on 3-foot cable Modular Capabilities The ADU has the following data capabilities. ■ Speed — Standard data rates from 0.3 to 19.2 kbps and non standard data rates below 1.8 kbps. The auto adjust option will automatically match the transmission speed to the attached RS-232. ■ Full-duplex ■ Asynchronous ■ Built-in protection against voltage surges Power Under certain conditions the ADU is powered by the attached RS-232 equipment. When the power provided by the RS-232 is inadequate (+7 volts are required on pins 20 and 2), an external power transformer, adapter, and patch cord are required. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Asynchronous Data Unit (ADU) Page 20-86 Z3A Data Module PECs The Z3A Data Module and optional components can be ordered with the following PECs: ■ Z3A1 Asynchronous Data Module — 2169-001 ■ Z3A2 Asynchronous Data Module — 2169-002 ■ Z3A3 Asynchronous Data Module — 2169-003 ■ Z3A4 Asynchronous Data Module — 2169-004 ■ Originate/Disconnect Switch — 21692 ■ ADM Mounting Trough — 21693 Additional Documents The following document contains information relating to the Z3A Data Module: ■ Asynchronous Data Unit Z3A User’s Manual, 555-401-701 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) Page 20-87 The Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) The MADU provides an RS-232-C compatible, full-duplex, asynchronous data interface which provides host computer access for a variety of DTE devices. The MADU converts information sent to it from a host computer in RS-232-C protocol to low-voltage signals. These signals can be transmitted over standard building wiring or to the switch over much greater distances than regular EIA signals may travel. The host computer is set up to appear as a DCE device to the MADU. The MADU sends the converted information out through its building wiring interface. Capabilities The MADU has the following data capabilities. ■ Speed — Standard data rates from 0.3 to 19.2 kbps and nonstandard data rates below 1.8 kbps. The auto adjust option will automatically match the transmission speed to the attached RS-232-C device. ■ Full-duplex ■ Asynchronous ■ Built in protection against voltage surges Physical Description Dimensions — stand-alone housing NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 8-3/4 inches Depth = 12 inches Height = 2-3/4 inches Dimensions — multiple mount carrier NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 17-1/2 inches Depth = 18 inches Height = 8-3/4 inches DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) Page 20-88 Dimensions — MADU circuit pack NOTE: The following dimensions are approximate. Width = 1-3/4 inches Length = 11-1/4 inches Height = 7-3/4 inches Features Switch Each port on each circuit pack has a MK BUSY switch on the faceplate. Each MADU circuit pack contains a 10-position Dual In-line Package (DIP) switch to activate or disable options. Lights ■ Red ■ DTR ■ Busy Connectors ■ To Building Wiring ■ Power ■ To Host computer Other Physical Features Cords A 2-pair modular power cord, two centerfeed to endfeed cables (specify male or female when ordering), and an octopus cable (specify M48C for DTE or M48G for DCE equipment) is provided with the MADU. Any other cables or adapters must be ordered separately or be provided by the customer. Mounting — Stand-alone A single MADU circuit pack may be installed in a stand-alone mounting providing eight ports. The stand-alone housings can be desk mounted. If more than one stand-alone housing is provided, they may be stacked. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) Page 20-89 Mounting — Multiple mount The multiple-mount MADU may be rack or cabinet mounted. The MADU may be mounted in 19, 23, or 25 inch racks. If the MADU is to be mounted in a cabinet, the cabinet must be 23 or 25 inches wide to provide clearance for the cabling. Power Each MADU circuit pack is powered from an individual transformer which is plugged into an AC power source. The transformer may be plugged directly into a wall outlet for four or fewer units. For more than four MADU packs, transformers should be plugged into a multiple-mount carrier’s power distribution box or commercially available power strip with an RF filter. MADU Circuit Pack PECs The MADU can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ MADU single unit assembly — 2169-005 ■ MADU carrier assembly — 2169-006 ■ MADU circuit pack — 21694 ■ MADU power transformer — 21695 Additional Documents The following document contains additional information on the MADU: ■ Multiple Asynchronous Data Unit (MADU) User’s Manual, 555-401-702 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules DCIU Interface Units Page 20-90 DCIU Interface Units The three interface units used in a DEFINITY Communications System Generic 2 and System 85 DCIU link are the 105A Isolating Data Interface (IDI), the 48250 Local Distribution Service Unit (LDSU), and the 2500-Series Data Service Unit (DSU). 105A IDI The IDI is a miniature connection unit for point to point, synchronous, full-duplex operation between the DCIU and an external processor. The DCIU and the external processor can be a maximum of 400 feet apart. Only one IDI is required in each DCIU link. Some of the features of the IDI are: ■ No options or adjustments ■ 0.3 through 19.2 kbps ■ Uses DCIU timing ■ Powered from the EIA control signals 48250 LDSU The LDSU interfaces the System 85 DCIU with an external processor. It provides the required isolation between the DCIU and the external processor. Two LDSUs per external processors are required. Each LDSU contains: ■ A transmitter with filtering and modulation — allows data transmission at speeds from 2.4 kbps up to 19.2 kbps ■ A receiver with equalization, demodulation, clock recovery, and signal presence detection — accepts incoming data from a 150 ohm line ■ A regulated DC power supply for the required DC voltage ■ An EIA RS-232-C interface NOTE: Each LDSU requires a 120-volt AC source. 2500-Series DSU The 2500-Series DSU can be used as a Local Area Data Set for distances over 400 feet. Refer to the 2500-Series DSU section later in this chapter of the manual for the information on the DSU. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 2500-Series DSU Page 20-91 The 2500-Series DSU The 2500-Series DSUs allow the user’s computer or DTE to communicate with remotely located equipment using Digital Data Service network lines. The DSU integrates all Channel Service Unit (CSU) and DSU functions into one unit and connects between the network interface and the user’s DTE. The DSU can operate as a point-to-point Local Area Data Set (LADS). It is used when the DCIU and external processor are more than 400 feet apart. Two DSUs per external processor are required. Physical Description The following lists describe the dimensions of the DSUs. ■ Stand-alone Dimensions (approximate) Width = 5-3/4 inches Depth (front to back) = 9-5/8 inches Height = 2 inches ■ Multiple Mounting Dimensions (approximate) Width = 23 inches Depth (front to back) = 20 inches Height = 7 inches Capabilities The following are the data capabilities of the DSUs. ■ Full-duplex ■ Synchronous operation ■ Asynchronous operations with certain limitations when used as a LAD ■ Three color test and status LCD panel ■ Multi test functions ■ Two color test and Status/Fault indicator ■ User selectable options Operating Speeds The 2556A, 2556B, and 2556C operate at 56 kbps. The 2596A, 2596B, and 2596C have selectable subrates of 2.4, 4.8, or 9.6 kbps. When used as a LAD, they can also be optioned for 19.2 and 64 kbps operation. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 20 Data Modules The 2500-Series DSU Page 20-92 Mounting The 2500-Series DSU can be stand-alone or multiple mounted. The stand-alone units can be wall or desk mounted. The multiple mounted units are mounted in a multiple-mount housing that can house up to eight DSUs. Power The stand-alone units are provided with a WP90131-L2 power pack. This power pack is plugged into a 115-volt AC wall receptacle not under the control of a wall switch. The multiple-mount housing is provided with a 6-foot power cord that is plugged into a 115-volt AC wall receptacle not under control of a wall switch. Each DSU that is to mounted into the multiple-mount housing is equipped with a WP90131-L1 power pack that is plugged into the power strip on the rear of the housing. Distance Limitations The 2556A, 2556B, and 2556C DSUs may be located a maximum distance of 50 feet from the DTE. The 2596A, 2596B, and 2596C DSUs may be located a maximum distance of 100 feet from the DTE. 2500-Series DSU PECs The 2500-Series DSUs and optional components can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ 2556A Data Service Unit — 2225-56A ■ 2596A Data Service Unit — 2225-96A ■ 2556B Data Service Unit — 2225-56B ■ 2596B Data Service Unit — 2225-96B ■ 2556C Data Service Unit — 2225-56C ■ 2596C Data Service Unit — 2225-96C ■ 2500-Series Multiple-Mounting Housing — 22253 ■ 2600-Series Multiple-Mounting Housing — 22263 Additional Documents The following document contains additional information relating to the 2500-Series Data Service Unit: ■ 2500-Series Data Service Unit User’s Manual, 999-100-188 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software Page 21-1 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software 21 21 This section describes the devices that provide the ability to bring the PC and telephone together in a partnership of integrated voice and data. The platforms and software covered in this section are: ■ PC/PBX Platform ■ PC/PBX MicroChannel Architecture Platform ■ PC/ISDN Platform ■ PC/PBX Connection ■ E78 Plus/ISDN Software DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) Page 21-2 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) Today, professional PC users seek to realize the promise of desktop computing productivity by accessing multiple data sources — local and remote, internal and external. Lucent Technologies PC Platforms provide both a high speed connection to the PC and an open software interface for creating applications that use the connection. Overview The PC platforms are “open platforms” that allow software developers to build applications that take advantage of ISDN capabilities. The three platforms (PC/PBX, PC/PBX MicroChannel Architecture, and PC/ISDN) support a common data Applications Programming Interface (API) that provides applications portability between the DCP protocol and the ISDN-BRI. The common API protects the DEFINITY switch customers who have invested in DCP while providing a large installed DCP base for third party applications as well as the growing BRI market. Platforms The PC/PBX and PC/PBX MicroChannel Architecture platforms can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. The PC/ISDN platform can be used with DEFINITY G2 and G3, the DEFINITY ECS, and the 5ESS (Generic 5E4.2 and 5E5) switch. The platforms are particularly useful for building applications for those users who wish to use their PCs as a terminal for a host computer or wish to have their PC communicate with other PCs. The connection between the PC and PBX can be either: ■ DCP interface — the protocol for System 75, System 85, the DEFINITY G1, G2, and G3, and the DEFINITY ECS. ■ ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) — available with DEFINITY G2 and G3, the DEFINITY ECS, and 5ESS switch Physically, an expansion card is inserted in the PC and connected to the PBX via unshielded twisted pair wiring. A separate card is needed for DCP and BRI. Since these cards feature a voice port, they also support integrated voice-data applications as well as data networking. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) Page 21-3 PC/PBX and PC/PBX MicroChannel Platforms The PC/PBX platforms provide standalone PC users with a fully integrated networking solution that brings the benefits of high-speed, error free digital communications to the desktop. The PC/PBX platform supports existing configurations in which both the voice terminal and the PC are connected to the PBX via a single DCP line. The PC/PBX MicroChannel Architecture platform is the same as the PC/PBX platform, but is intended for use with the IBM PS/2 Model 50 and above. Applications The platforms are ideal for professionals and managers who perform many different tasks during the day. The platform architecture permits different PC applications to access its resources alternatively or simultaneously. The PC/PBX Platforms support the 7400 Series voice terminals. Potentially, a user could hold a voice conversation, be asynchronously connected to a host or PC, or conduct a 64 kbps 3270 session to a mainframe over a single twisted-pair connection. This eliminates the need for such multiple PC communications adapters as modems and coax cards. Capabilities Used in conjunction with PC applications software, the PC/PBX Platform provides the hardware architecture at the desktop for: ■ High-speed PC-to-PC communication ■ Access to asynchronous host environments ■ Access to the synchronous 3270 environment ■ Advanced telephone management capabilities The PC/PBX Platform can also run the PC/PBX Connection software for integrating voice and data applications at the desktop. Thus, the platform supports all of the following: ■ ■ Synchronous communication via 3270 emulation with file transfer capabilities Asynchronous communication via VT® 100, VT102, and 4410 terminal emulation at speeds up to 19.2 kbps ■ Digital Multiplexed Interface (DMI) connectivity at 64 kbps ■ High-speed PC-to-PC communication for error-free file transfers at speeds up to 64 kbps via such standard asynchronous file transfer protocols as XMODEM and KERMIT DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) ■ Page 21-4 Advanced phone management capabilities including: — Incoming call identification — Personal directory with up to 32,000 entries — Keyboard dialing — Messaging — Call log and notes — Switch feature access — Multiple call appearances PC/PBX PECs The PC/PBX platform package can be ordered using PEC 8302-101. The PC/PBX MicroChannel Architecture platform package can be ordered using PEC 8302-105. These packages contain: ■ An interface card for the PC ■ System software — a device driver and hardware/software diagnostic utilities ■ Installation and Reference guide PC/ISDN Platform The PC/ISDN platform provides standalone PC users with a fully integrated network solution in an ISDN environment. Supporting the full “2B+D” BRI, the platform brings to the desktop the benefits of high-speed, error-free digital communications. Applications The platform is ideal for professionals and managers who perform many different tasks during the day. The platform architecture permits different PC applications to access its resources alternatively or simultaneously. The PC/ISDN Platform supports the ISDN-BRI 7500 Series voice terminals. Potentially, a user could hold a voice conversation, be asynchronously connected to a host or PC, or conduct a 64 kbps 3270 session to a mainframe over a single twisted-pair connection. This eliminates the need for such multiple PC communications adapters as modems and coax cards. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) Page 21-5 Capabilities Used in conjunction with PC applications software, the PC/PBX Platform provides the hardware architecture at the desktop for: ■ High-speed PC-to-PC communication ■ Access to asynchronous host environments ■ Access to the synchronous 3270 environment ■ Advanced telephone management capabilities In addition, the PC/ISDN Platform supports the capabilities of the ISDN-BRI 7500 Series voice terminals including: ■ Conference, Transfer, Hold, and Drop ■ Up to 254 call appearances ■ Display and light indicator control supported from the application ■ On-board digital signal processing for Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF or Touch-Tone) generation PC/ISDN PECs The PC/ISDN platform package can be ordered using PEC 8302-104. This package contains: ■ An interface card for the PC ■ System software — a device driver, downloadable firmware, and utilities ■ Installation and Reference Guide Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the PC platforms. ■ PC/ISDN Interface Software Developers Guide, 555-016-103 ■ PC/PBX Platform Installation and Reference, 555-016-101 ■ PC/ISDN Platform Installation and Reference, 555-016-102 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC/PBX Connection Page 21-6 PC/PBX Connection This product offers the users of IBM compatible PCs the voice and data capabilities of a fully integrated voice and data workstation. Applications The PC/PBX Connection application software can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, and System 85. It is particularly useful for those users who wish to use their PCs as a terminal for a host computer or wish to have their PC communicate with other PCs. It is targeted to “power” telephone users who want to eliminate many pieces of equipment from their desk. Capabilities The PC/PBX Connection can be used to perform the following activities: ■ Dial calls from a PC keyboard ■ Use customized telephone features from a keyboard ■ Set up a personal telephone directory, search the directory, and dial voice and data calls from the directory (it can contain up to 32,000 entries) ■ Know when telephone messages were received, read the messages on the screen, and have the system automatically dial calls to people who have left messages ■ Log all incoming and outgoing voice and data calls and recall them on the PC ■ Use voice terminal and speakerphone or voice terminal with built-in speakerphone to make hands-free calls ■ Use security feature to keep directory and message information private ■ Use a PC as a terminal connected to a variety of host computers (synchronous and asynchronous) ■ Transfer files between a PC and another PC or host computer ■ Set up “script programs” to have the system perform certain data functions Moreover, voice and data functions can be used simultaneously, and other PC applications can be run while running PC/PBX connection in the background. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software PC/PBX Connection Page 21-7 PC/PBX PECs The PC/PBX Connection can be ordered using the following PECs: ■ PC/PBX Connection Software — 1211-101 ■ PC/PBX Connection Hardware (PC/PBX Platform) — 8302-101 ■ PC/PBX Connection Hardware (PC/PBX MicroChannel Platform) — 8302-105 Additional Documents The following documents contain additional information relating to the PC/PBX Connection: ■ PC/PBX Connection Release 3 Documentation Set, 555-016-715 ■ PC/PBX Connection Installation and Reference, 555-016-201 ■ PC/PBX Platform Installation and Reference, 555-016-101 DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software E78 Plus/ISDSN Software Page 21-8 E78 Plus/ISDSN Software The E78 Plus/ISDN is a 3270 terminal emulation and file transfer package for micro-mainframe connectivity. However, its use in remote applications was, until recently, limited because of low-speed connections between locations. Now, used with any of the Lucent Technologies PC Platforms, E78 Plus/ISDN provides full 3270 emulation with switched connections through the DEFINITY switch using either DCP or ISDN-BRI at speeds of 64 kbps. Applications The E78 Plus/ISDN software can be used with the DEFINITY Communications System Generic 1, Generic 2, and Generic 3, the DEFINITY ECS, System 75, System 85, and 5ESS switch. It is particularly useful for those PC users who wish to download large amounts of data stored on central site mainframes to their desktop environment for processing and/or storage. The high-speed connection permits a PC user to transfer a large file quickly from a remote mainframe. Therefore, it is possible for users to download large quantities of data for desktop processing and analysis on a daily basis. Physical Description The E78 Plus/ISDN provides a variety of transfer programs (for example, IRMAlink FT/TSO, FT/CMS, and FT/3270) to quickly and safely transfer text and binary files. These programs offer both menu and command-line operation in all major mainframe environments. On the host side, a Lucent Technologies 3270C Data Module must reside between the cluster controller and switch. The PC must be equipped with either PC/ISDN Platform (BRI) Release 1.0 or later or PC/PBX Platform (DCP) Release 3.01 or later software. Capabilities The E78 Plus/ISDN software can be used to perform the following activities: ■ High-speed (64 kbps) connectivity ■ Eliminate the need for costly remote controllers ■ Allow terminals to access applications on hosts that are not networks, thereby reducing the number of terminals required ■ Transfer a large file quickly from a remote mainframe ■ Integrate with PC/PBX Connection to provide simultaneous voice and data connectivity In addition, E78 Plus/ISDN provides productivity extras professionals expect, such as: DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 21 PC Platforms (PC/PBX and PC/ISDN) and Application Software E78 Plus/ISDSN Software Page 21-9 ■ Keyboard Macros. Frequently repeated commands and complex data strings can be stored on the keyboard. The same key can store different macros for DOS and 3270 emulation. ■ Keyboard Remap. This utility lets the user easily modify keyboard layouts and create new ones for new applications. ■ Hot Keys. Convenient hot keys allow the user to do things quickly — switch between PC and emulation sessions, jump to a file transfer menu, access DOS, or get help. ■ Save and Print Screens. The user can capture screens, as needed: in a disk file, PC internal memory or at a printer. E78 PECs The E78 Plus/ISDN software can be ordered using PEC 1211-102. Additional Documents Documentation for this software is provided with the purchased product. DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual 555-015-201 Issue 8 December 1996 22 Blank Templates for Model Design Page 22-1 22 Blank Templates for Model Design 22 The Software Associate can use the following blank templates to create models for administering groups of terminals at a customer site. Use the following procedures for filling out these forms. 1. In each button space write the telephone number, extension, feature code, or feature to be administered on that button. Note that some of the voice terminals have double-level buttons on which you can designate 2 features. 2. If the model design is to be used on other voice terminals, write the Model Name at the top of the form beside Model Name. 3. Fill in your name by Software Associate. 4. Write the numbers and letters of the project code beside Project Code. 5. When the customer has approved the button assignments designated on the templates, have the customer sign the form beside Customer Approval. 6. Beside Date, write the date that the customer signed the form. The following voice terminal templates are available for your use: ■ 7402 Plus ■ 7406D ■ 7406BIS ■ 7406 Plus ■ 7407D ■ Enhanced 7407D DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference Manual Issue 8 December 1996 22 Blank Templates for Model Design Page 22-2 ■ 7407 Plus ■ 7410D ■ 7410 Plus ■ 7434D ■ 7444 ■ 8403 ■ 8405B and 8405B Plus ■ 8405D and 8405D Plus ■ 8410B ■ 8410D ■ 8411B ■ 8411D ■ 8434 and 8434DX ■ 801A Expansion Module ■ 602 CALLMASTER ■ CALLMASTER II and III (603) ■ ISDN 7505 ■ ISDN 7506 ■ ISDN 7507 ■ ISDN 8503T ■ ISDN 8510T ■ ISDN 8520T MODEL NAME: ____________________ Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume The 7402 Plus Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: _________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ____________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Select Ring Shift Message Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY * Oper # 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 O 9 Speaker The 7406D Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Speaker Mute Select Ring Shift Message Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY * Oper 1 4 7 2 5 8 O 3 6 9 # Speaker Volume The 7406BIS Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Speaker Reset Spkr Mute Message Select Conference Ring Transfer Drop Test Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ * Oper 4 7 5 8 O 6 9 # Volume The 7406 Plus Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ Date: ______________________________ Project Code: _________________________ = ✓ - + - X + M + M Customer Approval: __________________ The 7407D Voice Terminal Microphone Speakerphone # 9 Calculator Select Ring O Oper 8 WXY 6 MNO Display * 7 3 DEF M R C/ CE P R Software Associate: ____________________ Message TUV PRS 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 Hold Drop ABC Transfer Conference MODEL NAME: ____________________ Mute Speaker # 9 WXY Select Ring O Oper 8 6 MNO Message * 7 3 DEF Customer Approval: __________________ Date: ______________________________ Software Associate: ____________________ Project Code: _________________________ The Enhanced 7407D Voice Terminal Volume TUV PRS 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 Hold Drop ABC Transfer Conference MODEL NAME: ____________________ TUV PQRS Customer Approval: __________________ Date: ______________________________ Project Code: _________________________ The 7407 Plus Voice Terminal Mute Speaker Reset/Spkr # 9 WXYZ 6 MNO Select O Oper 8 3 Message * 7 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 DEF Software Associate: ____________________ Volume ABC Hold Drop Test Transfer Conference Ring MODEL NAME: ____________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Conference Transfer Drop Hold ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY 7 8 9 1 4 * Message 2 5 Oper O 3 6 # Select Ring The 7410D Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: _________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ____________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Select Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Hold Test ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ 1 4 7 * Speaker 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Volume The 7410 Plus Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: _________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ____________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Conference Transfer Hold Drop ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PRS TUV WXY 1 4 7 * Message 2 5 8 Oper O 3 6 9 # Select Ring The 7434D Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Date: ______________________________ Project Code: _________________________ The 7444 Voice Terminal Mute Speaker Reset/Spkr # 9 Select O Oper 8 WXYZ 6 MNO Message * 7 3 DEF Software Associate: ____________________ Volume TUV PQRS 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 Hold Drop Test ABC Transfer Conference Ring MODEL NAME: ____________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8403 F1 F7 F2 F8 F3 F9 F4 F* F5 F0 F6 F# a b c Message Volume ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Hold * O # Feature Transfer 1 Test Conf Mute Speaker Ring The 8403 Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8405B Volume ABC DEF 1 2 3 Shift Transfer GHI MNO Conf 4 JKL Test Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Speaker Hold * O # 5 6 The 8405B and 8405B Plus Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ Menu Exit Prev Next Volume 1 ABC DEF 2 3 Shift Transfer GHI MNO Conf 4 JKL Test Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ * O # 7 5 8 6 9 Speaker Hold The 8405D and 8405D Plus Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8410B Message Volume Shift Transfer 1 ABC DEF 2 3 GHI MNO Conf 4 JKL Test Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ * O # Speaker Hold Reset Spkr Ring 7 5 8 6 9 The 8410B Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8410D Exit Menu Prev Next Message Volume ABC DEF 1 2 3 Shift Transfer GHI JKL MNO Test Conf 4 5 6 Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Speaker Hold * O # Reset Spkr Ring The 8410D Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8411B Message Volume 1 ABC DEF 2 3 Shift Transfer GHI MNO Conf 4 JKL Test Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Hold Reset Spkr Ring Speaker 5 6 The 8411B Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8411D Exit Menu Prev Next Message Volume 1 ABC DEF 2 3 Shift Transfer GHI MNO Conf 4 JKL Test Mute Drop PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 * O # Hold Reset Spkr Ring Speaker 5 6 The 8411D Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 8434 Menu Exit Prev Next Message Volume Shift Transfer Test Conf Mute Drop Speaker Hold Reset Spkr Ring ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ * O # 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 The 8434 and 8434DX Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ 801A The 801A Expansion Module Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ TUV PRS Mute Date: ______________________________ The 602 CALLMASTER Voice Terminal # 9 WXY Project Code: _________________________ O Oper 8 6 MNO 3 DEF Customer Approval: __________________ * 7 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 ABC Hold Transfer Software Associate: ____________________ Message Drop Conference MODEL NAME: ____________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ Conference Drop Ring Transfer Test Hold Message ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ Oper # 1 4 7 * Select 2 5 8 O 3 6 9 Volume Mute Log In Release CALLMASTER The CALLMASTER II and CALLMASTER III Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Message Conference Ring Transfer Drop Test Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO Redial Select 4 PRS 7 * 5 TUV 8 Oper O 6 Mute WXY 9 Speaker # Volume The ISDN 7505 Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ MODEL NAME: ____________________ Message Data/Send/Off Conference Ring Transfer Clock Drop Test Hold 1 ABC 2 Redial DEF 3 Select GHI 4 JKL 5 PRS TUV * Oper 7 8 MNO 6 Mute WXY 9 Speaker O # Volume The ISDN 7506 Voice Terminal Software Associate: ____________________ Customer Approval: __________________ Project Code: _________________________ Date: ______________________________ O Oper 8 Mute Select # 9 WXY 6 MNO Date: ______________________________ Project Code: _________________________ Data/Send/Off Redial Customer Approval: __________________ The ISDN 7507 Voice Terminal Speaker Message * 7 3 DEF Software Associate: ____________________ Volume TUV PRS 5 JKL GHI 4 2 1 Hold Drop Test ABC Transfer Clock Conference Ring MODEL NAME: ____________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ Press Memory button, then dialpad button 1 2 5 6 9 0 3 7 4 8 *# a b c Volume Message Mute Redial Program Memory Conf Drop Ring Test Transfer Hold Pause ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 OPER # * O The ISDN 8503T Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ Menu Dir Prev Next a f b g c h d i e j Message Volume Mute Speaker Redial Exit Conf Drop Transfer Hold ABC DEF 1 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 Oper # * O The ISDN 8510T Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ MODEL NAME:_________________ ISDN 8520T Menu Dir Prev Next a f k p b g l q c h m r d i n s e j o t Volume Mute Redial Speaker Exit Conf Drop Transfer Hold ABC DEF 2 3 GHI JKL MNO 4 5 6 PQRS TUV WXYZ 7 8 9 1 * Oper O Message # The ISDN 8520T Voice Terminal Software Associate:_______________ Customer Approval:_______________ Project Code:____________________ Date:___________________________ DEFINITY AUDIX System Release 3.2 Installation and Upgrade 585-630-890 Issue X Month 19XX Index Page IN-1 Index Numerics IN 2012D Power Supply, 5-1 2500 DMGC Telephone, 14-12 2500 DMGC Terminal, 14-12 2500 Telephone, 14-8 329A Power Supply, 5-1 346A Modular Bulk Power Supply, 5-1 353 Power Supply, 5-1 7506 Display Terminal, 16-8 7507 Display Terminal, 16-15 85B1-49 Power Unit, 5-1 945 Bulk Power Supply, 5-1 95B1 Power Unit, 5-1 A Adjunct Power Requirements, 2-11 Adjunct Wall Mounting , 2-11 Administrable Buttons, 2-6 Administration, 6-1 Advantages of Digital Terminals Over Hybrid , 2-2 Aliasing , 6-2 Analog Voice Terminals, 2-2 B buttons, 2-4 Administrable, 2-6 Call Appearance/Feature, 2-6 Feature, 2-6 Fixed Feature, 2-4 C Call Appearance/Feature Buttons, 2-6 Call Progress Tones, 2-18 Common Facilities, 2-4 D Data Communications Equipment, 2-13 Data Module Digital Terminal, 20-38 Data Terminal Equipment (DTE), 2-13 DCE, 2-13 DCP, 2-13 DEFINITY High Speed Link, 20-50 Desk/Wall Mounting Arrangements, 2-10 Digital Communications Protocol (DCP), 2-13 Digital Terminal Data Module, 20-38 Digital Terminals Advantages, 2-2 Digital Voice Terminals, 2-2 DEFINITY AUDIX System Release 3.2 Installation and Upgrade 585-630-890 Issue X Month 19XX Index Page IN-2 Display Terminal 7506, 16-8 7507, 16-15 DTDM, 20-38 DTE, 2-13 E External Ringing Tones, 2-19 External Tones, 2-9 F Facilities Common to All Voice Terminals, 2-4 Feature Buttons, 2-6 Fixed Feature Buttons, 2-4 H Handset Tones, 2-9 Hybrid Voice Terminals, 2-2 I Indicator Lights, 2-7 In-Use Light, 2-7 ISDN 7506, 16-8 ISDN 7507, 16-15 K KS-21239 L4/L5 Power Supply, 5-1 KS-22911 L1 Power Supply, 5-1 L Light In-Use, 2-7 Message, 2-8 Status, 2-7 Light Signals, 2-20 Lights, 2-7 M Message Light, 2-8 Module Digital Terminal Data, 20-38 Mounting Arrangements, 2-10 Multi-Appearance Voice Terminals, 2-2 DEFINITY AUDIX System Release 3.2 Installation and Upgrade 585-630-890 Issue X Month 19XX Index Page IN-3 P Personalized Ringing , 2-19 Power Requirements Adjuncts, 2-11 Protocols, 2-13 R Ringing Personalized , 2-19 S S201A Speakerphone, 19-24 S202A Speakerphone, 19-24 Single-Line Voice Terminals, 2-1 Speakerphone, 19-24 Specifications Tones, 2-18 Status Light, 2-7 T Telephone 2500, 14-8 Tones, 2-9 Call Progress, 2-18 External Ringing , 2-19 Tones Specifications, 2-18 V Voice Terminal 2500 DMGC, 14-12 Voice Terminals Analog , 2-2 Digital, 2-2 Hybrid , 2-2 Multi-Appearance, 2-2 Single-Line, 2-1 W Wall Mounting Adjuncts, 2-11 Wall Mounting , 2-10 Z Z702AL1 Data Service Unit (DSU), 20-42 DEFINITY AUDIX System Release 3.2 Installation and Upgrade 585-630-890 Issue X Month 19XX Index Page IN-4
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Page Count : 666 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Layout : SinglePage Keywords : Author : EZ Manuals Subject : Producer : Mod Date : 2002:01:13 19:09:19-06:00 Creation Date : 0-01-01T00:00:00Z Modify Date : 2002:01:13 19:09:19-06:00 Create Date : 0-01-01T00:00:00Z Metadata Date : 2002:01:13 19:09:19-06:00 Creator : EZ Manuals Description : Title : DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server and System 75 and System 85 Terminals and Adjuncts Reference ManualEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools